Wood Connectors Timber Plates

WOOD CONNECTORS AND TIMBER PLATES
Packaged quantities may vary. No liability is assumed for any errors in printing, technical data or translations.
Pictures partially completed with accessories not included. Images for illustration purposes only.
This catalogue is the exclusive property of Rotho Blaas srl and may not be copied, reproduced or published, totally or in part, without prior written consent. All violations will be prosecuted according to law.
The values provided must be verified by the designer in charge. No liability is assumed for any printing or typing errors.
All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2015 by rothoblaas
3
MUNICH
INNSBRUCK
BREGENZ
MILAN
SALZBURG
BOLZANO
Rotho Blaas SRL
TRENTO
VENICE
VERONA
Rothoblaas is an Italian multinational from the alpine region, a

leader in the development and supply of advanced technological
solutions for the timber building sector.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND US
HEADQUARTERS
Rotho Blaas srl

Italia - Cortaccia (Bolzano)
AFFILIATES
Rotho Blaas France SARL

France - Colmar
Rotho Blaas GMBH

Austria - Innsbruck
Rotho Blaas Iberica SL

Spain - Manresa
Rotho Blaas RU
Russia - Saint Petersburg
Rotho Blaas Baltic SIA

Latvia - Riga
Rotho Blaas Argentina SRL

Argentina - Buenos Aires
Rotho Blaas Brasil LTDA

Brasil - Curitiba
Rotho Blaas Colombia SAS

Colombia - Bogotà
Fastener Soluciones SA
Ecuador - Quito
Rotho Blaas Chile SPA

Chile - Santiago
Rotho Blaas Australia PTY LTD

Australia - Sydney
Rotho Blaas Canada

Construction Products INC
Vancouver - Canada
6
We want to create products
that distinguish us, even just for a
single detail.
7
LOGISTICS
Thanks to an international experience achieved in more than 20 years of activity and to a network of affiliates
strategically located throughout the world, we ensure a high quality service where product safety and delivery
timing are always the first priority.
Rotho Blaas Canada

Construction Products INC
Canada - Vancouver
28 mln
of km
TRAVELLED
BY MERCHANDISE
PACKAGING
Protection and design Rotho Blaas
Colombia SAS
The palletization through special packaging Colombia - Bogotà
made of recycled paper with “covering-hood”,
protects the package from humidity, damage
and dirt, while ensuring that Rothoblaas style
is recognisable. Fastener Soluciones SA
Ecuador - Quito
Rotho Blaas
Chile SPA
Chile - Santiago
Rotho Blaas Rotho Blaas

Argentina SRL Brasil LTDA
Argentina - Buenos Aires Brasil - Curitiba
8
60.000
SHIPMENTS
Rotho Blaas RU
Russia - Saint Petersburg
Rotho Blaas Baltic SIA

Latvia - Riga
Rotho Blaas
France SARL
France - Colmar
Rotho Blaas GMBH

Austria - Innsbruck
Rotho Blaas srl

Italia - Cortaccia
Rotho Blaas Iberica SL

Spain - Manresa
Rotho Blaas
Australia PTY LTD
Australia - Sydney
35.000 t
HANDLED MERCHANDISE
Caption:
Associate with warehouse
Associate
9
AT YOUR
SERVICE
over
10000
TRAINEES AT OUR
COURSES
/SEMINARS
over
280000
VISITS / YEAR
AT OUR
WEBSITE
school
over • training aimed at professionals and designers
8000
CONSULTING
• courses for companies, sector associations, high
schools and universities
• over 300 square meters of equipped instruction
PROJECTS spaces
PER YEAR • space for practical tests
• Rothobar service for events such as presentations,
company dinners, exhibits, conventions
10
web support
• choose language • technical assistance for professionals and
• browse and download our catalogues customers in the sector
• calculation software • specialised consultations for designs and
• direct contact for information or consultations worksites
• calculation reports
• wide range of products
www.rothoblaas.com
11
IDEAS DEVELOPMENT INNOVATION
Innovation is the engine of our growth; the ability to find solutions where others see problems helps
us anticipate the market trends.
At Rothoblaas everything that concerns the product details. We develop calculation and verification
is developed internally. We pay attention to the software and we also offer full expert advice. We deal
entire manufacturing process from the idea to the with the marketing and advertising, we realize the
market launch, through the product development. catalogues and take care of every aspect concerning
We design, test and check all of our products, packaging and labeling.
whilst also taking care of the certification process. We do all this with the resources and the expertise
We prepare the data sheets and the construction we have within our company.
12
1. RESEARCH
Construction needs
5. LAUNCH
Product Launch
and marketing
2. SKETCH
4. CHECK Designing of
new systems
Certification
and quality control
3. TEST
Experimental testing
13
ASSISTANCE
The technical assistance provided by our team of consultants and specialized technicians helps tackle and
solve any problem related to the design and construction of a structure, through the right choice of products
and solutions.
More than 15 highly specialised technicians work at

our office, developing new products, creating data
sheets, preparing calculation models, and developing
6 TECHNICAL
CONSULTANTS
9500
support tools for design and software. We can offer PROBLEMS
designers, technicians and installers a consulting SOLVED EVERY
YEAR
service aimed at obtaining the utmost efficiency and
performance from our products. We offer regulatory
14
information, assistance with calculations, technical
specialist
documentation, accompanying certification and MULTILINGUAL
assistance during the installation stage. COURSES
600 TRAINEES
EVERY YEAR
6 CATALOGUES
7000 ITEMS
every year
120 SEMINARS all over the world
12500 PARTICIPANTS
14
FIXING WATERPROOFING ACOUSTICS FALL PREVENTION TOOLS
analysis and solutions positioning of safety lines

for acoustic issues
consulting and inspection troubleshooting of design
of personal protective and execution issues
equipment PPE
specific design technical assistance for

of requested details structural design customers and technicians
direct consulting
and technical training assistance with assembly
Design tools are available on our

Ask for expert advice at
website: catalogues, technical drawings,
instruction papers, technical datasheets www.rothoblaas.com
and specifications, calculation software
and videos.
15
AT THE DESIGNER SERVICE
Thanks to our user-friendly software packages, a large variety of structural joints can be easily analyzed
and verified by using our wide product range for fixing solutions.
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
Timber building construction-detail libraries
for a fully integrated use of the products
in order to provide the best performance in
terms of structural stability, thermal-insulation,
acoustics, durability and air tightness.
ROTHOSCHOOL
Wide range of technical training courses and Course in timber carpentry Course in pricing and marketing
seminars for professionals in the field.
Advanced course on carpentry for Course in timber building
timber buildings architectural principles
Course for qualified fall-prevention Advanced course in design of
systems installers connections for timber structures
Course in the use of personal Advanced course in timber building
protective equipment design: statics, seismic behavior and
construction process
Course in waterproofing for installers
Course on design of fall-prevention
Course in building air tightness
systems
16
SOFTWARE
Software specifically designed to help designers. Simple and intuitive, it allows one to do the calculations, select the applications and choose
the right products in no time. Only a few steps are required to go from the problem to the solution and to the calculation report.
coming
soon
ALU bracket WHT - TITAN WS VGZ VGS HBS - TBS - HBS+evo DGZ
shear joints angle brackets apex moment joints shear joints reinforcements laterally loaded insulation fixing
screws
CALCULATION REGULATIONS
1
8
Euro
codic
Possibility to choose
e5
between calculation
2
7
9
3
6
methods according to the
9
5
4 Eurocode 5 (EN 1995:2008)
4
and NTC 2008 (DM

14/01/2008), in compliance
ATMOSPHERIC LOAD CALCULATION with the product certificates.
Computation of weathering
of the structure, inserting the
location and a description of
the work.
F
DATA ENTRY
α1=0
a4c a2 Step-by-step instructions

for proper entry of data and
na1
a3t a1
na2
immediate checks on the

α2
design congruence
of the node.
GRAPHI C INSTRUCTIONS
Dedicated window for graphical

representation of the data, for
proper management of the
calculation.
CALCULATION REPORT
100
CERTIFICATION
0
Generates a personal report, ready to use,

including the calculation with checks, Accompanying product documents
product specifications, metric calculation available at a click, ready to be printed and
and positioning instructions. attached to the report.
17
CONCEALED BEAM CONNECTORS 1
ALUMINI 28
ALUMIDI 34
ALUMAXI 44
STA 50
KOS - KOT 54
MET 60
VGU 66
DISC 70
UV 76
XEPOX 84
DBB 88
ZVB 90
NEO 94
PANELS AND BUILDING CONNECTORS 2

WHT 102
WHT XXL 110
WHT PLATE 116
TITAN N 122
TITAN F 130
TITAN WASHER 138
TITAN SILENT 144
TITAN PLATE 150
X - RAD 156
18
WOOD CONNECTORS AND TIMBER PLATES
ANGLE BRACKETS, HANGERS AND PERFORATED PLATES 3 ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE 5

WVB 178 SKR 296
WKR 186 SKS 296
WKF 190 SKR CE 297
WINK 192 SKS CE 297
BSA 202 ABS 300
BSI 210 AB1 302
BS SPECIAL 214 AB7 304
SPN - LBN 216 ABU 306
AHZ 307
LBV 218
AHS 307
LBB 224
4
NDC 308
NDS 310
OUTDOOR CONNECTORS
NDB 310
TYP R 234 NDK 311
TYP X 242 NDL 311
TYP F - M 248 MBS 312
TYP SPECIAL 258
VINYLPRO 314
ROUND 262 VINYLNORDIC 318
GATE 264 EPOPLUS 322
POLYGREEN 326
TERRALOCK 268
INA 329
VERTILOCK 274
IHP  IHM 329
FLAT 278
TVM 282
JFA 284
FASTENERS FOR WOOD 331
EPM 286
19
20
1. CONCEALED BEAM CONNECTORS
21
BEAMS WALLS PERFORATED PLATES OUTDOOR ANCHORS
MAIN–SECONDARY JOINT
The wide choice of connection systems are applicable to many different design demands:
joints between timber elements must ensure static resistance and reliability under fire conditions,
while providing an optimal aesthetic result.
STATIC SAFETY
DEFINITION
The main-to-secondary joist connection in timber structures can be schematized

as a hinge. This type of joint restrains the element translation but not its rotation,
HINGE differently from the encastre (fixed end) that is usually found in concrete structures.
Hinge nodes can transfer shear force and axial force from secondary to main joist
but cannot bear bending moment or torsion.
ENCASTRE (FIXED END)
ANALYSIS
FV
The connection system is not a punctual joint, as it is realized through the interaction
RT of more elements. The geometry of the connection creates, along with the shear
transfer, an extra “parasitic” bending moment. Consequently, additional stress generates
on the elements (tension on the fasteners and compression on the primary beam).
RC
SOLUTION
The load bearing capacity values are certified (CE marking), computable (according to
ETA) and refined by rothoblaas based on the designer needs (technical documentation).
FV Depending on connector typology, different values of load bearing capacity are obtained
according to the loading direction:
• FV = shear load directed towards the bottom
• FUP = shear load directed towards the top
• FLAT = lateral shear load
FLAT FAX • FAX = axial load (tension)
FUP
22
AESTHETIC REQUIREMENTS
“Everyone sees what you appear to be, few experience what you really are.” [N. Machiavelli]
HIDDEN JOINT VISIBLE JOINT
The fasteners are placed The metal fasteners are

entirely inside the timber placed on the surface of the
elements to provide an timber element, thus being
optimal aesthetic result. visible and with a high
aesthetic impact.
FIRE PROTECTION
Timber structures properly designed ensure high performance also under fire circumstances.
TIMBER METAL (IRON/STEEL)

Timber is a slow-burning combustible material. Under fire At high temperatures, metallic materials experience drastic
conditions there is a reduction of the cross section, with the deterioration of their mechanical properties.
portion not affected by carbonization that remains efficient.
METAL-TIMBER JOINTS
PROTECTED JOINTS
The metallic connection is adequately protected and isolated by the surrounding timber. Hence
there is no strength reduction and it maintains its mechanical properties unaltered for the
es. R45 required amount of time.
(es. R45 = 45 minutes)
UNPROTECTED JOINTS
The metallic connection is directly exposed to fire and has very limited load bearing capacity
(usually R15 = 15 minutes). Furthermore the reduction of the timber section due to carbonization,
es. R15 results in a reduction of the fastener penetration depth.
23
GEOMETRY H
Choice of connection system according to
the secondary joist cross section B
SECONDARY JOIST B [mm] SECONDARY JOIST DEPTH H [mm]
300 250 200 150 100 50 0 mm mm 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
AluMINI
45 80
mm mm
AluMIDI
80 100
mm mm
AluMAXI
160 432
mm mm
DISC
80 80
mm mm
UV
80 110
mm mm
BSA / BSI
32 80
mm mm
24
STRENGTH
F
Choice of the connection system according to

the vertical component of the shear load
FIELD OF USE CHARACTERISTIC SHEAR STRENGTH Rk [kN]
TIMBER -TIMBER TIMBER-CONCRETE kN 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
AluMINI
40
page. 28 kN
AluMIDI
130
page. 34 kN
AluMAXI
320
page. 44 kN
DISC
25
page. 70 kN
UV
20
page. 76 kN
BSA / BSI
40
page. 202 kN
25
JOINTS WITH ALU BRACKETS

PRODUCT RANGE
without holes with holes without holes with holes without holes
AluMINI AluMIDI AluMAXI
APPLICATIONS
GEOMETRY
β α
PERPENDICULAR JOINT INCLINED JOINTS SINGLE BRACKET DOUBLE BRACKET
MATERIAL
TIMBER / TIMBER TIMBER / CONCRETE STEEL / TIMBER
INSTALLATION – Minimum dimensions for timber elements in hidden bracket joints
self-drilling dowel WS smooth dowel STA

aL LA aL
AluMINI AluMIDI AluMAXI AluMINI AluMIDI AluMAXI
wing width LA [mm] 45 80 130 45 80 130
bracket - timber
aL [mm] ≥ 10 ≥ 10 ≥ 15 ≥ 10 ≥ 10 ≥ 15
edge
joist width (1) bJ [mm] ≥ 80 ≥ 100 (2) ≥ 160 ≥ 70 ≥ 100 (2) ≥ 150
Ø [mm] 7 8 12 16
bJ dowel length to be evaluated based on aesthetic
L [mm]
requirements and fire resistance
(1) Recommended minimum width of the secondary beam to accommodate the grooving while ensuring that the connection remains completely hidden
(2) Lateral distance to the edge of the timber element < 10 mm, thus particolar care is suggested when realizing the grooving
26
INSTALLATION – Fixing types and positioning
AluMINI AluMIDI
APPLICATION TIMBER - TIMBER TIMBER - TIMBER TIMBER - CEMENT
FIXINGS main joist screw HBS+ evo Ø5 nail LBA Ø4 / screw LBS Ø5 SKR Ø10 VINYLPRO M8
FIXINGS secondary joist WS Ø7 / STA Ø8 self-drilling dowel WS Ø7 / smooth dowel STA Ø12
NAILING / DOWELLING total partial total dowelling dowelling
main joist nailing nailing nailing SKR VINYLPRO
AluMAXI
APPLICATION TIMBER - TIMBER TIMBER - CONCRETE
FIXINGS main joists nail LBA Ø6 VINYLPRO M16

FIXINGS secondary joists self-drilling dowel WS Ø7 / liscio STA Ø16
NAILING /DOWELLING partial total dowelling

main joist nailing nailing VINYLPRO
FIRE RESISTANCE - Connections (EN1995-1-2 §6.2.1)

ALU bracket allows the realization of a completely hidden connection system. High fire-rated performance can also be achieved if the
minimum bracket-timber edge distances are observed (eg. with wood taps, available in the catalogue “Tools for wooden constructions”)
and adherence between elements is ensured.
Minimum covering required for protected joints (3)

wood
fire t1 min t2 min afi [mm] t1 taps
resistance [mm] [mm] glulam GL solid wood C t2 afi
R20 20 (4) 10 0 (5) 0 (5)
R30 20 (4) 10 10,5 12 t1 t2 afi
R60 30 30 42 48 perfect
adherence
has to be
(3) Strength check under fire condition must be carried out separately guaranteed
(4) Possible reduction to 10 mm if minimum bracket-timber edge distances for dowel are observed
(5) Unprotected joint: L dowel > 100 mm
27
ALUMINI
Concealed beam hanger without holes
Aluminum alloy tridimensional perforated plate
PACKAGING
Screws HBS+evo included in the box
STEELALUMINUM
EN AW-6060 aluminum alloy bracket obtained
FIELD OF USE
by extrusion and therefore weld-free
Timber-to-timber shear
connections, both perpendicular
and inclined to the vertical plane
SLENDER STRUCTURES
solid timber The small dimensions of the side allows
to connect secondary joists with limited width
glulam (Glued Laminated
Timber) (starting from 45 mm)
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber)
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber)
ADJUSTABLE
wood-based panels
Available in 2165 mm long pieces, to be cut
according to the worksite needs
28 ALUMINI
QUICK ASSEMBLING
The fixing, simple and fast, is realized
through screws HBS + evo on the main
beam and self drilling or smooth dowels
on the secondary beam
INVISIBLE
The hidden connection provides a
satisfying appearance to the joint and
fulfills the fire safety requirements. When
adequately protected by timber, it is
suitable for outdoor use
SUITABLE FOR ARBORS

Limited dimensions and aluminum
higher corrosion resistance, when
compared to steel, make the bracket an
optimal solution for any kind of outdoor
structure
ALUMINI 29
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
ALUMINI
code type H [mm] pcs/box
ALUMINI65 without holes 65 25
H
EXTERNAL LOADS MATERIAL AND DURABILITY
ALUMINI: EN AW-6060 aluminum alloy.

FV To be used in Service Class 1 and 2 (EN 1995:2008).
FIELD OF USE
FUP Timber to timber joints
Timber to concrete joints *
FV
FUP
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - FIXINGS
type description d [mm] support page

HBS+evo screw for timber 5 336
WS self-drilling dowel 7 336
SBS self-drilling screw for timber-metal 4,8 - 6,3 336
SPP self-drilling screw for timber-metal 6,3 336
STA smooth dowel 8 50
It is recommended to perform the assembly of the system by using the CHAIN MORTISER described in chapter 9 of the catalogue
“Tools for wooden construction (pag. 147)
* For additional information please contact rothoblaas technical office.
30 ALUMINI
GEOMETRY
LA
10 25 10 LB AluMINI
17,5 10 Thickness s [mm] 6
15 Flange width LA [mm] 45
Web length LB [mm] 109,9
Ø1 Small flange-holes Ø1 [mm] 7,0
H
LA s
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES
a3,t self-drilling dowel smooth dowel

SECONDARY BEAM - TIMBER
WS Ø7 STA Ø8
a4,c
as a4,t Dowel - Dowel a2 [mm] ≥3d ≥ 21 ≥ 24
Dowel - Beam extrados a4,t [mm] ≥4d ≥ 28 ≥ 32
Dowel - Beam intrados a4,c [mm] ≥3d ≥ 21 ≥ 24
a2 Dowel - Beam end a3,t [mm] ≥ {7 d; 80} ≥ 80 ≥ 80
as Dowel - Bracket edge as [mm] ≥ 1,2 do (1) ≥ 10 ≥ 12
a4,c
(1) hole diameter
MAIN BEAM - TIMBER screw HBS+ evo Ø5

First fastener - Beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥5d ≥ 25
ASSEMBLY
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
ALUMINI 31
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOTIMBER JOINT  RIGHT ANGLE
AluMINI
bNT FV
hNT H
SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES
AluMINI dowels WS screws HBS+ evo EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

H bNT hNT Ø7 (1) Ø5 x 60 RV,k Vadm
[mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs - Ø x L] [pcs] [kN] [kg]
65 80 90 2 - Ø7 x 73 7 2,2 100
95 80 120 3 - Ø7 x 73 11 5,6 380
125 80 150 4 - Ø7 x 73 15 10,3 620
155 80 180 5 - Ø7 x 73 19 16,1 850
185 80 210 6 - Ø7 x 73 23 20,1 1090
SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES
AluMINI dowels STA screws HBS+ evo EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

65 70 90 2 - Ø8 x 70 7 2,2 100
95 70 120 3 - Ø8 x 70 11 5,6 380
125 70 150 4 - Ø8 x 70 15 10,3 620
155 70 180 5 - Ø8 x 70 19 16,1 850
185 70 210 6 - Ø8 x 70 23 23,0 1090
GENERAL PRINCIPLES NOTES
(1) Self-drilling dowels WS Ø7 (f = 550 N/mm2)

• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with u,k
ETA-09/0361. (2) Smooth dowels STA Ø8 (f = 360 N/mm2)
u,k
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows:
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard

adopted for the design.
• Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.
For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3
has been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• Strength values of the connection system are valid under the calculation
hypotheses listed in the table.
• For different configurations the free software myProject is available
(www.rothoblaas.com)
32 ALUMINI
33
ALUMIDI
Concealed beam hanger with and without holes
Aluminum alloy tridimensional perforated plate
CERTIFIED
Available with and without holes.
The 2200 mm model is also certified
STEELALUMINUM
FIELD OF USE EN AW-6005A high strength aluminum alloy,
obtained by extrusion thus weld-free
Timber-to-Timber shear
connections, both perpendicular
and inclined to the vertical plane
TIMBER AND CONCRETE
solid timber Optimal hole spacing both for timber
(nails or screws) and concrete
Timber) (chemical or screwed anchor)
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) SPARES MANAGEMENT
wood-based panels Versions without holes available in 2200 mm long
pieces with notches every 40 mm, to be cut onsite
according to the worksite needs
34 ALUMIDI
INVISIBLE
The hidden connection provides a
satisfying appearance to the joint and
fulfills the fire safety requirements.
A countersink where the first hole is
located, facilitates the introduction of
the secondary beam from the top
TIMBER - CONCRETE
For applications on reinforced concrete
or other uneven surfaces the self-drilling
dowels allow a greater installation
tolerance when fixing the timber
element. Values are certified, tested and
consolidated
CERTIFIED SAFETY
AluMIDI bracket has been the subject
of many research works, studies and
international publications, both from
theoretical (calculation models) and
experimental point of view
ALUMIDI 35
ALUMIDI WITHOUT HOLES

ALUMIDI80 without holes 80 25
H ALUMIDI200 without holes 200 15
ALUMIDI WITH HOLES

ALUMIDI120L with holes 120 25
H ALUMIDI240L with holes 240 15
TEMPLATE
code type pcs/box
ATALUMIDI template for AluMIDI with STA Ø12 1
FV ALUMIDI: EN AW-6005° aluminum alloy.

To be used in Service class 1 and 2 (EN 1995:2008).
FUP
FIELD OF USE
FV
Timber to timber joints
Timber to concrete joints
Steel to timber joints
FUP
type description d [mm] support p.

LBA anker nail 4 332
LBS screw for plates 5 332
SKR screw anchor 10 296
VINYLPRO chemical anchor M8 314
EPOPLUS chemical anchor M8 322
36 ALUMIDI
GEOMETRY
ALUMIDI ALUMIDI
without holes with holes
LA LB AluMIDI AluMIDI
14 52 14 LB 86 23,4 without holes with hole
Thickness s [mm] 6 6
24 20
Flange width LA [mm] 80 80
40
Ø3 Web length LB [mm] 109,4 109,4
Small flange-holes Ø1 [mm] 5,0 5,0
H
Ø2 Large flange-holes Ø2 [mm] 9,0 9,0
40
Ø1 Web holes (dowels) Ø3 [mm] - 13,0
20
19 42 19
LA s LA s
s s
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES
a3,t
a4,c a4,t self-drilling dowel smooth dowel
as SECONDARY BEAM - TIMBER
WS Ø7 STA Ø12
Dowel - Dowel a2 [mm] ≥3d ≥ 21 ≥ 36
a2 Dowel - Beam extrados a4,t [mm] ≥4d ≥ 28 ≥ 48
Dowel - Beam intrados a4,c [mm] ≥3d ≥ 21 ≥ 36
as a4,c Dowel – Beam end a3,t [mm] ≥ {7 d; 80} ≥ 80 ≥ 80
Dowel – Bracket edge as [mm] ≥ 1,2 do (1) ≥ 10 ≥ 16
(1) hole diameter
hmin a3,t
anker nail screw
a4,t MAIN BEAM - TIMBER
as LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
First connector – Beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥5d ≥ 20 ≥ 25
a2
Tinst chemical anchor screw anchor

MAIN BEAM - CONCRETE
as a4,c VINYLPRO Ø8 SKR Ø10
Minimum support thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 110
hef
Concrete hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 8
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 10 25
hef = effective anchoring depth in concrete
ASSEMBLY
ALUMIDI without holes
4a 5a 6a 7a
ALUMIDI with holes

2
3 4b 5b 6b 7b
ALUMIDI 37
TOTAL NAILING
bNT FV
hNT H
FIXING THROUGH NAILS FIXING THROUGH SCREWS
AluMIDI without holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC ADMISSABLE MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC
VALUES VALUES VALUES
AluMIDI dowels WS nails LBA EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988 screws LBS EN 1995:2008
H bNT hNT Ø7 (1) Ø4 x 60 RV,k Vadm Ø5 x 60 RV,k
[mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs - Ø x L] [pcs] [kN] [kg] [pcs] [kN]
80 120 120 3 - Ø7 x 113 14 9,1 540 14 11,6
120 120 160 4 - Ø7 x 113 22 16,6 1070 22 21,5
160 120 200 5 - Ø7 x 113 30 25,7 1530 30 32,7
200 120 240 7 - Ø7 x 113 38 36,7 2030 38 45,9
240 120 280 9 - Ø7 x 113 46 50,0 2720 46 62,4
280 * 140 320 10 - Ø7 x 133 54 64,3 2890 54 78,1
320 * 140 360 11 - Ø7 x 133 62 75,7 3180 62 87,7
360 * 160 400 12 - Ø7 x 153 70 93,2 3470 70 105,8
400 * 160 440 13 - Ø7 x 153 78 106,7 3867 78 115,8
* dimension obtainable from ALUMIDI2200

AluMIDI with holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC ADMISSABLE MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC
AluMIDI dowels STA nails LBA EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988 screws LBS EN 1995:2008
120 120 160 3 - Ø12 x 120 22 23,1 1070 22 25,6
160 120 200 4 - Ø12 x 120 30 34,6 1820 30 40,5
200 120 240 5 - Ø12 x 120 38 46,6 2320 38 54,9
240 120 280 6 - Ø12 x 120 46 59,8 3010 46 68,2
280 140 320 7 - Ø12 x 140 54 77,2 3390 54 86,4
320 140 360 8 - Ø12 x 140 62 93,2 3580 62 100,9
360 160 400 9 - Ø12 x 160 70 112,0 3760 70 123,9
400 * 160 440 10 - Ø12 x 160 78 127,0 4190 78 139,8
NOTES – TIMBER TO TIMBER
(1) Self-drilling dowels WS Ø7 (f = 550 N/mm2).

u,k
(2) Smooth dowels STA Ø12 (f = 360 N/mm2).
u,k
(3) Partial nailing should be realized alternating the holes (see p. 26).
Partial nailing is necessary for joist-column connections in order to observe

minimum fastener spacings; it can be applied also for joist-joist connections.
(4) Strength values listed in the table have been evaluated for an angle
β = 30% (16,7°) of the secondary joist to the vertical and by considering a

precut AluMIDI hidden bracket.
To optimize timber element dimensions and joint strength it is possible to cut
the AluMIDI bracket at an angle starting from the AluMIDI2200 model.
38 ALUMIDI
PARTIAL NAILING (3)

bNT FV
hNT H
80 120 120 3 - Ø7 x 113 10 7,4 393 10 9,4
120 120 160 4 - Ø7 x 113 14 14,6 853 14 15,6
160 120 200 5 - Ø7 x 113 18 20,6 1143 18 24,9
200 120 240 7 - Ø7 x 113 22 27,2 1433 22 34,7
240 120 280 9 - Ø7 x 113 26 34,4 1713 26 44,4
280 * 140 320 9 - Ø7 x 133 30 44,2 1833 30 54,7
320 * 140 360 11 - Ø7 x 133 34 54,6 1963 34 64,6
360 * 160 400 11 - Ø7 x 153 38 63,5 2143 38 74,8
400 * 160 440 13 - Ø7 x 153 42 74,4 2365 42 84,0

120 120 160 3 - Ø12 x 120 14 18,1 853 14 21,4
160 120 200 4 - Ø12 x 120 18 26,2 1143 18 30,8
200 120 240 5 - Ø12 x 120 22 34,6 1433 22 39,5
240 120 280 6 - Ø12 x 120 26 43,7 1713 26 48,2
280 140 320 7 - Ø12 x 140 30 53,5 1823 30 63,0
320 140 360 8 - Ø12 x 140 34 63,7 1963 34 72,7
360 160 400 9 - Ø12 x 160 38 79,4 2143 38 82,3
400* 160 440 10 - Ø12 x 160 42 88,6 2365 42 91,7
All Strength values of the connection system are valid for the calculation hypotheses listed in the table.
For different configurations the free software myProject is available (www.rothoblaas.com)
The analysis of various configurations is possible by varying number and type of fasteners, inclination,
dimensions and material of the structural elements to maximize the mechanical strength.
• Possibility of using two different methods of calculation (according to ETA 09/0361 and experimental model
• Wide and diversified variety of ALUMINI, MIDI e MAXI brackets able to satisfy different static requirements
my
calculation software by rothoblaas
ALUMIDI 39
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOTIMBER JOINT  INCLINED4
TOTAL NAILING
bNT
FV
hNT H
β = 30%
80 120 140 3 - Ø7 x 113 14 9,1 540 14 11,6
120 120 180 4 - Ø7 x 113 22 16,6 1070 22 21,5
160 120 220 5 - Ø7 x 113 30 25,7 1530 30 32,7
200 120 260 7 - Ø7 x 113 38 36,7 2030 38 45,9
240 120 300 9 - Ø7 x 113 46 50,0 2720 46 62,4
280 * 140 340 10 - Ø7 x 133 54 64,3 2890 54 78,1
320 * 140 380 11 - Ø7 x 133 62 75,7 3180 62 87,7
360 * 160 420 12 - Ø7 x 153 70 93,2 3470 70 105,8
400 * 160 460 13 - Ø7 x 153 78 106,7 3867 78 115,8
* size obtainable from ALUMIDI2200

120 120 160 3 - Ø12 x 120 22 23,1 1070 22 25,6
160 120 200 4 - Ø12 x 120 30 34,6 1820 30 40,5
200 120 240 5 - Ø12 x 120 38 46,6 2320 38 54,9
240 120 280 6 - Ø12 x 120 46 59,8 3010 46 69,2
280 140 320 7 - Ø12 x 140 54 77,2 3390 54 89,0
320 140 360 8 - Ø12 x 140 62 93,2 3580 62 104,8
360 160 400 9 - Ø12 x 160 70 114,2 3760 70 126,1
400 * 160 440 10 - Ø12 x 160 78 127,0 4190 78 143,6
GENERAL PRINCIPLES – TIMBER TO TIMBER
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008, in accordance with • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.
ETA-09/0361 and evaluated with rothoblaas experimental method. • For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been considereded.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • In some cases the connection shear strength RV,k is notably large and may be
higher than the secondary joist strength. Particular attention should be paid to the
shear check of the reduced timber crossection in correspondence with the bracket
location.
Coefficients γm and kmod smust be taken according to the current
Standard adopted for the design.
40 ALUMIDI
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT RIGHT ANGLE
SCREW ANCHOR (1)

bNT
FV
hNT H
AluMIDI without holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
AluMIDI dowels WS anchor SKR EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

H bNT hNT Ø7 (2) Ø10 x 80 (4) RV,k Vadm
80 120 120 2 - Ø7 x 113 2 6,9 340
120 120 160 3 - Ø7 x 113 3 11,4 570
160 120 200 4 - Ø7 x 113 4 16,0 800
200 120 240 5 - Ø7 x 113 5 20,6 1030
240 120 280 6 - Ø7 x 113 6 25,2 1260
280 * 140 320 7 - Ø7 x 133 7 29,7 1490
320 * 140 360 8 - Ø7 x 133 8 34,3 1720
360 * 160 400 9 - Ø7 x 153 9 38,9 1950
400 * 160 440 10 - Ø7 x 153 10 43,2 2167
AluMIDI with holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
AluMIDI dowels STA anchor SKR EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

120 120 160 3 - Ø12 x 120 3 12,6 630
160 120 200 4 - Ø12 x 120 4 17,7 880
200 120 240 5 - Ø12 x 120 5 22,8 1140
240 120 280 6 - Ø12 x 120 6 27,8 1390
280 140 320 7 - Ø12 x 140 7 32,9 1640
320 140 360 8 - Ø12 x 140 8 37,9 1900
360 160 400 9 - Ø12 x 160 9 43,0 2150
400 * 160 440 10 - Ø12 x 160 10 47,8 2389
ALUMIDI 41
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT RIGHT ANGLE
CHEMICAL ANCHOR (1)

bNT
FV
hNT H
AluMIDI without holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
AluMIDI dowels WS anchor VINYLPRO EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

80 120 120 3 - Ø7 x 113 4 11,9 606
120 120 160 4 - Ø7 x 113 4 19,0 948
160 120 200 5 - Ø7 x 113 6 30,3 1516
200 120 240 7 - Ø7 x 113 7 37,8 1894
240 120 280 9 - Ø7 x 113 8 46,8 2343
280 * 140 320 10 - Ø7 x 133 9 54,6 2724
320 * 140 360 11 - Ø7 x 133 11 58,5 2926
360 * 160 400 12 - Ø7 x 153 12 68,1 3405
400 * 160 440 13 - Ø7 x 153 14 78,1 3906
AluMIDI with holes SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
AluMIDI dowels STA anchor VINYLPRO EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

120 120 160 3 - Ø12 x 120 4 19,0 948
160 120 200 4 - Ø12 x 120 6 30,3 1516
200 120 240 5 - Ø12 x 120 7 37,8 1894
240 120 280 6 - Ø12 x 120 8 46,8 2343
280 140 320 7 - Ø12 x 140 9 54,6 2724
320 140 360 8 - Ø12 x 140 11 58,5 2926
360 160 400 9 - Ø12 x 160 12 68,1 3405
400 * 160 440 10 - Ø12 x 160 14 78,1 3906
GENERAL PRINCIPLES – TIMBER TO CONCRETE NOTES – TIMBER TO CONCRETE
(1) The anchor disposition on concrete is obtained by placing the fasteners

• Characteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with
ETA-09/0361. alternately according to the reference picture, depending on the type of
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: anchor selected (see p. 26).
(2) Self drilling dowel WS Ø7 (f = 550 N/mm2).
u,k
(3) Smooth dowel STA Ø12 (f = 360 N/mm2).
u,k
(4) Screw anchor SKR according to testing by Politecnico di Milano
Coefficient γmc shall be taken as 1.50. (Test Certification n. 2006/5205/1).

(5) Chemical anchor VINYLPRO with steel threaded rods (type INA) of minimum
• For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 and a concrete strength grade equal to 5.8.with hef = 90 mm.
grade C25/30 have been considered.
separately.
42 ALUMIDI
LABORATORY TESTING
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
A comprehensive experimental campaign aimed at defining the real behaviour of the ALU brackets was carried out in collaboration the University
of Trento. A numerical model has then been proposed and validated on the experimental results (rothoblaas experimental method).
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Experimental investigation – Laboratorio Prove Materiali e Strutture (LPMS - Faculty of Engineering, Trento)
Tests on specimens with

reduced dimensions
(timber-to-timber and
timber-to-concrete)
Tests on full-scale
specimens (main-
secondary joint)
NUMERICAL MODELING
Investigation on the plastic deformation history of dowels and ALU brackets through finite element analysis.
Solid model of Alu bracket on concrete Mises stress history on dowels and Comparison between undeformed
ALU bracket and deformed shape at the end of
the test
ALUMIDI 43
ALUMAXI
Concealed beam hanger with and without holes
Aluminum alloy three dimensional perforated bracket
SUPERIOR STRENGTHSTANDARD
Standard connection system developed to
guarantee higher values of design strength.
All values are calculated and certified
STEELALUMINUM
EN AW-6005A high strength aluminum
FIELD OF USE
alloy, obtained through extrusion
Timber-to-timber and timber-to-
and thus weld-free.
concrete shear connections, both
perpendicular and inclined to the
vertical plane. TIMBER AND CONCRETE
Optimal hole spacing for joints both on timber
solid timber (nails or screws) and on concrete (chemical or
glulam (Glued Laminated heavy duty anchors)
Timber)
SPARES MANAGEMENT
wood-based panels Versions without holes available in 2164mm long
pieces with notches every 64mm, to be cut onsite
according to the worksite needs.
44 ALUMAXI
UNMATCHED
The low weight of the steel - aluminium
alloy facilitates easy transportation and
onsite movements, while guaranteeing
a very high strength. Being a hidden joint,
it satisfies the fire safety requirements.
STEEL AND CONCRETE

Possible applications regarding
reinforced concrete or metal surfaces.
Values are calculated, certified and
consolidated.
LARGE SCALE STRUCTURES

Ideal for connections between
oversize beams or when high strength
is required. The version without holes
provides free choice when positioning
the fasteners.
ALUMAXI 45
ALUMAXI WITH HOLES

ALUMAXI384L with holes 384 1
H ALUMAXI768L with holes 768 1
ALUMAXI WITHOUT HOLES

ALUMAXI2176 without holes 2176 1
TEMPLATE
code type pcs/box
ATALUMAXI template for AluMAXI per STA Ø16 1
FV ALUMAXI: EN AW-6005° aluminum alloy.

FUP
FIELD OF USE
FV
Timber to timber joint
Timber to concrete joint
Steel to timber joint
FUP

KOS bolt M16 54

46 ALUMAXI
GEOMETRY
ALUMAXI ALUMAXI
with holes without holes
LB AluMAXI AluMAXI
LA LB without holes with holes
139 33
Flange thickness s1 [mm] 12 12
32 Web thickness s2 [mm] 10 10
64 64 Flange width LA [mm] 130 130
Web length LB [mm] 172 172
H Small flange-holes Ø1 [mm] 7,5 7,5
Ø2 Ø3
Large flange-holes Ø2 [mm] 17,0 17,0
Ø1 Web holes (dowels) Ø3 [mm] 17,0 -
32
25,5 79 25,5 s1 s1
LA s2 LA s2
INSTALLA TION
MINIMUM DISTANCES
a3,t
smooth dowel
SECONDARY BEAM -TIMBER
a4,c a4,t
STA Ø16
as
Dowel - Dowel a2 [mm] ≥3d ≥ 48
Dowel - Beam extrados a4,t [mm] ≥4d ≥ 64
a2 Dowel - Beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥3d ≥ 48
Dowel - Beam end a3,t [mm] ≥ {7 d; 80} ≥ 112
as a4,c Dowel - Bracket edge as [mm] ≥ 1,2 do (1) ≥ 21
(1) hole diameter
hmin a3,t anker nail

MAIN BEAM – TIMBER
LBA Ø6
as a4,t First connector – Beam extrados a4,c [mm] ≥5d ≥ 30
a2
Tinst chemical anchor
MAIN JOIST - CONCRETE
VINYLPRO Ø16
as a4,c Minimum support thicknes hmin [mm] hef + 2 d0
Concrete hole diameter d0 [mm] 18
hef
d0 [mm] Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80
hef = effective anchoring depth in the concrete
ASSEMBLY
ALUMAXI with holes
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
ALUMAXI 47
TOTAL NAILING
bNT
FV
hNT H
SECONDARY BEAM MAIN BEAM CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
AluMAXI dowels STA nails LBA EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

384 160 432 6 - Ø16 x 160 48 117,3 4060
448 * 160 496 7 - Ø16 x 160 56 150,6 5035
512 160 560 8 - Ø16 x 160 64 172,1 6010
576 * 160 624 9 - Ø16 x 160 72 193,7 6980
640 160 688 10 - Ø16 x 160 80 215,2 7950
704 * 160 752 11 - Ø16 x 160 88 236,7 8910
768 160 816 12 - Ø16 x 160 96 258,2 9870
832 * 160 880 13 - Ø16 x 160 104 279,7 10735
896 * 160 944 14 - Ø16 x 160 112 301,2 11600
960 * 160 1008 15 - Ø16 x 160 120 322,8 12465
* dimension obtainable from ALUMAXI2176L or ALUMAXI2176
PARTIAL NAILING (2)

bNT
FV
hNT H
AluMAXI dowels STA nails LBA EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

384 160 432 6 - Ø16 x 160 24 58,6 2200
448 * 160 496 7 - Ø16 x 160 28 76,7 2605
512 160 560 8 - Ø16 x 160 32 95,9 3010
576 * 160 624 9 - Ø16 x 160 36 116,0 3495
640 160 688 10 - Ø16 x 160 40 136,7 3980
704 * 160 752 11 - Ø16 x 160 44 157,9 4460
768 160 816 12 - Ø16 x 160 48 179,3 4940
832 * 160 880 13 - Ø16 x 160 52 200,9 5370
896 * 160 944 14 - Ø16 x 160 56 222,5 5800
960 * 160 1008 15 - Ø16 x 160 60 244,2 6230
48 ALUMAXI
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT  RIGHT ANGLE
CHEMICAL ANCHOR (3)

bNT
FV
hNT H
AluMAXI dowels STA anchor VINYLPRO EN 1995:2008 DIN 1052:1988

384 160 432 6 - Ø16 x 160 6 133,5 5684
448 * 160 496 7 - Ø16 x 160 8 155,7 6628
512 160 560 8 - Ø16 x 160 8 178,0 7573
576 * 160 624 9 - Ø16 x 160 10 200,2 9584
640 160 688 10 - Ø16 x 160 10 222,4 9470
704 * 160 752 11 - Ø16 x 160 12 244,7 11465
768 160 816 12 - Ø16 x 160 12 266,9 11361
832 * 160 880 13 - Ø16 x 160 14 289,2 13326
896 * 160 944 14 - Ø16 x 160 14 311,4 13257
960 * 160 1008 15 - Ø16 x 160 16 333,7 15213
(1) Smooth dowels STA Ø16 (f = 470 N/mm2).

• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with u,k
(2) Partial nailing of the column should be realized alternating the holes (see p. 26).
ETA-09/0361.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Partial nailing is necessary for joist-column connections in order to observe
minimum fastener spacings; it can be applied also for joist-joist connections.
(3) The anchor disposition on concrete is obtained by placing the fasteners
alternately according to the reference picture, depending on the type of

Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard anchor selected (see p. 26).
(4) Chemical anchor VINYLPRO with threaded rods (type INA) of minimum strength
• Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988. grade equal to 5.8. with hef = 128 mm.
• For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 and a concrete
grade C 25/30 have been considered.
separately.
• In some cases the connection shear strength RV,k is notably large and may be
higher than the secondary joist strength. Particular attention should be paid to
the shear check of the reduced timber crossection in correspondence with the
bracket location
• Strength values of the connection system are valid for the calculation
hypotheses listed in the table. For different paterns the free software myProject
is available (www.rothoblaas.com)
my
calculation software by rothoblaas
ALUMAXI 49
STA
Smooth dowel
Bright zinc plated carbon steel
CE MARKING
Cylindrical metal fastener with
CE marking according to EN14592
STEEL
S355 steel grade to provide higher
shear strength to the standard sizes used
FIELD OF USE
in structural design (Ø16 and Ø20)
Timber-to-timber and steel
to timber shear connections
GEOMETRY
solid timber Tapered end for an easier insertion of the
glulam (Glued Laminated fastener into the predrilled timber element.
Timber) Available in 1,0 m long version
wood-based panels
SPECIAL VERSION
Available upon request in high bond steel
and geometry designed to avoid pull-out
when used in seismic areas
50 STA
CALCULATION ACCURACY
CE marking guarantees usage suitability. The designer can always
be certain to perform calculations based on the correct parameters,
acording to the reference Standards (Eurocode or others)
STEEL-TO-TIMBER
Ideal for being used with ALU brackets in realizing hidden joints.
When used with wood taps it meets the fire safety requirements
and provides a rewarding aesthetic appearance.
PRODUCT RANGE
8,0mm and 12,0mm diameters are available with S235 steel grade. 16,0mm e 20,0mm diameters are available with S355
steel grade. Available in 1,0m long pieces to be cut onsite according to the worksite needs. Available upon request in high
bond steel and geometry designed to avoid pull-out when used in seismic areas.
500
400
300
200
100
ø8 ø12 ø16 ø20
Special version
STA 51
STA
d [mm] code L [mm] steel grade pcs/box d [mm] code L [mm] steel grade pcs/box
STA860B 60 S235 200 STA16240B 240 S355 50
STA870B 70 S235 200 STA16260B 260 S355 50
STA880B 80 S235 200 STA16280B 280 S355 50
STA890B 90 S235 200 STA16300B 300 S355 50
8
STA8100B 100 S235 200 STA16320B 320 S355 50
STA8110B 110 S235 200 STA16340B 340 S355 50
STA8120B 120 S235 200 STA16360B 360 S355 50
16
STA8140B 140 S235 200 STA16380B 380 S355 50
STA16400B 400 S355 50
STA1260B 60 S235 100
STA16420B 420 S355 50
STA1270B 70 S235 100
STA16440B 440 S355 50
STA1280B 80 S235 100
STA16460B 460 S355 50
STA1290B 90 S235 100
STA16480B 480 S355 50
STA12100B 100 S235 100
STA16500B 500 S355 50
STA12110B 110 S235 100
STA12120B 120 S235 100 16 STA161000B 1000 S355 1
STA12130B 130 S235 100
STA20120B 120 S355 25
STA12140B 140 S235 100
STA20140B 140 S355 25
STA12150B 150 S235 100
STA20150B 150 S355 25
STA12160B 160 S235 100
12 STA20160B 160 S355 25
STA12170B 170 S235 100
STA20180B 180 S355 25
STA12180B 180 S235 100
STA20190B 190 S355 25
STA12200B 200 S235 100
STA20200B 200 S355 25
STA12220B 220 S235 100
STA20220B 220 S355 25
STA12240B 240 S235 100
STA20240B 240 S355 25
STA12260B 260 S235 100
STA20260B 260 S355 25
STA12280B 280 S235 100
STA20280B 280 S355 25
STA12320B 320 S235 100 20
STA20300B 300 S355 25
STA12340B 340 S235 100
STA20320B 320 S355 25
STA12360B 360 S235 100
STA20340B 340 S355 25
STA12400B 400 S235 100
STA20360B 360 S355 25
12 STA121000B 1000 S235 1 STA20380B 380 S355 25
STA20400B 400 S355 25
STA1680B 80 S355 50
STA20420B 420 S355 25
STA16100B 100 S355 50
STA20440B 440 S355 25
STA16110B 110 S355 50
STA20460B 460 S355 25
STA16120B 120 S355 50
STA20480B 480 S355 25
STA16130B 130 S355 50
STA20500B 500 S355 25
STA16140B 140 S355 50
16 STA16150B 150 S355 50 20 STA201000B 1000 S355 1
STA16160B 160 S355 50
STA16170B 170 S355 50
STA16180B 180 S355 50
STAS
STA16190B 190 S355 50
STA16200B 200 S355 50 Available upon request:high bond steel and shaped to avoid pull-out
STA16220B 220 S355 50 when used in seismic areas (es. STAS16200).
52 STA
FV FV STA Ø8 - Ø12: S235 bright zinc plated carbon steel.

STA Ø16 - Ø20: S355 bright zinc plated carbon steel.
USAGE FIELD

Timber-steel-timber joints
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Nominal diameter d [mm] 8 12 16 20

Length L [mm] 60 ÷ 140 60 ÷ 400 80 ÷ 500 120 ÷ 500
steel grade S235 S235 S355 S355
Material f u,k,MIN [N/mm2] 360 360 460 460
f y,k,MIN [N/mm2] 235 235 355 355
Characteristic value for the yield moment My,k [Nmm] 24100 69100 191000 340000
Mechanical parameters according to CE mark and in accordance with EN 14592
INSTALLATION  MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR DOWELS LOADED IN SHEAR
Load angle to the grain α = 0° Load angle to the grain α = 90°
8 12 16 20 8 12 16 20
a1 [mm] 40 60 80 100 24 36 48 60
a2 [mm] 24 36 48 60 24 36 48 60
a3,t [mm] 80 84 112 140 80 84 112 140
a3,c [mm] 40 42 56 70 80 84 112 140
a4,t [mm] 24 36 48 60 32 48 64 80
a4,c [mm] 24 36 48 60 24 36 48 60
loaded unloaded loaded unloaded

grain connection end end edge edge
direction system -90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 a2
a2 a2 a4,t a4,c
a1 a1 a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES
• Minimum distances according to EN 1995:2014

• Minimum distances valid both for timber-to-timber and for steel-to-timber joints
STA 53
KOS  KOT
Hexagonal / round head bolt
Bright zinc plated carbon steel and A2 stainless steel versions available
CE MARKING
Cylindrical metal fastener with
CE marking according to EN14592
SPECIAL STEEL
Carbon steel of strength grade 8.8 for all
FIELD OF USE hexagonal head bolts (KOS)
Timber-to-timber and steel
to timber shear connections
INCORPORATED NUT
solid timber Hexagonal and round head bolt supplied with
glulam (Glued Laminated an incorporated nut (for the carbon
Timber) steel version)
wood-based panels OUTDOOR VERSION
Available also in AISI304/A2 stainless steel for
outdoor applications (service class 3)
54 KOS - KOT
CALCULATION ACCURACY
CE marking guarantees the usage suitability. The designer can always
be certain to perform calculations based on the correct parameters,
according to the reference Standards (Eurocode or others)
8.8 STRENGTH CLASS AND NUT INCLUDED

Strength grade 8.8 guarantees an excellent strength performance
and allows to reduce the number of bolts. Bolts are supplied with
nuts included in the box.
PRODUCT RANGE
KOS hexagonal head bolts: strength grade 8.8, nut included. KOT round head bolts: strength grade 4.8, nut included.
The A2 stainless steel versions and EKS hexagonal head bolts (8.8 strength grade for steel structures) are supplied without nuts.
600
500
400
300
200
100
M12 M16 M20
KOS - KOT 55
KOS – HEXAGONAL HEAD BOLT WITH NUT
Strength grade 8.8 – Bright zinc plated

DIN 601 (ISO 4016*)
A
d [mm] code L [mm] A max [mm] pcs/box d [mm] code L [mm] A max [mm] pcs/box
KOS12100B 100 75 25 KOS20120B 120 75 10
KOS12120B 120 95 25 KOS20140B 140 95 10
KOS12140B 140 115 25 KOS20160B 160 115 10
KOS12160B 160 135 25 KOS20180B 180 135 10
KOS12180B 180 155 25 KOS20200B 200 155 10
KOS12200B 200 175 25 KOS20220B 220 175 10
KOS12220B 220 195 25 KOS20240B 240 195 10
KOS12240B 240 215 25 KOS20260B 260 215 10
M12
KOS12260B 260 235 25 KOS20280B 280 235 10
KOS12280B 280 255 25 KOS20300B 300 255 10
KOS12300B 300 275 25 KOS20320B 320 275 10
KOS12320B 320 295 25 KOS20340B 340 295 10
KOS12340B 340 315 25 M20 KOS20360B 360 315 10
KOS12360B 360 335 25 KOS20380B 380 335 10
KOS12380B 380 355 25 KOS20400B 400 355 10
KOS12400B 400 375 25 KOS20420B 420 375 10
KOS20440B 440 395 10
KOS16120B 120 85 15
KOS20460B 460 415 10
KOS16140B 140 105 15
KOS20480B 480 435 10
KOS16150B 150 115 15
KOS20500B 500 455 10
KOS16160B 160 125 15
KOS20520B 520 475 10
KOS16180B 180 145 15
KOS20540B 540 495 10
KOS16200B 200 165 15
KOS20560B 560 515 10
KOS16220B 220 185 15
KOS20580B 580 535 10
KOS16240B 240 205 15
KOS20600B 600 555 10
KOS16260B 260 225 15
The maximum thickness A is evaluated considering a nut and two ULS DIN 440
KOS16280B 280 245 15 washers.
KOS16300B 300 265 15
* Standard ISO 4016 differs from DIN 601 with regards to parameters k and Ch
KOS16320B 320 285 15 for M12 diameter.
KOS16340B 340 305 15
M16
KOS16360B 360 325 15
KOS16380B 380 345 15
KOS16400B 400 365 15
KOS16420B 420 385 15
KOS16440B 440 405 15
KOS16460B 460 425 15
KOS16480B 480 445 15
KOS16500B 500 465 15
KOS16520B 520 485 15
KOS16540B 540 505 15
KOS16560B 560 525 15
KOS16580B 580 545 15
KOS16600B 600 565 15
56 KOS - KOT
EXTERNAL LAODS MATERIAL AND DURABILITY
KOS: strength GRADE 8.8 bright zinc plated carbon steel.

FV
Fax
FIELD OF USE


KOS
Nominal diameter d [mm] M12 M16 M20

Ch Key Ch [mm] 19 24 30
Head thickness k [mm] 7,5 10,0 12,5
[mm] L ≤ 125 mm 30 38 46
k
Thread length b [mm] 125 < L ≤ 200 mm 36 44 52
[mm] L > 200 mm 49 57 65
Geometry according to DIN 601 (ISO 4016)
L
steel 8.8 8.8 8.8
Material f u,k [N/mm2] 800 800 800
b
f y,k [N/mm2] 640 640 640
Characteristic value My,k [Nmm] 153000 324000 579000
for yield moment
d Mechanical parameters according to CE marking, in accordance with EN 14592
CALCULATION EXAMPLE - COMPARISON BETWEEN STRENGTH GRADE 4.8 AND 8.8
STRENGTH AND NUMBER OF FASTENERS
45 (7x6) 42 TYPE: truss with double lower chord members

40 fastened to upper chord member through bolts.
(7x5) 35
Timber-timber-timber joint.
Bolt number (nc x nf) [pcs]
35
(6x5) 30
30
(6x4) 24 (5x6) 30 STANDARD: EN 1995:2008 - γm = 1.30 (connections)
25 – kmod = 0.9 (short-term load - snow)
(6x3) 18 (5x5) 25
20
(4x5) 20
15 (3x4) 12
(4x4) 16
10 (4x3) 12 Legenda
5 (2x4) 8
Bolts strength gr. 4.8
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Rd [kN] Bolts strength gr. 8.8
CALCULATION MODEL AND HYPOTHESES

External joists t1 = 160 mm
1 2 1 Internal joists t2 = 200 mm
Diameter d = 20 mm
19° nc
nF Td
a1 = 100 mm
a1
Td = design axial load on
lower chord
t1 t2 t1 Rd = design strength
of lower chord
KOS - KOT 57
KOT
Round head bolt with nut
Strength grade 4.8 - Bright zinc plated carbon steel d [mm] code L [mm] pcs/box
DIN 603 (ISO 8677*)
KOT850 50 200
KOT860 60 200
KOT870 70 200
KOT880 80 200
M8
KOT890 90 100
KOT8100 100 100
KOT8120 120 100
L
KOT8140 140 100
KOT10100 100 100
KOT10120 120 50
KOT10130 130 50
d KOT10140 140 50
M10 KOT10150 150 50
KOT10160 160 50
KOT10180 180 50
KOT10200 200 50
KOT10220 220 50
KOT12200 200 25
KOT12220 220 25
KOT12240 240 25
M12
KOT12260 260 25
KOT12280 280 25
KOT12300 300 25
* Standard ISO 8677 differs from DIN 603 with regards to parameters k and Ch for M10 and M12 diameters.
EKS
Hexagonal head bolt with nut
Strength grade 8.8 Bright zinc plated carbon steel d [mm] code thread L [mm] pcs/box
DIN 933 (ISO 4014) – full thread (*)
EKS2040 • 40 25
DIN 931 (ISO 4017) – partial thread (**) EKS2050 • 50 25
EKS2060 • 60 25
M20
EKS2070 •• 70 25
EKS2080 •• 80 25
EKS20100 •• 100 25
L
EKS2440 • 40 25
EKS2450 • 50 25
d EKS2460 • 60 25
M24 EKS2465 • 65 25
EKS2470 • 70 25
EKS2480 •• 80 25
EKS2485 •• 85 25
58 KOS - KOT
AI 601 AISI 304
A2
Hexagonal head bolt
d [mm] code L [mm] pcs/box
A2 stainless steel
AI60110100 100 50
DIN 931 (ISO 4017*) AI60110120 120 50
AI60110140 140 50
M10
AI60110160 160 50
AI60110180 180 50
AI60110200 200 50
AI60112100 100 10
AI60112120 120 10
AI60112140 140 10
AI60112160 160 10
M12 AI60112180 180 10
AI60112200 200 10
L AI60112220 220 10
AI60112240 240 10
AI60112260 260 10
AI60116120 120 10
AI60116140 140 10
AI60116150 150 10
AI60116160 160 10
AI60116180 180 10
M16 AI60116200 200 10
d AI60116220 220 10
AI60116240 240 10
AI60116260 260 10
AI60116280 280 10
AI60116300 300 10
AI 603 AISI 304
A2
Round head bolt

d [mm] code L [mm] pcs/box
A2 stainless steel
AI603850 50 50
DIN 603 (ISO 8677*) AI603860 60 50
AI603870 70 50
AI603880 80 50
M8
AI603890 90 50
AI6038100 100 50
AI6038120 120 50
AI6038140 140 50
AI6031070 70 50
L AI6031080 80 50
AI6031090 90 50
AI60310100 100 50
AI60310110 110 50
AI60310120 120 50
M10 AI60310130 130 50
d AI60310140 140 50
AI60310150 150 50
AI60310160 160 50
AI60310180 180 50
AI60310200 200 50
AI60310220 220 50
AI60312140 140 50
AI60312160 160 50
AI60312180 180 50
AI60312200 200 50
M12
AI60312220 220 50
AI60312240 240 50
AI60312280 280 50
AI60312300 300 50
KOS - KOT 59
MET
Threaded rods, nuts and washers
MGS 1000
Threaded rod
Strength grade 4.8 - Hot dip code rod L [mm] pcs/box
Galvanized carbon steel
MGS10008 M8 1000 10
DIN 975 MGS100010 M10 1000 10
d MGS100012 M12 1000 10
MGS100014 M14 1000 10
L
MGS100016 M16 1000 10
MGS100018 M18 1000 10
MGS100020 M20 1000 10
MGS100022 M22 1000 10
MGS100024 M24 1000 10
MGS100027 M27 1000 10
MGS100030 M30 1000 10
MGS 1000
Threaded rod
Galvanized carbon steel MGS10888 M8 1000 1
DIN 975 MGS11088 M10 1000 1
d MGS11288 M12 1000 1
MGS11488 M14 1000 1
L
MGS11688 M16 1000 1
MGS11888 M18 1000 1
MGS12088 M20 1000 1
MGS12488 M24 1000 1
MGS12788 M27 1000 1
60 MET
MGS 2200
Threaded rod
Galvanized carbon steel
MGS220012 M12 2200 1
DIN 975 MGS220016 M16 2200 1
d MGS220020 M20 2200 1
STATIC VALUES - TENSILE STRENGTH
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES

strength grade strength grade
4.8 8.8 4.8 8.8
N,ax d1 d2 p Aresist Nax,k Nax,k Nadm Nadm
rod
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm2] [kN] [kN] [kg] [kg]
d1
d2 M8 8,0 6,47 1,25 36,6 13,2 26,4 586 1365
M10 10,0 8,16 1,50 58,0 20,9 41,8 928 2163
M12 12,0 9,85 1,75 84,3 30,3 60,7 1349 3144
p M14 14,0 11,55 2,00 115,0 41,4 82,8 1840 4290
M16 16,0 13,55 2,00 157,0 56,5 113,0 2512 5856
M18 18,0 14,93 2,50 192,0 69,1 138,2 3072 7162
M20 20,0 16,93 2,50 245,0 88,2 176,4 3920 9139
M22 22,0 18,93 2,50 303,0 109,1 218,2 4848 11302
M24 24,0 20,32 3,00 353,0 127,1 254,2 5648 13167
N,ax M27 27,0 23,32 3,00 459,0 165,2 330,5 7344 17121
M30 30,0 25,71 3,50 561,0 202,0 403,9 8976 20925
• Characteristic values according to EN 1993.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Nax,d = Nax,k / γm2
DADO SIMPLEX
Cast iron code rod L [mm] d [mm] hole [mm] pcs/box
DIN 1052 FE010335 M12 54 22 24 100
FE013340 M16 72 28,5 32 50
L
ASSEMBLING
MET 61
ULS 9021 code rod dINT [mm] dEXT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
Washer ULS8242 M8 8,4 24 2 200
ULS10302 M10 10,5 30 2,5 200
S235 steel - bright zinc plated ULS13373 M12 13 37 3 100
DIN 9021 (ISO 9073*) ULS15443 M14 15 44 3 100
ULS17503 M16 17 50 3 100
ULS20564 M18 20 56 4 50
ULS22604 M20 22 60 4 50
dEXT dINT
* ISO 9073 differs from DIN 9021 with regards to surface toughness
ULS 440
Washer
S235 steel - bright zinc plated code rod dINT [mm] dEXT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
DIN 440 R (ISO 7094*)
ULS11343 M10 11 34 3 200
ULS13444 M12 13,5 44 4 200
ULS17565 M16 17,5 56 5 50
dEXT ULS22726 M20 22 72 6 50
dINT
ULS26856 M24 26 85 6 25
* ISO 7094 differs from DIN 440 R with regards to surface toughness
ULS 1052
Washer
S235 steel - bright zinc plated code rod dINT [mm] dEXT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
DIN 1052
ULS14586 M12 14 58 6 50
ULS18686 M16 18 68 6 50
ULS22808 M20 22 80 8 25
ULS25928 M24 25 92 8 20
dEXT dINT ULS271058 M27 27 105 8 20
ULS 125 code rod dINT [mm] dEXT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
Washer ULS81616 M8 8,4 16 1,6 1000
ULS10202 M10 10,5 20 2 500
S235 steel – bright zinc plated ULS13242 M12 13 24 2,5 500
DIN 125 A (ISO 7089*) ULS17303 M16 17 30 3 250
ULS21373 M20 21 37 3 250
ULS25444 M24 25 44 4 200
ULS28504 M27 28 50 4 20
dEXT dINT
ULS31564 M30 31 56 4 20
* ISO 7089 differs from DIN 125 A with regards to surface toughness
62 MET
STATIC VALUES  WASHERS
PULL-THROUGH RESISTANCE
dINT
dEXT
N,ax

dINT dEXT s Nax,k Nadm
rod standard [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kg]
DIN 125 A 10,5 20,0 2,0 1,84 68
DIN 9021 10,5 30,0 2,5 5,02 186
M10
DIN 440 R 11 34,0 3,0 6,58 244
DIN 1052 - - - - -
DIN 125 A 13,0 24,0 2,5 2,59 96
DIN 9021 13,0 37,0 3,0 7,63 283
M12
DIN 440 R 13,5 44,0 4,0 11,16 413
DIN 1052 14,0 58,0 6,0 20,15 746
DIN 125 A 17,0 30,0 3,0 3,89 144
DIN 9021 17,0 50,0 3,0 14,07 521
M16
DIN 440 R 17,5 56,0 5,0 18,00 667
DIN 1052 18,0 68,0 6,0 27,36 1013
DIN 125 A 21,0 37,0 3,0 5,90 219
DIN 9021 22,0 60,0 4,0 19,82 734
M20
DIN 440 R 22,0 72,0 6,0 29,90 1107
DIN 1052 22,0 80,0 8,0 37,64 1394
DIN 125 A 25,0 44,0 4,0 8,34 309
DIN 9021 - - - - -
M24
DIN 440 R 26,0 85,0 6,0 41,66 1543
DIN 1052 25,0 92,0 8,0 49,87 1847
CRITICALITY: WASHER PENETRATION INTO TIMBER
N > Nax,Max
N,ax N,ax
NOTES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008. • The pull-through resistance of a washer is proportional to its contact
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: surface with the timber element.
Coeffcients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard

• For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been
considered.
MET 63
MUT 934 code rod h [mm] Ch [mm] pcs/box

Hexagonal nut MUT9348 M8 6,5 13 400
MUT93410 M10 8 17 500
Steel grade 8 - Bright zinc plated MUT93412 M12 10 19 500
DIN 934 (ISO 4032*) MUT93414 M14 11 22 200
MUT93416 M16 13 24 200
Ch
MUT93418 M18 15 27 100
MUT93420 M20 16 30 100
MUT93422 M22 18 32 50
h MUT93424 M24 19 36 50
MUT93427 M27 22 41 25
MUT93430 M30 24 46 25
* ISO 4032 differs from DIN 934 with regards to parameters h and Ch for M10, M12, M14 and M22 diameters
MUT 6334
Coupling nut
Steel grade 8 - Bright zinc plated code rod h [mm] Ch [mm] pcs/box
DIN 6334 MUT933410 M10 30 17 10
Ch
MUT933412 M12 36 19 10
MUT933416 M16 48 24 10
h
MUT933420 M20 30 30 10
MUT 1587
Dome nut
Steel grade 8 – Bright zinc plated code rod h [mm] Ch [mm] pcs/box
DIN 1587
MUT15878S M8 15 13 200
MUT158710S M10 18 17 50
MUT158712S M12 22 19 50
MUT158714S M14 25 22 50
h
MUT158716S M16 28 24 100
MUT158718S M18 32 27 50
Ch MUT158720S M20 34 30 25
MUT158722S M22 39 32 25
One-piece lathe nut MUT158724S M24 42 36 25
MUT 985 AISI 304
A2
Self-blocking nut
A2 stainless steel code rod h [mm] Ch [mm] pcs/box
DIN 985 (ISO 10511*)
MUT98510 M10 10 17 1
Ch MUT98512 M12 12 19 1
MUT98516 M16 16 24 1
h * ISO 10511 differs from DIN 985 with regards to parameters h and Ch for M10 and M12 diameters.
64 MET
MGS AISI 304
A2
Threaded rod
A2 stainless steel code rod L [mm] pcs/box
DIN 975
AI97510 M10 1000 5
AI97512 M12 1000 5
d AI97516 M16 1000 5
AI97520 M20 1000 5
L
AISI 304
AI 934 A2
Hexagonal nut
DIN 934 (ISO 4032*)
AI9348 M8 6,5 13 500
Ch AI93410 M10 8 16 200
AI93412 M12 10 18 200
AI93416 M16 13 24 100
h
AI93420 M20 16 30 50
* ISO 4032 differs from DIN 934 with regards to parameters h and Ch for M10 e M12 diameters
AI 1587 AISI 304
A2
Dome nut
DIN 1587 AI158710 M10 18 17 100
AI158712 M12 22 19 100
AI158716 M16 28 24 50
h AI158720 M20 34 30 25
Ch
One-piece lathe nut
AI 9021 AISI 304
A2
Washer
A2 stainless steel code rod dINT [mm] dEXT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
DIN 9021 (ISO 9073*) AI90218 M8 8,4 24 2 500
AI902110 M10 10,5 30 2,5 500
AI902112 M12 13 37 3 200
dEXT dINT AI902116 M16 17 50 3 100
AI902120 M20 22 60 4 50
* Staindard ISO 9073 differs from DIN 9021as concerns surface toughness.
MET 65
VGU
45° washer for VGS
Bright zinc plated carbon steel
PACKAGING
Supplied in single pieces
PLATE ADAPTER
Allows to insert VGS screws at a 45° angle
FIELD OF USE
on plates without countersunk holes
Connections of timber elements
with steel plates by means of
full-threaded screws inclined at 45°
EASE OF HANDLING
solid timber Anti-slip superficial knurling and cylindrical
glulam (Glued Laminated shape easy to handle
Timber)
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) UNIVERSAL SIZE
wood-based panels Two sizes compatible with all 9mm
and 11mm diameter VGS are available
for plates of varying thickness
66 VGU
SAFETY
The washer is designed to ensure the
screw insertion at precisely 45° to the
plane and the connector feed in the
correct direction
EASE OF HANDLING
The regular cylindrical shape of the
diameter external to the countersink and
the anti-slip knurling assure a firm grip
during the assembling phase
AESTHETICS
The perfect matching between VGS
head and the countersunk washer
creates a compact and aesthetically
pleasing joint finish.
VGU 67
VGU WASHER
code screw pcs/box
HUS945 VGS Ø9 1
HUS1145 VGS Ø11 1
Screws not included in the box
VGS
code d1 [mm] L [mm] TX pcs/box
VGS9160 9 160 TX40 25
VGS9200 9 200 TX40 25
ETA 11/0030 VGS9240 9 240 TX40 25
VGS9280 9 280 TX40 25
d1 VGS9320 9 320 TX40 25
VGS9360 9 360 TX40 25
L VGS11100 11 100 TX50 25
VGS11150 11 150 TX50 25
VGS11200 11 200 TX50 25
VGS11250 11 250 TX50 25
VGS11300 11 300 TX50 25
VGS11350 11 350 TX50 25
VGS11400 11 400 TX50 25
VGS11450 11 450 TX50 25
VGS11500 11 500 TX50 25
VGS11550 11 550 TX50 25
VGS11600 11 600 TX50 25
EXTERNAL LAODS MATERIAL AND DURABILITY
VGU: S235 bright zinc plated steel.

FV To be used in Service class 1 and 2 (EN 1995:2008).
FIELD OF USE
GEOMETRY
WASHER HUS945 HUS1145

D
VGS screw diameter d1 [mm] 9,0 11,0

d
H HInternal diameter d [mm] 9,5 11,5

External diameter D [mm] 18,0 22,0
h Base length L [mm] 34,8 42,1
Base heigth h [mm] 3,0 3,6
L
Global heigth H [mm] 20,5 24,8
68 VGU
INSTALLATION
LF
WASHER HUS945 HUS1145
min 35,0 min 43,0
Slotted-hole length LF [mm]
max 36,0 max 44,0
BF min 14,0 min 17,0
Slotted-hole width BF [mm]
max 15,0 max 18,0
min 3,0 min 4,0
Steel plate thickness SPLATE [mm]
max 12,0* max 15,0*
SPLATE * For thicker plates it is necessary to realize a countersink in the lower part of the steel plate.
For VGS screw-lengths > 300 mm a Ø5 predrill is recommended.

The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed
among all the installed VGU washers.
STATIC VALUES  STEELTOTIMBER JOINT
SLIDING RESISTANCE RV
SPLATE SPLATE
FV FV
45° 45°
A A
L
g
g
S
S
FV FV
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES (1) ADMISSIBLE CHARACTERISTIC VALUES (1) ADMISSIBLE

VALUES VALUES
d1 SPLATE = 3 mm SPLATE = 3 mm SPLATE = 12 mm SPLATE = 12 mm
screw TIMBER STEEL TIMBER STEEL
d1 L Sg AMIN RV,k Rtens,k 45° Vadm 45° Sg AMIN RV,k Rtens,k 45° Vadm 45°
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kg] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kg]
160 140 120 10,12 445 125 110 9,04 398
200 180 145 13,01 573 165 135 11,93 525
240 220 175 15,90 700 205 165 14,82 652
VGS 9 17,96 17,96
280 260 205 18,80 827 245 195 17,71 780
320 300 230 21,69 903 285 220 20,60 903
360 340 260 24,58 903 325 250 23,50 903
SPLATE = 4 mm SPLATE = 4 mm SPLATE = 15 mm SPLATE = 15 mm
100 80 75 7,07 311 65 60 5,74 253
150 130 110 11,49 506 115 95 10,16 447
200 180 145 15,90 700 165 130 14,58 642
250 230 185 20,32 894 215 170 19,00 836
300 280 220 24,74 1089 265 205 23,41 1031
VGS 11 350 330 255 29,16 26,87 1130 315 240 27,83 26,87 1130
400 380 290 33,58 1130 365 275 32,25 1130
450 430 325 37,99 1130 415 310 36,67 1130
500 480 360 42,41 1130 465 345 41,09 1130
550 530 395 46,83 1130 515 380 45,50 1130
600 580 430 51,25 1130 565 415 49,92 1130
(1) The design shear strength of the joint is the minimum among the timber
• Charatteristic values consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordante with
ETA-11/0030. design shear strength (RV,d) and the steel design shear strength (Rtens,d 45°).
• For the calculation process a timber density of ρk = 380 kg/m3
has been considered.
• The fastener pull-out strength has been evaluated by considering a
45° angle to the grain and an effective length of the threaded part equal to Sg.
For the correct realization of the joint, the fastener head should be fully
embedded into the VGU washer. For intermediate values of SPLATE linear
interpolation is allowed. Dimensioning and verification of timber elements
and steel plates shall be carried out separately.
VGU 69
DISC
Concealed wood connector
Bright zinc plated carbon steel three-dmensional perforated plate
PACKAGING
Assembling screws and TX insert included in the box
COMBINED LOADS
Combined shear-tensile load bearing capacity due to
FIELD OF USE
tightening provided by the pass-through rod
Timber-to-timber shear joints
along all directions of the
secondary beam
EASE OF HANDLING
solid timber Simple to install thanks to the possibility of being
glulam (Glued Laminated tightened after the assembly
Timber)
REMOVABLE
wood-based panels
Usable for temporary structures, it can be easily
removed thanks to the pass-through rod
70 DISC
AESTHETICS
Completely hidden joint to ensure a
pleasant aesthetic appearance
VERSATILITY
Usable in various applications, allowing
to realize shear and tensile joints among
the timber elements
LOAD TRANSFER
Thanks to the threaded rod, the load can
be transfered from one timber element
to the other. The increase in load bearing
capacity is potentially unlimited if more
fasteners are used in series.
DISC 71
DISC
code type D1 [mm] bar pcs/box
DISC55 DISC55 55 M12 1
DISC80 DISC80 80 M16 1
DISC120 DISC120 120 M20 1
Screws included in the box
D1
DISC: S235 bright zinc plated carbon steel.

FV
FIELD OF USE

FAX
FUP
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - FASTENERS
type description d x L [mm] drill bit support p.

screw DISC55 screw for timber 5 x 50 TX20 included
KOS bolt M12 - M16 - M20 - 54
ULS washer DIN 1052 M12 - M16 - M20 - 62
GEOMETRY
s1 s2
D1 M D2
fixing screws DISC (included)

type D1 [mm] D2 [mm] s1 [mm] s2 [mm] M [mm] d x L [mm] [pcs]
DISC55 55 20 10 20 M12 5 x 50 8
DISC80 80 25 10 25 M16 6 x 60 8
DISC120 120 30 10 30 M20 6 x 90 16
72 DISC
INSTALLATION
GROOVING TIPS FOR MAIN BEAM - SECONDARY BEAM JOINTS
DF3 bJ SECONDARY BEAM

MINIMUM DIMENSIONS GROOVING 2
DF1 hJ
type D1 [mm] bJ [mm] hJ [mm] DF2 [mm] SF2 [mm]
DISC55 55 80 80 20 20
DF2 DISC80 80 100 100 25 25
DISC120 120 140 140 30 30
main beam secondary beam
MAIN BEAM
SF1 SF2
GROOVING 1 GROOVING 3
type D1 [mm] DF1 [mm] SF1 [mm] DF3* [mm]
DISC55 55 56 11 13
DISC80 80 81 11 17
DISC120 120 121 11 21
* The hole must be passing through to allow the introduction of the KOS bolt
MINIMUM DISTANCES
a3
type D1 [mm] a1,min [mm] a3,min [mm]

DISC55 55 80 40
a1 DISC80 100 50
80
DISC120 120 140 70
a3
a3 a1 a3
ASSEMBLY
1 2 3
4 5 6
DISC 73
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOTIMBER JOINT RIGHT ANGLE
DISC
FV
hJ
FAX
FUP
VERTICAL SHEAR CAPACITY RV
secondary beam CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES

bJ,min hJ,min RV,k Vadm
type
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kg]
DISC55 80 120 9,4 461
DISC80 100 160 12,7 606
DISC120 140 180 24,9 1183
VERTICAL SHEAR CAPACITY Rup

bJ,min hJ,min Rup,k Vadm
type
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kg]
DISC55 80 120 9,4 461
DISC80 100 160 12,7 606
DISC120 140 180 24,9 1183
TENSILE STRENGTH Rax (1)

bJ,min hJ,min Rax,k Nadm
type
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kg]
DISC55 80 80 13,5 642
DISC80 100 100 18,4 763
DISC120 140 140 62,4 2444
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are according to EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with test • In case of combine loading the following expression shall be satisfied:
certificate Nr. 1554/2008 (Holz Forschung Austria).
Coeffcients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard

adopted for the design. NOTES
• For the calculation process a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been
considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of the timber elements must be carried (1) Strength values are referred to a joint with centered load with respect to the
out separately. secondary beam. The global check must account also for the contribution of nut
and washer to the tensile strength.
74 DISC
75
XEPOX
Two-component epoxy adhesive
Polymeric epoxy synthetic binder
PACKAGING
Sold on volume basis rather
than on weight basis
EFFECTIVE
100% epoxy adhesive with
high performance
STRUCTURAL JOINTS
Realization of hidden structural joints.
Suitable for moment resisting joints, joints
with knee joists, multi-way joints
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
Can be used to rebuild “timber material”
in combination with metal rods and other
materials (gravel, bark, ecc.)
84 XEPOX
XEPOX 40 VERY LIQUID

code type content pcs/box
XP400150 Capillary A + B = 3 liters 1
Two-component epoxy adhesive for structural usage, very fluid, applicable via pouring into very deep
A vertical holes and suitable for large joints with hidden inserts placed in quite extended grooves, also good in
B case of reduced spacing (1mm or more), provided that the slots are accurately sealed.
XEPOX 26 FLUID
XP400100 Floor A + B = 3 liters 1
XP400120 Floor A + B = 5 liters 1
Two-component fluid epoxy adhesive for structural usage, applicable via pouring into deep vertical holes
A and into grooves, provided that the slots are accurately sealed. The pouring into the vertical holes of the floor-
slab shall be done before the insertion of the FeB44k bent fasteners while, in case of grooving, the pouring
A
B B shall be done after the steel plates or Dywidag bars are inserted.
XEPOX 70 VERY DENSE code type content pcs/box

XP400080 Gel A + B = 3 liters 1
Two-component epoxy gel adhesive for structural usage, applicable via trowel also on vertical surfaces,
A permits the realization of thick or uneven layers. Suitable for large timber overlaps, for gluing structural
B reinforcing elements by using glass or carbon fiber textures and for metal or timber coatings.
XEPOX 226.4 FLUID

XP400050 Floor 400 ml 1
Two-component epoxy adhesive for structural usage, applicable via injection into holes and grooves,
provided that the slots are accurately sealed. Preferable for binding FeB44k bent fasteners to timber (Turrini-
Piazza method) in timber-concrete composite floors®, both with new and existing timber joists; gap between
timber and metal of approximately 2 mm or more.
XEPOX 235.4 DENSE code type content pcs/box

XP400060 Beam 400 ml 1
Two-component epoxy thixotropic (dense) adhesive for structural usage, applicable via injection especially
into horizontal or vertical holes in Glulam and solid wood beams, masonry or reinforced concrete walls.
XEPOX 14 SUPERFLUID code type content pcs/box

XP400165 Basic A + B = 3 liters 1
Two-component epoxy adhesive with extremely low creep and high wetting properties for structural
reinforcments through carbon or glass fiber textures. Useful to protect sanded metal sheets SA2,5/3 and to
A
B realize FRP (Fiber Reinforced Polymers) inserts.
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
code description pcs/box

MAMDB double cartridge gun 1
AT0202 mixing nozzle 12
XEPOX 85
INFORMATION ON TWO-COMPONENT STRUCTURAL EPOXY ADHESIVE XEPOX
ADHESIVE XEPOX PRODUCTS
working life pot life a

usage
Can or cartridge type characteristics and usage a 23 ± 2°C 23 ± 2°C
temperature
[min] [min] (1)
XEPOX 14 Basic very fluid, without charge 10 ÷ 35 °C - circa 50
XEPOX 26 - 226.4 Floor intermediate viscosity (eg. timber-concrete composite floors) 10 ÷ 35 °C 25 ÷ 30 50 ÷ 60
XEPOX 235.4 Beam multipurpose 5 ÷ 45 °C 25 ÷ 30 50 ÷ 60
XEPOX 40 Capillary optimal pouring properties, for large structures 10 ÷ 35 °C 25 ÷ 30 50 ÷ 60
XEPOX 70 Gel trowelable, holes in walls 10 ÷ 35 °C 30 ÷ 35 60 ÷ 70
(1) Pot-life: chemical reaction index describing the maximum time interval after mixing during which the product is apt to be used
TWO-COMPONENT STRUCTURAL EPOXY ADHESIVE XEPOX MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
MINIMUM FAILURE STRENGTH
adhesive type BASIC FLOOR BEAM CAPILLARY GEL

external action 14 26 - 226.4 235.4 40 70
Compression [N/mm2] 70 80 90 75 65
Tension [N/mm2] 30 38 40 30 42
Combined tension and bending [N/mm2] 50 50 45 45 56
Shear [N/mm2] 50 40 45 45 38
Elastic modulus in compression [N/mm2] 6.000 7.200 9.000 6.500 6.800
Density [kg/dm3] 1,10 1,40 1,45 1,25 1,50
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION
ADHESIVE CONSERVATION TEMPERATURES
Epoxy adhesives must be maintained at moderate temperature levels The recommended application room temperature is > +10°C. In case the
(approximately +16°C / +20°C) both in winter and summer until the moment application had to be performed at lower temperatures (ranging from 0 to
they are used. Do not store the box in cold temperature environments, as 10°C), in order to cope with the reduced fluidity of component A (resin) due
it may increase the viscosity and hinder the pouring and the cartridge to low temperature, the package (cans and cartridge) should be warmed at
extrusion. Do not leave the box exposed to direct sunlight as heated product least one hour before their usage. A further way to speed up the hardening
means reduced polymerization times. can be obtained by warming the slots and the metallic inserts before pouring
the product. If the above mentioned prescriptions are not observed, the low
temperature causes the polymerization process to stop with subsequent lack
of hardening and low static performance of the joint. During summertime,
METALLIC INSERTS conversely, pouring must be done in fresh environments (early morning or
The metallic inserts reinforcing the joints (eg. metal sheets) must be late afternoon) avoiding the warmest hours of the day.
cleaned and ungreased. Smooth sheets must be treated with grade SA2,5/
SA3 sanding and then protected through a layer of Xepox 14 to avoid their
oxidation. Alternatively, adequate predrill of the sheets must be provided
to allow a correct meshing of the adhesive. The striped sheets should be GROOVING AND HOLE TREATMENTS
doubled and fixed together by welding, with the smooth surfaces joined
together and the striped surfaces facing the timber. Especially during hot Before pouring and injecting the adhesive, holes and grooves must be
seasons, it is necessary to protect the metallic surfaces from direct sunlight protected from meteoric water and humidity, and cleaned with compressed
to prevent overheating. air. If the parts expecting the potting are wet, it is mandatory to dry them. The
use of Xepox adhesive is indicated for timber adequately dried. The timber
moisture content shall be lower than 18%.
SEALINGS
The matching edges (of the timber elements) that have to be linked together
must be accurately sealed to avoid adhesive leeks and the consequent
emptying and invalidation of the joint. Sealing must be effective and can ADHESIVE PERCOLATION
be performed at least one day before the joint potting. Wait for the sealer’s
complete hardening before performing the potting. After the polymerization In order to guarantee the correct realization and static performance of the
(hardening) the sealing can be removed from visible edges. joints, it is compulsory to perform a complete percolation of the adhesive
in all the slots and interfaces between inserts and timber. For this reason,
particular attention shall be paid to the realization of grooves, perforations,
positioning of elements side by side, sealing, etc., according to the
prescriptions previously listed.
86 XEPOX
CALCULATION EXAMPLE  GLUED JOINT WITH XEPOX ADHESIVE

y
Vs
hi x G hi H hi H
H
Ms Ns
d e DESIGN DATA
t
• external actions on node [Md, Vd, Nd]
t li li t 0,5B 0,5B 0,3B 0,4B 0,3B
• smooth and sanded metallic inserts with
Li B B one degree of SA 2,5÷3,0
B i si • inserts protection through adhesive XEPOX 14
• use of XEPOX 26 or XEPOX 40 resins
• i = grooving thickness (≥ si + 4 mm)
i si
B
i si • si = metal insert thickness
VERIFICATION OF METALLIC INSERTS (1) VERIFICATION OF TIMBER VERIFICATION OF TORSIONAL CAPACITY

SECTION WITHOUT SLOTS (2) AT THE INTERFACE (3)
ELASTIC SECTION MODULUS
OF METALLIC INSERTS net section Ainserts = surface of half the insert (hi . li)
Bnet = B - (ninserts . i) G = center of gravity of the insert
d = farthest position of the interfaced
surfaces from the center of gravity G
TIMBER ELASTIC SECTION MODULUS
si = metallic insert thickness e = eccentricity among center of gravity G
hi = metallic insert height and joint vertical axis
MAXIMUM STRESS IN THE INSERT INERTIA OF HALF INSERT

Bnet = width without slots
H = element depth
Wx = elastic section modulus JX = inertia modulus of half insert with

MAXIMUM STRESS IN THE TIMBER ELEMENT
of metallic inserts respect to the center of gravity G – X axis
Md = external bending moment
VERIFICATION
Wnet = elastic section modulus
JY = inertia modulus of half insert with
of the net section
respect to the center of gravity G – Y axis
Md = external bending moment
σs = maximum stress in the insert VERIFICATION

fy,d = steel design yield strength
The shear stress “τ” of the interface timber-
adhesive-steel, transferred to the timber,
includes also the additional moment MT,Ed
σs = maximum stress in the insert
due to shear load:
fm,d = timber design flexural strength
MT,Ed = Vd . e
The design stress is evaluated as:
NOTES
(1) In this calculation note only the bending check of the inserts is illustrated as it is generally the most severe VERIFICATION
condition. It is necessary, though, to check also the resistance to combined actions.
(2) In this calculation note only the bending check of the element is described as it is generally the most severe
condition. It is necessary, however, to check the combined resistance to the other loading conditions as well.
(3) XEPOX adhesives are characterized by tensile and shear strength values much larger than those of timber and
with constant value over time. Due to this reason the interface torsional capacity check can be performed only
on the timber element, considering the same check satisfied by the adhesive. τmax = maximum design stress
fv,d = timber design shear strength
XEPOX 87
DBB
Surface fasteners DIN 1052
APPEL
TYPE A1 DOWEL - BILATERAL
code dEXT [mm] pcs/box
EN 912
FE005000 65 1
FE005005 80 1
FE005010 95 1
FE005015 126 1
FE005020 128 1
FE005025 160 1
FE005030 190 1
dEXT
TYPE B1 DOWEL - MONOLATERAL

code dEXT [mm] dINT [mm] bar pcs/box
EN 912
FE005035 65 22,5 M12 1
dINT
FE005040 80 25,5 M12 1
FE005045 95 33,5 M12 1
FE005050 128 45 M12 1
FE005055 160 50 M16 1
FE005060 190 60 M16 1
dEXT
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - APPEL CUTTER

1 AT65190 disk for grooving APPEL D65 - D190 1
2 MA913302 milling machine 1
3 ATCT65126 cutter APPEL D65 - D126 1
4 ATCT128190 cutter APPEL D128 - D190 1
5 ATCT135 head for Ø13 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
88 MET
BULLDOG
TYPE C1 DOWEL - BILATERAL code dEXT [mm] dINT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
EN 912
FE003000 50 17 1,00 200
FE003005 62 21 1,20 100
dINT
FE003010 75 26 1,25 100
FE003015 95 33 1,35 40
FE003020 117 48 1,50 25
dEXT
TYPE C1 DOWEL - MONOLATERAL

code dEXT [mm] bar s [mm] pcs/box
EN 912
FE003035 50 M12 1,00 300
FE003040 62 M12 1,20 200
dINT
FE003045 75 M16 1,25 100
FE003050 95 M16 1,35 50
FE003055 117 M20 1,50 40
dEXT
GEKA
TYPE C10 DOWEL - BILATERAL code dEXT [mm] dINT [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
EN 912
FE004000 50 30,5 3,00 50
dINT
FE004005 65 35,5 3,00 50
FE004010 80 49,5 3,00 25
FE004015 95 65,5 3,00 25
FE004020 115 85,5 3,00 25
dEXT
TYPE C11 DOWEL - MONOLATERAL

code dEXT [mm] dINT [mm] bar s [mm] pcs/box
EN 912
FE004025 50 12,5 M12 3,00 50
dINT FE004030 65 16,5 M16 3,00 50
FE004035 80 20,5 M20 3,00 25
FE004040 95 24,5 M24 3,00 25
FE004045 115 24,5 M24 3,00 25
dEXT
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - HYDRAULIC PUMP FOR GEKA

1 AT2075 hydraulic pump with pipe 1
2 AT2070 pressure cylinder of 40 mm length 1
1 2
MET 89
ZVB
Hooks for bracings
COUPLING SYSTEMS FOR BRACINGS

Spheroidal gusset GJS-400-18-LT
code bar thread* S plate [mm] pcs/box
S FE110110 M10 R 8 1
FE110115 M10 L 8 1
FE110120 M12 R 10 1
FE110125 M12 L 10 1
Ø FE110130 M16 R 15 1
B FE110135 M16 L 15 1
FE110140 M20 R 18 1
FE110145 M20 L 18 1
FE110150 M24 R 20 1
FE110155 M24 L 20 1
FE110170 M30 R 25 1
FE110175 M30 L 25 1
M Hook for M27 bar available upon request * R = right-hand thread
L = left-hand thread
Cover for thread available upon request
G
F
A H
S HOOK PIN BAR PLATE
A E F H Ø G M D L6 S B Jmin hole
E [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Ø M10 9,2 17,5 23,0 29,0 10 32,3 M10 16 28 8 20 35 11
B M12 11,2 21,0 27,2 35,4 12 38,4 M12 18 32 10 23 41 13
L6
M16 16,4 27,5 38,5 45,6 16 48,4 M16 22 42 15 31 52 17
-D/2
D M20 19,6 35,0 46,5 56,0 20 59,9 M20 28 51 18 37 62 21
+D/2
M24 21,8 42,0 54,5 69,0 24 67,8 M24 36 63 20 45 75 25
M30 27,0 52,5 67,6 86,0 30 82,1 M30 44 78 25 56 93 31
M Jmin
90 ZVB
DISK FOR BRACINGS

S355 carbon steel
code hook holes per hook* [pcs] pcs/box
FE110205 M10 2 1
FE110210 M12 2 1
FE110215 M16 2 1
FE110220 M20 2 1
FE110225 M24 - 1
FE110235 M30 - 1
* Depending on the number of hooks converging on the disk, additional holes must be provided with diameter
suitable to accommodate the joining pin
Disk for M27 hook available upon request
min a b c S f
50° [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
M10 36 78 118 8 11
M12 42 94 140 10 13
M16 54 122 184 15 17
c
M20 66 150 224 18 21
b
a
M24 78 178 264 20 25
M30 98 222 334 25 31
S f = hole diameter to join disk and hook
NR,d FOR DIFFERENT BAR-DISK-JOINING PLATE COMBINATIONS
hook for disk for bar NR,d [kN]

joining
bracings bracings steel
plate - steel *
rothoblaas rothoblaas fy,k [N/mm2] M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
≥ 540 S355 30,1 43,7 81,4 127,0 183,0 290,8
≥ 540 S235 25,6 38,5 76,9 110,5 147,3 230,1
GJS-400-18-LT S355
≥ 355 S235 19,6 28,5 53,1 82,9 119,5 189,8
≥ 235 S235 15,0 21,9 40,7 63,5 91,5 144,6
NOTES
LS = system length
LB = bar length = LS – 2 · L6
L6 * The plate connecting the bracing system to the main structure needs to be
Bar dimensioned case by case, hence it cannot be provided by rothoblaas
Hook
Plate • Design values are consistent with EN 1993 and in accordance with ETA.
LS B • The bar shall be dimensioned case by case.
L
• Dimensioning and verification of the connection between the bracing system
and the main structure has to be carried out separately.
NR,d
L6
ZVB 91
TENSIONER WITH INSPECTION HOLE

S355 galvanized carbon steel
DIN 1478
L R
code bar langth pcs/box
SSS12125 M12 125 1
SSS16170 M16 170 1
SSS20200 M20 200 1
R = right-hand thread
L = left-hand thread SSS24255 M24 255 1
SSS27255 M27 255 1
SSS30255 M30 255 1
GEOMETRY OF THE TENSIONER ACCORDING TO DIN 1478
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27* M30

C [mm] 25,0 30,0 33,7 42,4 42,4 51,0
F [mm] 10 10 12 12 12 16
C E [mm] 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,6 5,6 6,3
A [mm] 125 170 200 255 255 255
K E B [mm] 15 20 24 29 40 36
F B
K [mm] 35 45 55 70 85 85
A
* size not included in DIN 1478
K = penetration depth of the threaded bar
Fax Fax M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Nax,k [kN] 66,20 97,38 119,09 184,69 184,69 245,92
Namm [kg] 44,13 64,92 79,40 123,12 123,12 163,94
Nax,k are characteristic values according to EN 1993,, Namm are admissible values
Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Nax,d = Nax,k / γm0
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
ITEMIZED LIST
• 1 disk for bracing

• 4 tensioners
• 4 hooks for bracing R
R • 4 hooks for bracing L
L
R • 8 threaded bars R - L *
L
NOTES
R = right-hand thread
L = left-hand thread * Products not provided by rothoblaas as they shall be dimensioned case by case
92 ZVB
93
NEO
Neoprene supporting plates
Natural and styrene rubber sheets
PACKAGING
Commercialized and sold
in stripes or sheets
CE MARK
Model according to EN 1337-3
ideal for structural use
DIMENSIONS
The stripe width has been optimized considering
the most common joist cross sections. Available
also in sheets to be conveniently cut depending
on the worksite needs
SUPPORTS
Ideal to realize structural supports and static
constraints with two degrees of freedom. Model
with CE mark to guarantee the suitability for use
94 NEO
NEO 10
code description s [mm] B [mm] L [mm] weight [kg] pcs/box
L
NEO101280 stripe 10 120 800 1,46 1
NEO101680 stripe 10 160 800 1,95 1
B
NEO10PAL sheet 10 1200 800 14,6 1
L B
NEO 20
L
NEO202080 stripe 20 200 800 4,86 1
NEO202480 stripe 20 240 800 5,84 1
B
NEO20PAL sheet 20 1200 800 29,2 1
L B
NEO 10 CE
NEO101680CE stripe 10 160 800 1,60 1
L
NEO102080CE stripe 10 200 800 2,00 1
NEO 20 CE
NEO202080CE stripe 20 200 800 4,00 1
L
NEO202480CE stripe 20 240 800 4,80 1
To cut the sheets, the use of a CUTTER as reported in chapter 1 of the Catalogue “Tools for wooden constructions” (p. 39) is highly recommended
TECHNICAL DATA
NEO
Characteristics values
Density g/cm3 1,52
NEO CE
Characteristics codes values

Density g/cm3 1,25
Shear modulus G - EN 1337-3 p. 4.3.1.1 Mpa 0,9
printed specimen ≥ 16
Tensile strength - ISO 37 type 2 Mpa
specimen from a support ≥ 14
printed specimen 425
Minimum elongation at failure - ISO 37 type 2 %
specimen from a support 375
Minimum strength to laceration 24 h; 70 °C ISO 34-1 method A kN/m ≥8
Residual deformation after compression spacer 9,38 - 25 % ISO 815 / 24 h 70 °C % ≤ 30
Resistance to ozone elongation: 30 % - 96 h; 40 °C ± 2 °C; 25 pphm ISO 1431-1 visual no visible cracks
Accelerated ageing (minimum variation of the non-aged value) ISO 188 - - 5 + 10
Hardness (IRHD) 7 d, 70 °C ISO 48 - -
Tensile strength 7 d, 70 °C ISO 37 type 2 % ± 15
Elongation at failure 7 d, 70 °C ISO 37 type 2 % ± 25
NEO 95
96
2. PANELS AND BUILDING CONNECTORS
97
TIMBER BUILDINGS - HORIZONTAL LOADS

A full range of joints for walls and buildings can provide the ideal solution to any type of horizontal
action and design requirement.
During the design phase the building response to both vertical

and horizontal actions, such as wind or earthquake, must be
considered. Horizontal actions can be schematized as loads
acting at the floor level.
In order to guarantee an adequate seismic performance of the

timber building, regarding all the possible failure modes, it is
fundamental to provide a correct design for all the connection
systems.
POSSIBLE FAILURE MODES
LOAD PATTERN
Horizontal loads acting at the floor level introduce shear and

tension forces on the structural elements of the building; these
forces must be absorbed by an effective connection system,
correctly dimensioned and installed.
In order to realize an adequate structural design, it is important

tension for the designer to know the real experimental behavior both in
forces
F1 terms of stiffness (to evaluate the deformation of the structure)
and ductility (to choose correctly the structural factor q).
shear loads
F2,3
98
CONNECTIONS
TENSION ANGLE-BRACKETS SHEAR ANGLE-BRACKETS
1 WALL - WALL 3 WALL - FLOOR / WALL - WALL

2 WALL - FOUNDATION 4 WALL - FOUNDATION
These angle brackets shall be used where punctual tensile loads Shear angle brackets shall be distributed along the wall edge in
are, typically in correspondence with corners, edges and holes, order to transfer the shear forces both in timber-to-timber and
both at the ground and interstorey level. timber-to-concrete connections.
PERFORATED PLATES UNDER SHEAR OR TENSION FORCES SELF-TAPPING SCREWS
5 WALL - FOUNDATION 7 WALL - FOUNDATION 8 WALL - WALL 10 WALL - CORNER WALL

(TENSION) (SHEAR)
9 FLOOR - FLOOR 11 FLOOR - WALL
6 WALL - WALL
(TENSION)
Metallic perforated plates allow to transfer tensile and shear loads The self-tapping product range, provides optimal solutions that
both in timber-to-timber and timber-to-concrete connections, satisfy the design needs no matter what the type of external
depending on the typology utilized. action.
3 8
1 6
11 9
4 7 5 10
Thanks to the X-REV research project, where a thorough experimental campaign on all possible connection types suitable for timber
buildings was performed (both for static and cyclic loading), rothoblaas can provide the designers with all the experimental parameters
pertaining to the connections in terms of strength, stiffness, and energy dissipation.
99
X - REV
The X-REV project (Reduction of Earthquake Vulnerability) had arranged perpendicularly one to each other), has also been
the clear aim of reducing the seismic vulnerability of the timber proposed. This research project involved different institutions.
constructions, by studying and then characterizing the behavior Together with rothoblaas, collaborated the CNR-IVALSA Institute
of the traditional metallic connections used to assemble timber of San Michele all’Adige and the University of Trento, where the
buildings. An innovative connection system, named X-RAD, experimental and research work has been carried out.
that is meant to be used for residential XLAM buildings (Cross The scientific report on experimental testing is available at
Laminated Timber, i.e. timber panels made of layers of boards rothoblaas.
CONNECTORS (screws, nails, ...)

Cylindrical fasteners (such as screws and nails) under both tensile and shear loads, for timber-to-panel, steel-to-timber and timber-to-timber joints.
1 2 3 4
Sheathing-to-framing specimen Steel-to-timber specimen with Timber-to-timber specimen with Timber-to-timber specimen with
with ring nails tested LBS screws tested in shear VGZ inclined screws tested HBS screws tested in shear
in shear load in combined shear
and compression
25 1 30 2
20 25
15 20
10
15
Force [kN]
Force [kN]
5
10
0
5
-5
- 10 M_OSB2,8x80 0
- 15 C_OSB2,8x80_1 -5
- 20 - 10
- 15 - 10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Displacement [mm] Displacement [mm]
40 3 30 4
35
20
30
10
25
Force [kN]
Force [kN]
20 0
15
- 10
10
M_HBS10x160
- 20
5 C_HBS10x160_2
0
- 30
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - 40 - 30 - 20 - 10 0 10 20 30 40
100
CONNECTIONS (angle brackets and steel plates + fixings)

Complete steel connections (loaded in shear and tension) for timber-to-timber and timber-to-concrete joints.
1 2 3 4
TITAN timber-to-timber TITAN timber-to-timber WHT timber-to-concrete TITAN WASHER
with sound-insulation timber-to-concrete (tension)
80 1 45 2
70 40
35
60
30
Force [kN]
Force [kN]
50
25
40
20
30
15
20
10
10 5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
120 3 120 4
100 100
80
80
60
60
40
Force [kN]
Force [kN]
40
20
20
0
- 20 0
M_WHT620
M_TITAN+
- 40 C_WHT620_1 - 20
C_TITAN+_1
- 60 - 40
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
WALL SYSTEM
Frame walls and XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) walls assembled by using the connection types previously tested.
100 1
80
60
40
Load [kN]
20
- 100 - 80 - 60 - 40 - 20 20 40 60 80 100
- 20
- 40
1 - 60
- 80
Frame wall during testing XLAM (Cross Laminated - 100
Timber) wall during testing
Imposed horizontal displacement [mm]
101
WHT
Angle bracket for tensile loads
Bright zinc plated carbon steel three-dimensional perforated plate
COMING SOON
COMPLETE RANGE
4 sizes combined with 4 different washers
determine 10 possible configurations, that can
meet any static performance target
SPECIAL STEEL
FIELD OF USE
S355 (Fe510) steel ensures
Timber-to-concrete and high tensile strength
timber-to-timber tension joints
for panels and timber beams
OVERSIZED HOLES
Framed structures Holes with increased diameter permit to
(platform frame) obtain higher strength values and facilitate the
wood-based panels installation of the fastener
solid wood CERTIFIED SAFETY
glulam (Glued Laminated Quality is proven by testing on the product
Timber) and the related fasteners (nails, screws,
threaded rods and resins)
102 WHT
OPTIMIZED APPLICATIONS
The 4 versions can be combined with
one or more washers to allow designers
and carpenters to find the suitable
application, on both solidwood
(XLAM - Cross Laminated
Timber) and framed (platform frame)
panels
STRENGTH
S355 steel, lateral reinforcing flanges,
bigger holes and the increased number
of nails on the flange ensure high
strength values also in case of partial
nailing
SEISMIC AND STIFFNESS

Within the X-REV research project
framework, the product and the related
fixing elements were tested under static
and cyclic loading, providing stiffness
parameters (Kser) and ductility levels
WHT 103
WHT
code type H [mm] hole [mm] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
WHT340 WHT340 340 Ø17 20 3 10
WHT440 WHT440 440 Ø17 30 3 10
WHT540 WHT540 540 Ø22 new 45 3 10
WHT620 WHT620 620 Ø26 new 55 3 10
WHT WASHER
code type hole [mm] s [mm] WHT340 WHT440 WHT540 WHT620 pcs/box
ULS505610 WHTBS50 Ø18 10 - l l - 1
ULS505610L WHTBS50L Ø22 new 10 - - l - 1
ULS707720 WHTBS70 Ø22 20 - - - l 1
ULS707720L WHTBS70L Ø26 new 20 - - - l 1
WHT: S355 bright zinc plated Fe/Zn 12c carbon steel.

F1 F1
WHT WASHER: S235 bright zinc plated Fe/Zn 12c carbon steel. To be used in Service class 1 and
2 (EN 1995:2008).
FIELD OF USE

OSB to concrete joints
OSB to timber joints

VINYLPRO chemical anchor M16 - M20 - M24 314
EPOPLUS chemical anchor M16 - M20 - M24 322
KOS bolt M16 - M20 54
104 WHT
GEOMETRY
20 20 s
20 WHT ANGLE BRACKET WHT340 WHT440 WHT540 WHT620

Height H [mm] 340 440 540 620
Ø1 Width B [mm] 60 60 60 80
Depth P [mm] 63 63 63 83
Thickness s [mm] 3 3 3 3
H
h Hole position in timber h [mm] 40 60 40 40
Hole position in concrete m [mm] 35 35 35 38
150 Flange holes Ø1 [mm] 5,0 5,0 5,0 5,0
m Base hole Ø2 [mm] 17,0 17,0 22,0 26,0
9 WHTBS50L WHTBS70L
WHT washer type - WHTBS50
B P WHTBS50 WHTBS70
P m Ø2
WHTBS WASHER WHTBS50 WHTBS50L WHTBS70 WHTBS70L

BR sR WHT Angle bracket type WHT440 / WHT540 WHT540 WHT620 WHT620
Width BR [mm] 50 50 70 70
PR Depth PR [mm] 56 56 77 77
Thickness sR [mm] 10 10 20 20
Ø3
Washer hole Ø3 [mm] 18,0 22,0 22,0 26,0
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES
partial nailing total nailing

1 2
a4,c a4,c a4,c
anker nail screw
TIMBER
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
Lateral connector - Unloaded edge a4,c [mm] ≥5d ≥ 20 ≥ 25
Tinst chemical anchor VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS

CONCRETE
M16 M20 M24
Minimum support thickness hmin [mm] hef + 2 d0
Hole diameter in concrete d0 [mm] 18 24 28
hef hmin Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80 120 160
hef = effective anchorage length on concrete
d0
ASSEMBLING ON CONCRETE
1 2 3 4 5 6
Drilling of the Injection of the Positioning of the Installation of WHT Nailing of the Positioning of the
concrete support and chemical anchor threaded rod angle bracket (with angle bracket nut by adequate
hole cleaning into the hole washer if prescribed) tightening
WHT 105
STATIC VALUES  TENSION JOINT  TIMBERTOCONCRETE
WHT340
F1 CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
R1,k UNCRACKED R1,k CRACKED
R1,k TIMBER R1,k STEEL
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
configuration fasteners holes Ø5 R1,k timber washer R1,k steel R1,k cls R1,k cls
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kN] γsteel Ø x L [mm] [kN] γcls Ø x L [mm] [kN] γcls
Ø4,0 x 40 20 31,4
• total fixing nails LBA
Ø4,0 x 60 20 38,6 M16 x 160 35,66 1,8
• without washer - 42,0 γm0 M16 x 160 64,84 1,8
Ø5,0 x 40 20 31,4 M16 x 190 43,95 1,8
• M16 anchor screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 20 38,6
Ø4,0 x 40 14 22,0
• partial fixing nails LBA
Ø4,0x 60 14 27,0 M16 x 160 35,66 1,8
• without washer - 42,0 γm0 M16 x 160 64,84 1,8
Ø5,0 x 40 14 22,0 M16 x 190 43,95 1,8
Ø5,0 x 50 14 27,0
WHT440
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
Ø4,0 x 40 30 47,1
Ø4,0 x 60 30 57,9 M16 x 190 41,19 1,8
• washer WHTBS50 WHTBS50 63,4 γm2 M16 x 190 74,90 1,8
Ø5,0 x 40 30 47,1 M16 x 230 52,25 1,8
Ø5,0 x 50 30 57,9
Ø4,0 x 40 20 31,4
Ø4,0 x 60 20 38,6 M16 x 190 41,19 1,8
• washer WHTBS50 WHTBS50 63,4 γm2 M16 x 190 74,90 1,8
Ø5,0 x 40 20 31,4 M16 x 230 52,25 1,8
Ø5,0 x 50 20 38,6
Ø4,0 x 40 20 31,4
Ø4,0x 60 20 38,6
• without washer - 42,0 γm0 M16 x 160 64,84 1,8 M16 x 160 35,66 1,8
• M16 anchor Ø5,0 x 40 20 31,4
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 20 38,6
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with • For applications on XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) the use of nails/screws with
ETA-11/0086. length L≥ 60 mm is recommended. Shorter fasteners may lead to brittle failure
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: due to “group effect” as the reduced penetration depth affects exclusively the
outer layer.
• For the calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete grade
C20/25 have been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out separately.
• The strength values of the connection system are valid under the calculation
hypotheses listed in the table; different boundary conditions (e.g.. minimum
edge distance) shall be verified.
• Thanks to validation via experimental testing, the strength values can be exten-
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to current Standard adopted ded to the case where an OSB panel is placed between the WHT angle bracket
for the design. and the timber support, providing that the minimum penetration depth and
Coefficients γsteel and γcls are listed in the table and are in accordance with the adequate OSB-to-framing fastening are guaranteed.
product certificates. • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.
106 WHT
WHT540
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
Ø4,0 x 40 45 70,7
Ø4,0 x 60 45 86,9 M20 x 240 60,32 2,1
• washer WHTBS50L WHTBS50L 63,4 γm2 M20 x 240 120,63 1,8
Ø5,0 x 40 45 70,7 M20 x 290 (1) 75,39 2,1
Ø5,0 x 50 45 86,9
Ø4,0 x 40 27 42,4
Ø4,0 x 60 27 52,1 M20 x 240 60,32 2,1
Ø5,0 x 40 27 42,4 M20 x 290 (1) 75,39 2,1
Ø5,0 x 50 27 52,1
Ø4,0 x 40 45 70,7
Ø4,0 x 60 45 86,9
• washer WHTBS50 WHTBS50 63,4 γm2 M16 x 190 74,89 1,8 M16 x 190 41,19 1,8
• M16 anchor Ø5,0 x 40 45 70,7
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 45 86,9
Ø4,0 x 40 27 42,4
Ø4,0 x 60 27 52,1
• M16 anchor Ø5,0 x 40 27 42,4
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 27 52,1
(1) Length obtainable from MGS threaded rods (to be cut to measure)
WHT620
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
Ø4,0 x 40 55 86,4
Ø4,0 x 60 55 106,2 M24 x 270 70,57 2,1
Ø5,0 x 40 55 86,4 M24 x 330 (1) 90,93 2,1
Ø5,0 x 50 55 106,2
Ø4,0 x 40 33 51,8
Ø4,0 x 60 33 63,7 M24 x 270 70,57 2,1
Ø5,0 x 40 33 51,8 M24 x 330 (1) 90,93 2,1
Ø5,0 x 50 33 63,7
Ø4,0 x 40 55 86,4
Ø4,0 x 60 55 106,2
• M20 anchor Ø5,0 x 40 55 86,4
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 55 106,2
Ø4,0 x 40 33 51,8
Ø4,0 x 60 33 63,7
• M20 anchor Ø5,0 x 40 33 51,8
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 33 63,7
(1) Length obtainable from MGS threaded bars (to be cut to measure)
WHT 107
CHEMICAL ANCHOR INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
type of bar steel type type of tfix hef hmin

code
Ø x L [mm] class WHT washer [mm] [mm] [mm]
tfix
160 FE210116 (2) 5.8 WHT340 - 9 129 240
WHT340 / WHT440 - 9 159 240
hef M16 190 FE210118 (2) 5.8
hmin
WHT440 / WHT540 WHTBS50 19 149 240
230 FE210121 (2) 5.8 WHT440 WHTBS50 19 189 240
WHT540 - 9 202 250
240 FE210117 (2) 5.8 WHT540 WHTBS50L 19 192 250
M20
WHT620 WHTBS70 29 182 250
290 MGS M20 (3) 4.8 / 8.8 WHT540 WHTBS50L 19 240 300
WHT620 - 9 228 300
270 FE210122 (2) 5.8
M24 WHT620 WHTBS70L 29 208 300
330 MGS M24 (3) 4.8 / 8.8 WHT620 WHTBS70L 29 268 330
(2)
Precut INA threaded rod, with nut and washer
(3) When employing threaded rods that are cut on size, the use of MUT DIN934 nut and
ULS DIN 125 washer is recommended
DIMENSIONING OF ALTERNATIVE ANCHORS
Fixing elements to the concrete ringbeam by means of anchors that are not listed in the table, shall be verified according to the load acting on the
anchor, which can be evaluated through the kt// coefficients. The axial load acting on the anchor can be obtained as follows:
F1
kt// = coefficient of eccentricity

F1 = axial load on the WHT angle bracket
Fbolt // kt//
WHT340 1,00
WHT440 1,00
WHT540 1,00
WHT620 1,00
The anchor check is satisfied if the design tensile strength, obtained considering the boundary effects, is greater than the design external load:
Rbolt //,d ≥ Fbolt //,d.
NOTES for seismic design
Particular attention has to be paid to the “capacity design” Ex. LBA nail Ø4 x 60 mm: Rv,k = 1,93 kN according to EN1995 / Rv,k = 2,8 - 3,6 kN
applied at different scale levels: the global structure from experimental tests (it varies depending on the timber properties).
and the WHT connection system. Experimentally the Experimental data derive from tests carried out within the X-REV research project
ultimate strength of the LBA nail (and of the LBS screw) is and are reported in the scientific report: “Connection systems for timber buildings:
notably larger than the characteristic strength evaluated experimental campaign to characterize stiffness, strength and ductility”
according to EN 1995 (DICAM – Department of Civil, Environmental and Mechanical Engineering -
UniTN).
ADMISSIBLE VALUES - UNCRACKED CONCRETE
hole fixing Ø5 chemical anchor VINYLPRO N1,adm

TYPE WHT TYPE WASHER
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] Ø x L [mm] [kg]
WHT340 - nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 20 M16 x 160 1428
WHT440 WHTBS50 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 M16 x 190 2142
WHT540 WHTBS50L nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 45 M20 x 240 3213
WHT620 WHTBS70L nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 55 M24 x 270 3927
108 WHT
CONNECTION STIFFNESS
EVALUATION OF SLIP MODULUS Kser
• Kser experimental average value for WHT joints on GL24h Glulam
fastener type nv Kser

TYPE WHT configuration
Ø x L [mm] [pcs] [N/mm]
WHT340
• total fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 20 5705
• with WHTBS50 washer
WHT440
• total fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 6609
WHT540 - - - -
• partial fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 9967
WHT620
• partial fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 52 13247
• Kser according to EN 1995:2008 for nails in a steel-to-timber (GL24h) joint
Nails (without predrill) (EN 1995:2008 § 7.1)
fastener type nv Kser, max

TYPE WHT
14 12177
WHT340 screws LBA Ø4,0 x 60
20 17395
20 17395
30 26093
27 23484
45 39139
33 28702
55 47837
WHT 109
WHT XXL
Angle bracket for high tensile loads
COMING SOON
SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE
It can bear characteristic
loads up to 150 kN
SPECIAL STEEL
FIELD OF USE
S355 (Fe510) steel guarantees
Timber-to-timber and timber
high tensile strength
-to-concrete tension joints for
panels and timber beams
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) HOLE DIAMETER

framed structures The hole for “big size” rods is proportioned
(platform frame) to the system dimensions
wood-based panels
solid timber
EARTHQUAKE AND MULTISTORY
Glulam (Glued Laminated
Ideal for designing multistory buildings and
Timber)
structures located in highly seismic areas
110 WHT XXL

EXCELLENCY
Designed and tested as a “complete
system” (with all the fasteners), to
guarantee optimal strength values.
Ideal for the design in highly seismic
areas
KNOW-HOW
Designed and developed to respond
to modern-design needs (complex
structures and multistory buildings),
the system includes all of rothoblaas
technical expertise
EARTHQUAKE AND MULTISTORY

Ideal for structures in seismic areas and
for multistory buildings where transfer of
large tensile forces is required. Suitable
to be used together with epoxy resin
(certified even for uncracked concrete)
WHT XXL 111

WHT XXL
code type H [mm] hole [mm] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
WHT740 WHT740 740 Ø29 75 3 1
WHT XXL WASHER

code type hole [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
ULS1307740 WHTBS130 Ø29 40 1
F1 F1 WHT XXL: S355 bright zinc plated Fe/Zn 12c carbon steel.
WHT XXL WASHER: S235 bright zinc plated Fe/Zn 12c carbon steel.
FIELD OF USE
Timber-to-concrete joints
OSB-to-concrete joints
Timber-to-timber joints
OSB-to-timber joints
Steel-to-timber joints

112 WHT XXL

GEOMETRY
20 20 s
20 WHT XXL ANGLE BRACKET WHT740
Height H [mm] 740
Ø1 Width B [mm] 140
Depth P [mm] 83
Thickness s [mm] 3
H
Position of hole concrete m [mm] 38
Flange hole Ø1 [mm] 5,0
Base hole Ø2 [mm] 29,0
150 m WHT Washer suitable type WHTBS130
9
B P
m Ø2
P
WHTBS WASHER WHTBS130

BR sR WHT XXL Angle bracket type WHT740
Width BR [mm] 130
PR Depth PR [mm] 77
Ø3 Thickness sR [mm] 40
Washer hole Ø3 [mm] 29,0
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES

1 2
a4,c a4,c a4,c anker nail screw

TIMBER
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
Tinst
chemical anchor VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
CONCRETE
M27
Minimum thickness support hmin [mm] hef + 2 d0
Hole diameter in concrete d0 [mm] 32
hef hmin Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 180
d0
1 2 3 4 5 6
Drilling of the Injection of chemical Positioning of the Installation of WHT Nailing of the angle Positioning of the
concrete support anchor into the hole threaded rod XXL angle bracket bracket nut by adequate
and hole cleaning (with washer when tightening
prescribed)
WHT XXL 113

WHT740
F1
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
Ø4,0 x 40 75 117,8
Ø4,0 x 60 75 144,8
• M27 anchor WHTBS130 158,6 γm2 M27 x 400 184,0 1,5 M27 x 400 118,32 2,1
• washer WHTBS130 Ø5,0 x 40 75 117,8
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 75 144,8
Ø4,0 x 40 45 70,7
Ø4,0 x 60 45 86,9
• M27 anchor WHTBS130 158,6 γm2 M27 x 400 184,0 1,5 M27 x 400 118,32 2,1
• washer WHTBS130 Ø5,0 x 40 45 70,7
screws LBS
Ø5,0 x 50 45 86,9
tfix
type of bar tfix hef hmin
code steel class
Ø x L [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
hef 400 FE210123 (1) 5.8 49 310 380
hmin M27
400 MGS M27 (2) 8.8 49 310 380
(1) Precut INA threaded rod, with nut and washer
(2) When employing threaded rods that are cut on size, the use of MUT DIN934 nuts and
ULS DIN 125 washers is recommended
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with • During the calculation phase a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete
ETA-11/0086. grade C 25/30 have been considered.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • For applications on XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) the use of nails/screws with
length L≥ 60 mm is recommended. Shorter fasteners may lead to brittle failure
due to “group effect” as the reduced penetration depth affects exclusively the
outer layer.
• Strength values of the connection system are valid under the calculation hy-
potheses listed in the table; different boundary conditions (e.g. minimum edge
distance) shall be verified.
Coefficients γm and kmod smust be taken according to the current Standard

Coefficients γsteel and γcls are listed in the table and are in accordance with the
product certificates.
114 WHT XXL

F1

F1 = axial load on the WHT angle bracket
Fbolt // kt//
WHT740 1,00
Particular attention has to be paid to the “capacity design” E.g. LBA nail Ø4 x 60 mm: Rv,k = 1,93 KN according to EN1995 / Rv,k = 2,8 - 3,6 KN
ultimate strength of the LBA nail (and of the LBS screw) is and are reported in the scientific report: “Sistemi di connessione per edifici in
notably larger than the characteristic strength evaluated legno: indagine sperimentale per la valutazione di rigidezza, resistenza e duttilità”
according to EN 1995. (DICAM – Department of Civil, Environmental and Mechanical Engineering -
UniTN).
ADMISSIBILE VALUES - UNCRACKED CONCRETE
hole fasteners Ø5 chemical anchor VINYLPRO N1,adm

TYPE WHT TYPE OF WASHER
WHT740 WHTBS130 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 75 M27 x 400 5355
WHT XXL 115

WHT PLATE
Plate for tensile loads
COMING SOON
TWO VERSIONS
WHT Plate 440, ideal for framed structures (platform
frame); WHT Plate 540, ideal for XLAM panel
structures (Cross Laminated Timber)
INNOVATIVE
FIELD OF USE Designed to offer an improved solution to the
Timber-to-timber and timber previous technologies; approved by international
-to-concrete shear joints for panels certification institutes
and timber beams
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) CERTIFIED

framed structures Suitability to use guaranteed from CE marking
(platform frame) according to European standard EN14545
wood-based panels
solid timber MULTIPURPOSE
glulam (Glued Laminated Provides solutions to situations where transfer
Timber) of tensile loads from timber-to-concrete
is required
116 WHT PLATE

PLANAR JOINTS
Ideal for realizing distributed
connections under tensile stress
between the XLAM (Cross Laminated
Timber) panels and framed structures
(platform frame) to and the concrete
understructure
TIMBER TO CONCRETE
Beside its natural function, it is ideal for
solving situations where the transfer of
tensile loads from timber to concrete is
required
QUALITY
CE marking ensures the product
technical suitability for the prescribed
use. The high tensile strength allows to
optimize the number of plates installed,
ensuring remarkable time saving
WHT PLATE 117

WHT PLATE
code type B [mm] H [mm] holes [mm] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
WHTPLATE440 WHTPLATE440 60 440 Ø17 18 3 l 10
WHTPLATE540 WHTPLATE540 140 540 Ø17 50 3 l 10
H
H
B B
WHT PLATE: Z275 bright zinc plated DX51D carbon steel.

F1 F1
FIELD OF USE

OSB to concrete joints

LBA anker nails 4 332
AB1 mechanical anchor 16 302
KOS bolt M16 54
GEOMETRY
10 20 3 25 20 3
WHT PLATE 440 WHT PLATE 540
10 10
20 20
Ø5
Ø5
440 70
540
130
270
Ø17
50
60 Ø17
50
30 80 30
140
118 WHT PLATE

INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES
a4,c a4,c
anker nail screw
TIMBER
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
chimical anchor
CONCRETE VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
M16
Minimum thickness of the support hmin [mm] hef + 2 d0
Hole diameter on concrete d0 [mm] 18
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80
d0 Tinst
hef
hmin
WHT PLATE 440 INSTALLATION
WHT Plate 440 can be used for different constructive systems (XLAM - Cross Laminated Timber / frame building) and for different types
of connections to the foundation (with/without sill plate) Depending on the presence and the HB dimension of the sill plate, WHT Plate shall be
positioned in such a way that the anchor distance from the concrete edge satisfies the following expression (provided that the minimum spacings
for fasteners in timber and anchors in concrete are respected): 130 mm ≤ c2 ≤ 200 mm
HB
Height of Height of
C2MIN HB [mm] 70 HB [mm] 0
the sill plate the sill plate
Distance from the C2MAX Distance from the
C2 MIN [mm] 130 C2 MAX [mm] 200
concrete edge concrete edge
To assemble the WHT plate follow the instruction provided for TITAN Plate TCP at p. 153.
WHT PLATE 119

WHT PLATE 440
F1
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
installation (1) fasteners holes Ø5 R1,k timber R1,k steel R1,k cls R1,k cls
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
• C2 MIN = 130 mm LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 18 34,7
• total fixing 34,8 γm2 M16 x 190 33,87 1,5 M16 x 190 23,99 1,5
• 1 anchors M16 LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 18 41,8
C2 • C2 MAX = 200 mm LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 18 34,7
• total fixing 34,8 γm2 M16 x 190 46,80 1,5 M16 x 190 34,25 1,5
(1) To comply with the minimum spacings required for the timber fasteners and the concrete anchors, the WHT Plate must be positioned
so
that the anchor is at a distance of 130 mm ≤ c2 ≤ 200 mm from the concrete edge (varying depending on the presence and dimension of
the sill plate). For intermediate values of c2 linear interpolation between the R1,k cls strength values is possible.
WHT PLATE 540
F1
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor anchor
configuration fasteners holes Ø5 R1,k timber R1,k steel R1,k cls R1,k cls
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
• total nailing LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 50 96,5

70,6 γm2 M16 x 230 75,09 1,5 M16 x 230 53,19 1,5
• partial nailing LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 30 57,9

70,6 γm2 M16 x 190 68,04 1,5 M16 x 190 48,19 1,5
tfix
code steel class
hef 190 FE210118 (2) 5.8 3 162 200
hmin M16
230 FE210121 (2) 5.8 3 192 240
120 WHT PLATE

anchor, which can be evaluated through the kt⊥ coefficients. The axial load acting on the anchor can be obtained as follows:
F1
kt⊥ = coefficient of eccentricity

F1 = axial load on the WHT Plate
kt⊥
WHT PLATE 440 1,00
WHT PLATE 540 0,50
Fbolt ⊥ Fbolt ⊥
Rbolt ⊥,d ≥ Fbolt ⊥,d.
Particular attention has to be paid to the “capacity design” E.g. LBA nail Ø4 x 60 mm: Rv,k = 1,93 KN according to EN1995 / Rv,k = 2,8 - 3,6 KN
ultimate strength of the LBA nail (and of the LBS screw) is and are reported in the scientific report: “Sistemi di connessione per edifici in
notably larger than the characteristic strength evaluated legno: indagine sperimentale per la valutazione di rigidezza, resistenza e duttilità”
according to EN 1995. ( DICAM – Department of Civil, Environmental and Mechanical Engineering -
UniTN).
hole fixing Ø5 chemcal anchor VINYLPRO N1,adm

TYPE WHT PLATE
WHT PLATE 440 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 18 M16 x 190 1285
WHT PLATE 540 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 50 M16 x 230 3570
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008 • Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: separately.
hypotheses listed in the table; different boundary conditions (e.g.. minimum
ded to the case where an OSB panel is placed between the WHT angle bracket
and the timber support, providing that the minimum penetration depth and
adequate OSB-to-framing fastening are guaranteed.
adopted for the design. Coefficients γsteel and γcls are listed in the table and are
in accordance with the product certificates.
• For applications on XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) the use of nails/screws with
length L≥ 60 mm is recommended. Shorter fasteners may lead to brittle failure
due to “group effect” as the reduced penetration depth affects
• For the calculations a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete grade C
25/30 have been considered.
WHT PLATE 121

TITAN N
Angle bracket for shear loads in solid walls
COMING SOON
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Geometry designed to provide high shear
strength. Suitable for projects in windy
and seismic areas
FIELD OF USE
CONCRETE HOLES
The angle bracket is designed to offer two fixing
qTimber-to-timber and timber-to-
concrete shear joints for panels possibilities, in order to avoid interference with the
and timber beams rebars in the concrete support

HIGHER HOLES
framed structures The hole position on the vertical flange facilitates the
(platform frame) use of pneumatic machines in case of fastening on
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) panels
wood-based panels
solid timber COST / PERFORMANCE
glulam (Glued Laminated Optimization of the number of angle brackets
Timber) to be installed and subsequent
installation-time saving
122 TITAN N

Ideal for being installed on XLAM
(Cross Laminated Timber) panels.
The higher holes allow the complete
fastening of the angle bracket through
pneumatic machines even if the
concrete level is variable
GEOMETRY
The two hole lines, placed parallel to
each other, offer a second fixing option
avoiding any interference with the
rebars in the concrete underneath.
Reinforcements provide torsional
stability to the bracket
EFFICIENCY
The high strength allows the
optimization of the connection, with
a reduced number of angle brackets.
This means a quicker onsite installation
if compared to traditional constructive
systems. Ideal for structures in seismic
and windy areas
TITAN N 123
TITAN N - TCN
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] holes [mm] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
TCN200 TCN200 200 103 120 Ø13 30 3 l 10
TCN240 TCN240 240 123 120 Ø17 36 3 l 10
H
P B
TITAN N - TTN
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] nH Ø5 [pcs] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
TTN240 TTN240 240 93 120 36 36 3 l 10
P B
TITAN N: Z275 bright zinc plated DX51D carbon steel.

F2 F3 To be used in Service class 1 and 2 (EN 1995:2008).
FIELD OF USE

F2,3 Steel to timber joints
type description d1 [mm] support p.

AB1 mechanical anchor 12 - 16 302
SKR screw anchor 12 - 16 296

VINYLPRO chemical anchor M12 - M16 314
EPOPLUS chemical anchor M12 - M16 322
124 TITAN N
GEOMETRY
TCN200 TCN240 TTN240
Ø5 20 10 3 Ø5 20 10 3 Ø5 20 10 3
10 10 10
20 20 20
20 20 20
120 10 120 10 120 10
60 60 60
3 3 3
200 240 240
40 41 33
20
103 31,5 123 41 93 20
Ø13 Ø17
31,5 20
41
Ø5 20 10
25 150 25
39 162 39
INSTALLATION ON CONCRETE
To fix TITAN TCN angle bracket to the concrete foundation, 2 anchors must be used, according to one of the following installation configurations:
IDEAL INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE INSTALLATION
2 anchors positioned in 2 anchors positioned in

INTERNAL HOLES (IN) EXTERNAL HOLES (OUT)
(identified by a mark on the product) (eg. interaction between the anchor
and the rebars in the concrete support)
Reduced load on the dowel

(kt⊥ = minimo) Maximum load on the dowel
(kt⊥ = massimo)
Optimized
connection strength Reduced connection strength
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
Tinst
hef
hmin
d0
screw anchor mechanical anchor chemical anchor
SKR CE (SKR) AB1 VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
CONCRETE Ø12 Ø16 M12 M16 M12 M16
Minimum support thickness hmin [mm] 130 165 140 170 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 d0
Hole diameter in concrete d0 [mm] 10 14 12 16 14 18
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80 (50) 160 50 120 40 80
hef = effective anchorage length in concrete
TITAN N 125
STATIC VALUES  SHEAR JOINT  TIMBERTOCONCRETE
F2/3
TITAN TCN200
TIMBER STRENGTH R2/3

configuration on hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber

type
timber Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kg]
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 22,1 960
screws LBS Ø5,0 x 50 30 26,5 1150
CONCRETE STRENGTH R2/3

hole fixing Ø13 R2/3,k cls V2/3, adm, cls
configuration for type of
type of concrete anchor (3) ØxL nH steel IN (1) OUT (2) γcls [kg]
[mm] [pcs] class [kN] [kN]
• uncracked concrete SKR 12 x min. 100 2 - 42,6 33,4 1,5 1140
• screw anchor
• uncracked concrete AB1 M12 x 103 2 - 30,3 23,7 1,5 1054
• mechanical anchor
• uncracked concrete 5.8 27,6 21,6 1,25 1155
VINYLPRO M12 x 130 2
• chemical anchor 8.8 44,7 35,1 1,25 1869
• cracked concrete 5.8 27,6 21,6 1,25 -
EPOPLUS M12 x 130 2
• chemical anchor 8.8 44,7 35,1 1,25 -
TITAN TCN240

configuration on hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber

type
timber Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kg]
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 36 30,3 1320
screws LBS Ø5,0 x 50 36 36,3 1580

hole fixing Ø13 R2/3,k cls V2/3, adm, cls
configuration for type of
type of concrete anchor (3) ØxL nH steel IN (1) OUT (2) γcls [kg]
[mm] [pcs] class [kN] [kN]
• uncracked concrete SKR 16 x 130 2 - 76,9 56,9 1,5 2529
• screw anchor
• uncracked concrete VINYLPRO M16 x 160 2 5.8 52,7 39,0 1,25 2080
• chemical anchor
• cracked concrete -
EPOPLUS M16 x 160 2 5.8 52,7 39,0 1,25
• chemical anchor -
126 TITAN N
ANCHOR INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
TYPE OF ANCHOR hef hmin

type Ø x L [mm] code steel class [mm] [mm]
SKR 12 x min. 100 SKR12… - 64 200
hef AB1 M12 x 103 FE210440 - 70 200
M12
hmin M12 x 130 FE210115 (4) 5.8 108 200
VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
M12 x 130 MGS11288 (5) 8.8 108 200
SKR CE M16 x 130 SKR16130CE - 85 200
M16 AB1 M16 x 138 FE210493 - 85 200
VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS M16 x 160 FE210116 (4) 5.8 133 200
anchor, which can be evaluated through the kt⊥. Coefficients kt⊥ varies depending on the type of installation selected (2 internal anchors (IN) or 2
external anchors (OUT) as described at p. 125). The lateral shear load acting on the anchor can be obtained as follows:

F2/3 F2/3 = shear load acting on the TITAN angle bracket
kt⊥
Fbolt ⊥ Fbolt ⊥ IN (1) OUT (2)
TCN200 0,76 0,97
TCN240 0,74 1,00
STATIC VALUES  SHEAR JOINT  TIMBERTOTIMBER
TITAN TTN240
F2/3

hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] nH [pcs] [kN] [kg]
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 36 36 37,9 1650
screw LBS Ø5,0 x 50 36 36 46,7 2030
NOTES
(1) Installation of the anchors in internal holes (IN). (4) Precut INA threaded rod, with nut and washer.
(2) Installation of the anchors in external holes (OUT). (5) When employing threaded rods that are cut on size, the use of MUT DIN934
(3) Possible alternative fixing scheme through anchor type ABS nut and ULS DIN 125 washer is recommended.
has to be verified separately.
TITAN N 127
CALCULATION EXAMPLE  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT
PROJECT DATA CHOICE OF ANGLE BRACKET
F2 • F2d = 16,53 kN • TITAN TCN200

• service class = 2
• load duration = instantaneous CONFIGURATION
• uncracked concrete
• fixing on concrete: VINYLPRO M12 x 130 (steel grade 5.8) anchors
installed internally (IN)
• fixing on timber: LBS Ø5 x 50 screws
CALCULATION OF SHEAR CAPACITY
RV 2/3,k timber = 26,5 kN
RV 2/3,k cls = 27,6 kN (IN)

γcls = 1,25
EN 1995:2008 Italia - NTC 2008

kmod = 1,1 kmod = 1,0
γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
Rd = min { 22,42 ; 22,08 } = 22,08 kN Rd = min { 17,67 ; 22,08 } = 17,67 kN
VERIFICATION VERIFICATION
Rd ≥ Fd : 22,08 > 16,53 kN OK Rd ≥ Fd : 17,67 > 16,53 kN OK
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistnt with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with

ETA-11/0496.

adopted for the design. Coefficients γcls are listed in the table and are in ac-
cordance with the product’s certificates.
• For the calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete grade C
• Dimensioning and verificaiton of timber elements must be carried out separately.
hypotheses listed in the table; different boundary conditions (e.g.. minimum edge
distance) shall be verified.
• The use of two TITAN angle brackets, symmetrically-positioned, doubles the
design strength of the joint.
• Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988. The strength
value is the minimum between the timber strength Vadm,timber and the concrete
strength Vadm,cls.
128 TITAN N
129
TITAN F
Angle bracket for shear loads in framed walls
COMING SOON
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Geometry designed to provide
high shear strength. Ideal for projects in
seismic and windy areas
CONCRETE HOLES
FIELD OF USE The angle bracket is designed to offer two fixing
Timber-to-timber and timber possibilities, in order to avoid interference with the
-to-concrete shear joints for panels rebars in the concrete support
and timber beams

LOWER HOLES
The hole position on the vertical flange
framed structures
(platform frame) is designed for fixing on sill beams
in frame structures
wood-based panels
solid timber ACOUSTICS
glulam (Glued Laminated High shear strength values allow to reduce the
Timber) number of angle brackets to be installed, thus
reducing the acoustic bridges
130 TITAN F
FRAME
The vertical flange height and the hole
distribution are studied to maximize
the strength on sill beams in structures
with framed panels. Strength values vary
depending on the nailing pattern
GEOMETRY
The two hole lines, placed parallel to
each other, offer a second fixing option
avoiding any interference with the rebars
in the concrete underneath.
Reinforcements provide torsional
stability to the bracket
WALL-TO-WALL
Ideal for realizing wall-to-wall joints by
placing the angle bracket in a vertical
position. The high strength allows
to optimize the number of brackets
required
TITAN F 131
TITAN F - TCF
TCF200 TCF200 200 103 71 Ø13 30 3 l 10
P B
TITAN F - TTF
TTF200 TTF200 200 71 71 30 30 3 l 10
P B
TITAN F: Z275 bright zinc plated DX51D carbon steel.

F2 F3
FIELD OF USE

F2,3


KOS bolt M12 54
132 TITAN F
GEOMETRY
TCF200 Ø5 20 10 3 TTF200 Ø5 20 10 3
10 10
35 35
71 71
26 26
3 3
25 150 25 25 150 25
39,5 26
103 71 35
31,5
Ø13 10
31,5 Ø5 20 10
200 200
INSTALLATION ON TIMBER
The installation procedure can be done following 4 different nailing patterns, depending on the sill beam height:
type HV platform type HV platform

installation beam nv [pcs] nailing patterns
installation beam nv [pcs] nailing patterns
29
30
1 HV ≥ 90 mm 30 90 3 HV = 70 mm 15 70
26 26
26
2 HV = 80 mm 25 80 4 HV = 60 mm 10 27
60
26 26
To fix the TITAN TCF200 angle bracket to the concrete, 2 anchors must be used, according to one of the following installation modes:
IDEAL INSTALLATION ALTERNATIVE INSTALLATION
2 anchors positioned in 2 anchors positioned in

INTERNAL HOLES (IN) EXTERNAL HOLES (OUT)
(identified by a mark on the product) (eg. interaction between the anchors
and the rebars in the concrete support)
Reduced load on the dowel

(kt⊥ = minimum) Maximum load on the dowel
(kt⊥ = maximum)
Optimized connection
strength Reduced connection strength
INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
screw mechanical chemical anchor

anchor anchor VINYLPRO /
Tinst SKR CE (SKR) AB1 EPOPLUS
CONCRETE Ø12 M12 M12
Minimum support thickness hmin [mm] 130 140 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm
hef Hole diameter in concrete d0 [mm] 10 12 14
hmin
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80 (50) 50 40
d0 hef = effective anchorage length in concrete
TITAN F 133
TITAN TCF200
F2/3
HV

sill beam hole fixings Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber

configuration type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kg]
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 30 35,5 1540
Hv ≥ 90 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 30 42,5 1850
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 25 31,0 1350
Hv = 80 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 25 37,2 1620
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 15 20,9 910
Hv = 70 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 15 25,1 1090
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 10 15,1 660
Hv = 60 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 10 18,1 790

configuration for hole fixings Ø13 R2/3,k cls V2/3, adm, cls
type of concrete type of anchor (3) Ø x L [mm] nH [pcs] steel class IN (1) [kN] OUT (2) [kN] γcls [kg]
• uncracked concrete SKR 12 x min. 100 2 - 43,2 33,8 1,5 1140
• screw anchor
• uncracked concrete 5.8 28,0 21,9 1,25 1167
VINYLPRO M12 x 130 2
• chemical anchor 8.8 45,3 35,4 1,25 1889
• cracked concrete 5.8 28,0 21,9 1,25 -
EPOPLUS M12 x 130 2
• chemical anchor 8.8 45,3 35,4 1,25 -
NOTES
(1) Installation of anchors in the internal holes (IN). (4) Precut INA threaded rod, with nut and washer.
(2) Installation of anchors in the external holes (OUT ). (5) When employing threaded rods that are cut on size, the use of MUT DIN934 nut
(3) Possible alternative fixings through anchor type ABS are to be verified and ULS DIN 125 washer is recommended.
separately.
134 TITAN F
ANCHORS INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
ANCHOR TYPE hef hmin

hef SKR 12 x min. 100 SKR12… - 64 200
hmin
AB1 M12 x 103 FE210440 - 70 200
M12
M12 x 130 FE210115 (4) 5.8 108 200
VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
M12 x 130 MGS11288 (5) 8.8 108 200
The fixing to the concrete through anchors not listed in the table shall be verified depending on the load acting on the anchor and evaluable
through the coefficients kt⊥. Coefficients kt⊥ vary depending on the type of installation selected (2 internal anchors (IN) or 2 external anchors
(OUT ) as in the layout at p. 133). The lateral shear load on the anchor can be obtained as follows:

F2/3
F2/3 = shear load on the TITAN angle bracket
Fbolt ⊥ Fbolt ⊥ kt⊥

IN (1) OUT (2)
TCN200 0,75 0,96
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with the EN 1995:2008 and in accordance • The strength values for the connection system are valid under the calculation
with ETA-11/0496. hypotheses listed in the table; for different boundary conditions (ex. minimum
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: edge distances) verifications shall be carried out.
ded to the case where an OSB panel is placed between the TITAN angle bracket
and the timber support, providing that the minimum penetration depth and
adequate OSB-to-framing fastening are guaranteed.
• The use of two TITAN angle brackets, symmetrically-positioned, doubles the
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard design strength of the joint.
adopted for the design. Coefficients γcls are listed in the table and are in ac • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988. The strength value
cordance with the product certificates. is the minimum between the timber strength Vadm,timber and the concrete
• For the calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete grade C strength Vadm,cls.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out
separately.
TITAN F 135
STATIC VALUES  SHEAR JOINT  TIMBERTOTIMBER
TITAN TTF200
F2/3
HV

sill beam hole fixings Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber

configuration type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] nH [pcs] [kN] [kg]
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 30 30 35,5 1540
Hv ≥ 90 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 30 30 42,5 1850
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 25 25 31,0 1350
Hv = 80 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 25 25 37,2 1620
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 15 15 20,9 910
Hv = 70 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 15 15 25,1 1090
LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 10 10 15,1 660
Hv = 60 mm
LBS screws Ø5,0 x 50 10 10 18,1 790
EVALUATION OF SLIP MODULUS Kser
• Kser experimental average value for TITAN joint on C24 XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber)
type fastener nv nH Kser

TITAN F TYPE configuration
Ø x L [mm] [pcs] [pcs] [N/mm]
TCF200 • total fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 - 8479
TTF200 • total fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 30 8212
• Kser according to EN 1995:2008 for nails in steel-to-timber (C24 timber grade) connection
type fastener nv Kser, max

TITAN F TYPE
Ø x L[mm] [pcs] [N/mm]
TCF200 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 26093
TTF200 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 26093
136 TITAN F
137
TITAN WASHER
TITAN washer for tensile loads
Hot dip galvanized carbon steel three-dimensional perforated plate
COMING SOON
STRONG
Combined with TITAN TCN it realizes a joint for
tensile loads, functioning as a hold down
GEOMETRY
FIELD OF USE Designed and tested to provide the maximum
Timber-to-timber and timber performance with minimum thickness and size.
-to-concrete shear joints for panels CE mark according to ETA
and timber beams

VERSATILITY
Effective spares management thanks to the
framed structures
(platform frame) possibility to choose whether using TITAN TCN
only or combining it with TITAN WASHER
wood-based panels
solid timber HIDDEN
glulam (Glued Laminated The reduced height of the vertical flange
Timber) ensures mechanical stability despite a smaller
encumbrance than traditional hold downs
138 TITAN WASHER

AESTHETICS
The reduced height of the TITAN N
vertical flange implies easy onsite
installation and pleasing aesthetics.
TITAN N has all the technical properties
of a hold down with the encumbrance
of a shear bracket.
EFFICIENT
Wall connection to the ground realized
with TITAN N (combinable with TITAN
WASHER) to obtain strong hold-down
elements and provide optimal spares
management and site installation
CE MARKING
Geometry designed to obtain optimal
tensile performance from the minimum
thickness possible. Strength evaluated,
tested and certified. Suitability of use
guaranteed by CE mark according to ETA
TITAN WASHER 139

TITAN WASHER - TCW

code type TCN200 TCN240 B [mm] P [mm] s [mm] holes [mm] pcs/box
TCW200 TCW200 l
- 190 72 12 Ø14 l 1
TCW240 TCW240 - l
230 73 12 Ø18 l 1
P
B
TITAN N - TCN
TCN200 TCN200 200 103 120 Ø13 30 3 l 10
TCN240 TCN240 240 123 120 Ø17 36 3 l 10
H
P B
F1 TITAN WASHER: S235 hot dip galvanized carbon steel.

F2 F3
FIELD OF USE
Timber-to-concrete joints
F1
Timber-to-steel joints
F2,3

VINYLPRO chemical anchor M12 - M16 314
140 TITAN WASHER

GEOMETRY
TCW200 TCW240
37 37
72 Ø14 73 Ø18
35 36
190 230
12 12
20 150 20 34 162 34
The fixing of TITAN TCN angle bracket with TITAN WASHER TCW to the concrete ring beam, must be performed using 2 anchors placed within
the internal holes (IN).
chemical anchor
Tinst VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
M12 M16
Minimum support thickness hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 d0
hef Hole diameter in concrete d0 [mm] 14 18
hmin Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 40 80
d0 hef = effective anchorage length in concrete
1 2 3 4 5 6
Drilling of the Injection of chemical Positioning of the Installation of Nailing of the angle Positioning of the
concrete support anchor into the hole threaded bar TITAN TCN with TITAN bracket nut by adequate
and hole cleaning WASHER tightening
TITAN WASHER 141

TCN 200 + TCW 200
F1
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor chemical anchor chemical
configuration fastener holes Ø5 R1,k timber washer R1,k steel R1,k cls R1,k cls
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 57,9

• total fixing
• 2 anchors M12 TCW 200 45,7 γm0 M12 x 180 40,50 1,8 M12 x 180 25,89 1,8
• washer TCW 200
screws LBS Ø5,0 x 50 30 69,6
TCN 240 + TCW 240
F1
CONCRETE CONCRETE
anchor chemical anchor chemical
configuration fastener holes Ø5 R1,k timber washer R1,k steel R1,k cls R1,k cls
VINYLPRO EPOPLUS
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 36 69,5

• total fixing M16 x 190 52,05 1,8 M16 x 190 28,94 1,8
• 2 anchors M16 TCW 240 69,8 γm0
• washer TCW 240 M16 x 230 67,00 1,8 M16 x 230 37,08 1,8
screws LBS Ø5,0 x 50 36 83,5
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with For applications on XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) the use of nails/screws with
ETA-11/0086. length L≥ 60 mm is recommended. Shorter fasteners may lead to brittle failure
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: due to “group effect” as the reduced penetration depth affects exclusively the
outer layer.
• For calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 and a concrete grade C 25/30
have been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out
separately.
hypotheses listed in the table; different boundary conditions (e.g. minimum
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.
adopted for the design. Coefficients γsteel and γcls are listed in the table and are
in accordance to the product certificates.
142 TITAN WASHER

CHIEMICAL ANCHOR INSTALLATION PARAMETES
tfix
code steel class
hef M12 180 FE210119 (1) 5.8 15 144 200
hmin
190 FE210118 (1) 5.8 15 150 240
M16
230 FE210121 (1) 5.8 15 190 240
(1) Precut threaded bar INA complete with nut and washer
F1

Fbolt // Fbolt //
F1 = axial load acting on TITAN angle bracket
kt//
TCN 200 + TCW 200 1,09
TCN 240 + TCW 240 1,08
hole fixing Ø5 chemical anchor VINYLPRO N1,adm

TYP TCN + TCW
TCN 200 + TCW 200 LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 30 M12 x 180 1440
TCN 240 + TCW 240 LBA nails Ø4,0 x 60 36 M16 x 190 2550
EVALUTATION OF SLIP MODULUS Kser
• Kser experimental average value for TITAN connections on C24 XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) panels
type of fastener nv Kser

TYPE TCN + TCW configuration
TCN 200 + TCW 200 - - - -
TCN 240 + TCW 240 total fixing nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 36 28455
• Kser according to EN 1995:2008 for holes in the steel-to-timber joints (C24 timber grade)
type of fastener nv Kser, max

TYPE TCN + TCW
TCN 200 (+ TCW 200) nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 26093
TCN 240 (+ TCW 240) nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 36 31311
TITAN WASHER 143

TITAN SILENT
Angle bracket for shear loads with sound insulating profile
Steel three-dimensional perforated plate with resilient polymeric profile
TWO VERSIONS
Soundproofing structural profiles for TITAN
TTF200: Absorber Plate ready to use and Aladin
Stripe to be cut on site
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
FIELD OF USE Significant attenuation of walking excitation
and noise transfer, for an excellent
Timber-to-timber joints with
acoustic comfort
reduction of acoustic bridges
ACOUSTIC BRIDGES
The excellent shear strength of the angle
framed structures
(platform frame) bracket combined with the soundproofing
properties of the plate allow to limit
wood-based panels
acoustic bridges
solid timber TESTED VALUES
Shear strength values and vibration reduction
Timber)
qualities are validated by tests, within the
academia and the industrial world
144 TITAN SILENT

HOUSING COMFORT
TITAN TTF200 strength combined with
the soundproofing performance of the
profiles, ensures the reduction of noise
associated with walking excitation on
timber floors
DECIBEL
In a shear joint realized through
angle brackets, the use of TITAN Silent
decreases the vibration transfer of
more than 3 dB, as demonstrated by
laboratory testing
ACOUSTICS / STATICS
Absorber Plate for an excellent acoustic
insulation, with little reduction of the
mechanical strength. Aladin Stripe for
a good sound insulation and a great
strength
TITAN SILENT 145

TITAN SILENT
TITAN TTF200
TTF200 TTF200 200 71 71 30 30 3 l 5
H
P B
ABSORBER PLATE
code type B [mm] P [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
D82361 yellow 200 70 12,5 10
P B
ALADIN STRIPE
code type langth [m] P [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
D82113 soft xl 50* 95 5 1
D82123 extra soft xl 50* 115 7 1
* to be cut on sitea
s
P
TITAN TTF200: Z275 bright zinc plated DX51D carbon steel Z275.
ABSORBER PLATE: polyurethane with closed cells, without softeners and VOC.
ALADIN STRIPE: epdm compact and extruded (version soft xl) and epdm compact expanded
(version extra soft xl). High chemical stability, it does not contain VOC.
FIELD OF USE
F2,3

146 TITAN SILENT

GEOMETRY
TITAN TTF200 ABSORBER PLATE ALADIN STRIPE
Ø5 20 10 3
10
35 95
71 70 yellow
26
3
25 150 25 200 200
26 12,5 5
71 35
10
Ø5 20 10
200 115
200
7
STATIC VALUES AND INSTALLATION
SHEAR JOINT - TIMBER TO TIMBER
TITAN TTF200
F2/3
Strength values and installation procedure for TITAN TTF200 are reported at p. 133.
ABSORBER STRIPE / ALADIN STRIPE

Strength values are listed in the product technical documentation
(www.rothoblaas.com)
ACOUSTIC  MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF TITAN SILENT
The TITAN Silent system (angle bracket

TITAN TTF200 + soundproofing profile)
dB
has been tested in order to determine its dB
mechanical and acoustic behavior. Hz
The experimental campaign has been
carried out within the X-REV research project Hz
in collaboration with prestigious research F
institutes from both the academic and the
industrial world.
F
The damping properties related to walking-
induced vibrations of different resilient
materials when applied on timber, have
been compared. The consequent variation
in the mechanical strength of the joint has
also been studied.
TITAN SILENT 147

EXPERIMENTAL CAMPAIGN: ACOUSTIC ABATEMENT
TEST SETUP
The test setup has been designed The principle behind the testing method
to provide test reproducibility and is to measure the difference in terms of
comparable results from different vibration speed, between two points
materials. Based on the outcome of placed on the two perpendicular
previous testing aimed at maximizing elements connected by the TITAN TTF200
the resilience of different soundproofing (LBA nails Ø4 x 60) with and without
profiles, the load pressure was applied resilient material interposed. The impulse
parallel to the z axis at predefined steps is generated by a rubber head hammer
ranging from 5 to 35 kN/m. The pressure (weight 350 gr) with repetition of 3 pulses
was introduced by an hydraulic jack while for each reference axis. z
the load magnitude was monitored with The impact phenomenon is monito-
a pressure gauge. red simultaneously on both the y
timber elements where three axial
Three timber elements have been accelerometers are installed and x
assembled to reproduce the floor-to-wall connected to a multichannel acquisition
joint with the interposition of different system. Sampling frequency ranged from
soundproofing profiles. 5 to 5000 Hz with a time window of 5 ms.
REDUCTION OF VIBRATION TRANSFER RELATED TO WALKING EXCITATION
TEST CONFIGURATION LOAD MIN LOAD MAX

33% 32%
TITAN TTF200 + Absorber Plate yellow
3,5 dB 3,4 dB
14% 16%
TITAN TTF200 + Aladin Stripe soft xl
1,3 dB 1,5 dB
24% 16%
TITAN TTF200 + Aladin Stripe extra soft xl
2,3 dB 1,6 dB
The data that are expressed in decibel, should be considered just as a reference for the comparison between different materials with the same boundary conditions. Those
values in fact, refer to the sound-transfer reduction measured on the specimens without considering the additional layers that constitutes a real wall (plaster sheets, mineral
fiber panels, etc.). Hence, such data do not represent the sound-transfer reduction in a finished building.
The results are both expressed in terms of vibration sound reduction percentage and decibel of reduction of transmitted sound.
To further ease of reading it has been decided to report the global average value at the end of the stripe loads provided.
The value related to mean frequencies is more reliable from the methodological and statistical point of view. Within this range is concentrated
the major part of energy transmitted to the specimen through the hammer
More information are available from rothoblaas technical office.
148 TITAN SILENT

EXPERIMENTAL PHASE: MECHANICAL STRENGTH
TEST SETUP
The test setup used for the experimental campaign is comprised of The test setup has been designed to study the behavior of wall-to-
a metal frame designed to apply to the connector either static or wall and wall-to-floor joints under service loads. The test specimens
cyclic loading, depending on the objectives defined within the X-Rev have been realized with XLAM panels (Cross Laminated Timber) of
research project. C24 timber grade and TITAN TTF200 angle bracket (60 anker nails
In this context, the focus is on the monotonic tests performed with LBA Ø4 x 60 mm).
displacement-controlled loading procedures. The main target was
to evaluate the variation in TITAN TTF200 ultimate carrying capacity
when combined with different soundproofing profiles.
VARIATION OF SHEAR STRENGTH ACCORDING TO THE SOUNDPROOFING PROFILE SELECTED
Fmax vmax Fu vu vy Kser

test configuration
[kN] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [N/mm]
TITAN TTF200 70,0 15,4 57,2 8,4 6,5 8945
TITAN TTF200 + Absorber Plate 43,5 23,0 40,3 19,3 15,0 2555
TITAN TTF200 + Aladin Stripe 65,1 30,0 65,1 30,0 10,3 4771
ACOUSTIC ABATEMENT AND MECHANICAL STRENGTH
80 Tests show that TITAN Silent with Absorber

TTF200 Plate offers a noise reduction of 3,5 dB if
70 0 dB 100%
compared to the use of the sole angle bracket
1,4 dB 90%
60
TTF200 + TTF200; with a mechanical strength up to
Aladin Stripe 60% of that of the TTF200 angle bracket
50
Force F [kN]
(characteristic values available at p. 136).

40 3,5 dB 60%
TTF200 + The system shear strength ( TTF200 + D82361)
30
Absorber Plate is therefore 15 - 20 times higher than that of a
20 traditional angle bracket (100 mm x 100 mm)
10
with the proper acoustic profile.
0
0 10 20 30
ACOUSTIC MECHANICAL
Displacement v [mm] ABATEMENT STRENGTH
TITAN SILENT 149

TITAN PLATE
Plate for shear loads
Bright zinc plated two-dimensional carbon steel perforated plate
COMING SOON
VERSATILE
Suitable for a continuous fixing of both XLAM
(Cross Laminated Timber) panels and framed
panels to the sub-structure
INNOVATIVE
FIELD OF USE
Designed to offer an improvement solution
to the previous technologies;
-to-concrete shear joints for panels
approved by certified international institutions
and timber beams

CERTIFIED
framed structures Suitability of use guaranteed by CE marking
(platform frame) according to European standard EN14545
wood-based panels
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) SITE INSTALLATION
solid timber Installation procedure facilitated by the
glulam (Glued Laminated “correct installation” indicator.
Timber) Assembly realized by using two or three anchors,
depending on the design needs
150 TITAN PLATE

PLANAR JOINTS
Ideal to realize continuous connections
of XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber)
panels and structural frames (platform
frame) to the underlying reinforced
concrete substructure
VERSATILITY
Fastening configurations with two or
three anchors, based on the design
choices. Installation simple and accurate
thanks to the “correct installation”
indicator
QUALITY
CE marking ensures the technical
suitability of the product. The high
strength allows to optimize the number
of plates installed, guaranteeing
remarkable time saving
TITAN PLATE 151

TITAN PLATE TCP

code type B [mm] H [mm] holes [mm] nv Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
TCP200 TCP200 200 214 Ø13 30 3 l 10
TITAN PLATE: Z275 bright zinc plated DW51D carbon steel.

FIELD OF USE

F2,3


152 TITAN PLATE

GEOMETRY
Ø5 20 10 3
TCP200 10
20
20
10
214 Ø13 122
32
25 75 75 25
200
The fixing of the TITAN TCP plate to the concrete support must be done by using 2 or 3 anchors depending on the design needs.
d0 Tinst
hef
hmin
screwed anchor mechanical anchor chemical anchor

SKR CE (SKR) AB1 VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
CONCRETE Ø12 M12 M12
Minimum thickness support hmin [mm] 130 140 hef + 30 mm ≥ 100 mm
Hole diameter on concrete d0 [mm] 10 12 14
Tightening torque Tinst [Nm] 80 (50) 50 40
1 2 3
Positioning of the TITAN TCP with the dashed Removal of the TITAN TCP plate and drilling Accurate hole cleaning
line at the timber-concrete interface and hole of the concrete support
marking
4 5 6
Injection of the anchor and insertion of the Installation of the TITAN TCP and nailing Positioning of nuts and washers by adequate
threaded rods into the holes tightening
TITAN PLATE 153

TCP 200
F2/3

holes fasteners Ø5 R2/3,k timber V2/3, adm, timber
configuration on timber type
Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kg]
nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 30 24,9 1090
screws LBS Ø5,0 x 50 30 24,9 1090

anchor holes fasteners Ø13 R2/3,k cls V2/3, adm, cls

configuration on concrete
type Ø x L [mm] nH [pcs] steel class [kN] γcls [kg]
• uncracked concrete SKR M12 x min. 100 2 - 16,1 1,5 717
• screw anchor
• uncracked concrete AB1 M12 x 103 2 - 16,8 1,5 747
• uncracked concrete VINYLPRO M12 x 130 3 5.8 19,3 1,5 856
• chemical anchor
• cracked concrete EPOPLUS M12 x 130 3 5.8 13,7 1,5 -
• chemical anchor
ANCHOR INSTALLATION PARAMETERS
ANCHOR TYPE hef hmin

hef SKR 12 x min. 100 SKR12… - 64 200
hmin
AB1 M12 x 103 FE210440 - 70 200
M12
M12 x 130 FE210115 (1) 5.8 108 200
VINYLPRO / EPOPLUS
M12 x 130 MGS11288 (2) 8.8 108 200
(2) When employing threaded rods that are cut on size, the use of MUT DIN934 nuts and
ULS DIN 125 washers is recommended
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008. • For the calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3, a concrete grade C 25/30
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: and no ring gap between the plate hole and the anchor (filled-in holes) have
been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber and concrete elements must be carried
out separately.
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988. The strength value
adopted for the design. Coefficients γcls are listed in the table and are in ac is the minimum between the timber strength Vadm,timber and the concrete
cordance with the product certificates. strength Vadm,cls.
154 TITAN PLATE

Fixing elements to the concrete support by means of anchors that are not listed in the table, shall be verified according to the load acting on the
anchor, which can be evaluated through the kt. Coefficients kt vary depending on the position and number of the anchors. The lateral shear load
the anchors can be obtained as follows:
ktV ; ktH = coefficients of distribution

F2/3 = shear load on the TITAN plate
2-ANCHOR FIXING 3-ANCHOR FIXING
F2/3 F2/3
ktH ktV ktH ktV

Fbolt, V Fbolt, H 0,98 Fbolt, V Fbolt, H Fbolt, H 0,98
0,50 0,33
Fbolt, H Fbolt, V Fbolt, H Fbolt, V
The anchor check is satisfied if the design tensile strength, obtained considering the boundary and gropu effects, is greater than the design
external load: Rbolt, d ≥ Fbolt, d.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT
DESIGN DATA PLATE CHOICE

F2
• F2d = 10,13 kN • TITAN TCP200
• service class = 2
• load duration = instantaneous CONFIGURATION
• uncracked concrete
• fixing on concrete: AB1 M12 x 103 (2 anchors)
• fixing on timber: nails LBA Ø4 x 60
CALCULATION OF THE SHEAR STRENGTH
RV 2/3,k timber = 24,9 kN
RV 2/3,k cls = 16,8 kN (IN)

γcls = 1,5
EN 1995:2008 Italy - NTC 2008

kmod = 1,1 kmod = 1,0
γm = 1,3 γm = 1,5
Rd = min { 21,07 ; 11,20 } = 11,20 kN Rd = min { 16,6 ; 11,20 } = 11,20 kN
VERIFICATION VERIFICATION
Rd ≥ Fd : 11,20 > 10,13 kN OK Rd ≥ Fd : 11,20 > 10,13 kN OK
TITAN PLATE 155

Build different
innovation
THE COURAGE TO EXPLORE BEYOND
BORDERS WITH NEW IDEAS
The innovative connection system X-RAD, together with the new assembling method without interposed floors,
allows to transfer extremely high tensile and shear stresses through the corners of the wall and floor panels.
The simplicity and effectiveness of the resulting structural scheme, open a new frontier for timber structures as it will
be possible to realize high-rise buildings that were unimaginable with traditional systems.
156
X-RAD
connection system
X-RAD connection system represents a true revolution within the XLAM
(Cross Laminated Timber) construction system. X-RAD system replaces all the
connection types used so far (angle brackets, screws etc…) with just one
standard connection, suitable for different building typologies
and very severe loading conditions.
structural
joints
TRADITIONAL SYSTEM
-70%
X-RAD SYSTEM
157
TRANSPORTATION
QUICK AND SAFE MOVING AND ASSEMBLING
X-RAD is pre-assembled in the the panels and to fix the X-RAD

factory and thus both wall and connectors by means of the
floor panels are delivered to the apposite metal linking plates and
construction site complete with common steel bolts. Different
the connection system: X-RAD configurations for connecting
connection can be used as the panels are favored by the
lifting hook for the panel onsite various assembling kits available
handling. The onsite assembly- (1-2-3….).
phase requires just to position
FROM TRUCK TO BUILDING

with no on-site stocking 50%
ONSITE
TIME-SAVING
CONNECTION TO THE GROUND

TOLERANCE, PRECISION AND HIGH STRENGTH
X-RAD allows a quick connection to the ground through metal plates which can
be positioned on the reinforced concrete foundation before the installation of
the panels. The wall assembling is eased by a convenient mounting tolerance
and is characterized by incomparable speed and precision.
158
ENGINEERING
STATIC AND SEISMIC SAFETY
X-RAD has been studied and In case of particularly high

tested at the CNR-IVALSA Insti- loads it is possible to link
tute in San Michele all’Adige, at the walls from top floor
to foundation through
the University of Trento and at the metal bars allowing direct
University of Graz in Austria.Thanks transmission of the loads
to a wide ecperimental campaign from the connection
(static and cyclic tests), and after system to the ground level.
many numerical simulations
the connection performance
has been determined, in terms
of both ultimate capacity and
energy dissipation. This research
has produced numerous scientific
publications and has been
presented both at the 2014 World
Conference of Timber Engineering
in Quebec City and at the 2014
IHF-Garmisch annual conference
on timber engineering on timber
buildings.
EFFICIENCY
EFFECTIVE DETAILING
A
B The X-RAD connection is a point-to-point connection located at the corners of
C the panels. This means that, by using some specific component that come with
D
E the product, it is possible to ensure an optimal air sealing and reduce acoustic
F bridges. X-RAD is the only element connecting the panels and this limits the
G
contact area between the walls, reducing the acoustic transmission to a single
point where the properties are known or can be calculated.
159
CONFIGURATIONS
A single connection system (in 3 variants)
to assemble the entire building.
X-TOP
X-MID
X-BASE
Thanks to the different assembling

kits it is possible to connect all the
elements from the ground floor to
the roof with speed and accuracy.
X-BASE
The ground connection is realized
with a tensile anchor of large diameter,
perfectly centered and therefore without
eccentricity. The plate hole is 5 mm
bigger than the tensile-anchor diameter
allowing a precise onsite installation of
the walls. Further holes are provided to
insert the anchors expected to transfer
the shear loads.
160
X-TOP
X-TOP allows to secure the roof to a sill beam or directly
to the XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) panels.
X-MID
The connections at intermediate
floor levels present different
geometric configurations.
The X-RAD connectors will be
connected through standard metal
plates that are shaped to
allow the possibility of inserting a
metal bar for a further link to the
foundations.
The floor panels are inserted inside
apposite slots carved within the
wall panels, thus avoiding
that the vertical loads transmitted
by the walls weigh directly on the
floor panels.
Consequently, all issues related to
compression perpendicular to the
grain can be neglected, with clear
benefits to multistory buildings.
161
APPLICATIONS
A single connection type combined with
few steel standard elements allows the complete
assembling of a whole building.
ASSEMBLING
X-RAD allows to reduce drastically
the assembling time thanks to simple
bolting of the elements.
TRADITIONAL
SYSTEM
162
TRADITIONAL
SYSTEM
Up to
8h
4h
50%
of time saving for the
onsite installation
163
XRAD
X-RAD connection system
Steel perforated plates and beechwood laminated veneered lumber
REVOLUTIONARY
Radical innovation in timber constructions. It redefines the
standard for cutting, transportation, assembling and resistance
of the panels. Excellent static and seismic performance
UNIQUE
Just one connector type to ensure extraordinary
shear and tensile strength exploiting the mechanical
performance of XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber)
FIELD OF USE
Transportation, assembling UNCOMPARABLE
and realization of timber buildings
Wall panel handling and assembling are extremely quick,
with XLAM (Cross Laminated
with minimal possibility of errors and safety hazard
Timber) structure
CERTIFIED TECHNOLOGY
Engineered by rothoblaas. Tested by University of Trento,
University of Graz and CNR-IVALSA Institute. European
Technical Approval (ETA) pending.
164 X-RAD
INNOVATION
The metal box-shaped element, that
wraps a beechwood veneered profile,
is connected to the corners of the
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) walls
through full-threaded screws, generating
modular assemblies
LARGE SCALE BUILDINGS

„STANDARD“ modular system that
can be combined to form different
configurations (X, L, I, T ) for ground,
intermediate floor and roof connections.
Remarkable cost saving.
PIONEER
The X-RAD connection system is
destined to become a benchmark for
future XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber)
constructions. Both X-RAD connector
and X-RAD construction system are
patented by rothoblaas
X-RAD 165
KIT CODES
kit TOP-X kit TOP-T
TOP
kit code content kit code content
4x Xone 3x Xone
kit-TX 1x plateTX kit-TT 1x plateTT
screws VGS screws VGS
kit MID-X kit MID-T
MID
8x Xone 6x Xone
kit-MX 1x plateMX kit-MT 1x plateMT
kit BASE-X kit BASE-T
BASE
4x Xone 3x Xone
kit-BX 1x plateBX kit-BT 1x plateBX
166 X-RAD
kit TOP-L kit TOP-I kit TOP-O
kit code content kit code content kit code content

2x Xone 2x Xone 1x Xone
kit-TL 1x plateTL kit-TI 1x plateTI kit-TO 1x plateMO
screws VGS screws VGS screws VGS
kit MID-L kit MID-I kit MID-O

kit-ML 1x plateML kit-MI 1x plateMI kit-MO 1x plateMO
kit BASE-L kit BASE-I kit BASE-O

kit-BL 1x plateBL kit-BI 1x plateBI kit-BO 1x plateBO
X-RAD 167
shape
plate MID-T
position (MID - BASE - TOP)
Xone plate MID-O
code description pcs/box code description pcs/box

Xone connection module 1 plateMO MID plate for vertical joint 1
plate MID-I plate MID-L

plateMI MID plate for straight joint 1 plateML MID plate for right angle joint (90°) 1
plate MID-T plate MID-X

plateMT MID plate for T joint 1 plateMX MID plate for X joint 1
168 X-RAD
plate TOP-I plate TOP-L

plateTI TOP plate for straight joint 1 plateTL TOP for right angle joint 1
plate TOP-T plate TOP-X

plateTT TOP plate for T joint 1 plateTX TOP plate for X joint 1
plate BASE-O plate BASE-I

plateBO BASE plate for single joint 1 plateBI BASE plate for straight joint 1
plate BASE-L plate BASE-X

plateBL BASE plate for right angle joint 1 plateBX BASE plate for X joint 1
X-RAD 169
GEOMETRY
110
280 90
STRENGTH VALUES
TENSION SHEAR
Fax,k = 141,4 kN Fv,k = 97,8 kN
The characteristic values reported above, are taken from the test report n. PB14-467-1-01 “Tension and Shear Test of the X-RAD
connector according to EN26891-1991” by Graz University of Technology. These tests are fundamental for obtaining the European
Technical Approval (ETA).
CONNECTION - SYSTEM - BUILDING
The true strong-point of the X-RAD

3
construction system is represented by its 2
being totally innovative. This element is
comprised of a metal wrapping and an
internal element made of hardwood. This
allows to screw-in the X-RAD connector
in the factory and to use it as lifting
hook for the transportation on site. As
a consequence, the onsite handling of
the panels takes place by means of the
connection. Later, on site the XLAM (Cross
Laminated Timber) panels will be joined
through metal plates conveniently shaped 1
thank to the use of only bolts for steel
structures.
170 X-RAD
RESPONSE TO CYCLIC LOADING

At CNR-IVALSA in San Michele all’Adige, several cyclic tests both under tensile and shear loads have been carried out in order to
evaluate the seismic performance of the X-RAD connection system.
The experimental result of one the tensile tests described in the test report 35/01/2014, is given in the following graph .
200
+ +
kpl Fmax
1st envelope curve
2nd envelope curve
3rd envelope curve
150 Hysteresis
+
kel
100
+
Force [kN]
Fy
50
+
-5 Vy 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
- 50
Displacement [mm]
DISSIPATED ENERGY
Cycle 1 Cycle 2 Cycle 3
STEP force displ. pot. energy diss. energy veq force displ. pot. energy diss. energy veq force displ. pot. energy diss. energy veq
[kN] [mm] [J] [J] [%] [kN] [mm] [J] [J] [%] [kN] [mm] [J] [J] [%]
0.75 vy 56,79 2,81 79,86 42,86 4,27 54,70 2,85 77,95 22,66 2,31 53,91 2,88 77,50 21,58 2,22
1 vy 70,27 3,93 137,91 79,07 4,56 67,73 3,98 134,83 41,51 2,45 66,87 4,01 133,95 38,89 2,31
2 vy 100,50 7,64 384,11 357,77 7,41 94,96 7,76 368,57 147,84 3,19 92,61 7,81 361,75 139,92 3,08
4 vy 134,49 15,04 1011,60 1131,48 8,90 124,53 15,30 952,67 320,15 2,67 119,88 15,41 923,48 660,31 5,69
6 vy 165,05 22,62 1866,60 1776,08 7,57 152,46 23,16 1765,15 972,34 4,38 143,91 23,32 1677,93 870,20 4,13
8 vy 166,45 26,12 2173,75 2372,59 8,69
The mechanical performance of the connector can be deduced from the experimental data reported: remarkable ductility
and energy dissipation.
X-RAD 171
CONNECTION BEHAVIOR AT FAILURE AND FE MODELING

The innovative mechanical concept behind the X-RAD system allows the connector to resist optimally to either tensile and shear
stresses. This, combined with a new assembling method where the floors are not interposed between the vertical walls, means that
forces are exchanged at the corners of the panels a simple and effective way.
200
180
160
140
120
Load [kN]
100
80
LVDT Mean
60 LDVT dx A
LDVT dx B
40
LDVT sx A
20 LDVT sx B
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Displacement [mm]
The X-RAD connection system has been developed to

comply with the “capacity design” principles. In fact, all the
metal connection plates have been accurately designed to
provide great strength, while still being the weak link in case
of an exceptional event. This means that the plates, acting
like “fuses”, can easily be substituted to restore the service
conditions of the damaged building promptly.
172 X-RAD
EXPERIMENTAL BEHAVIOR OF WALLS ASSEMBLED WITH XRAD

The experimental behavior of timber walls
assembled with the X-RAD connection
system is shown below; the tests have
been carried out at the Materials and
Structures Testing Laboratory (MSTL) of 2500 2500
the University of Trento (Department
of Civil, Environmental and Mechanical
Engineering).
2500 2500
VERTICAL LOAD
uniformly distributed: 20 kN/m
200
150
100
50
Force [kN]
- 100 - 80 - 60 - 40 - 20 20 40 60 80 100
- 50
- 100
- 150
- 200
Displacement [mm]
Experimental test on wall with X-RAD Experimental test on wall divided in 4 Wall handling in the laboratory
and connection to the ground parts with X-RAD connections
X-RAD 173
174
3. ANGLE BRACKETS, HANGERS AND PERFORATED PLATES
175
PERFORATED PLATE PRODUCTION

Rothoblaas is a modern producer: it designs, manufactures, certifies and commercializes products
with its own name and brand. The manufacturing process is systematically checked during each phase
(FPC) and the whole procedure is strictly monitored by notified institutes that approve and certify the
correct implementation.
1. Raw material
The galvanized steel coil
enters the factory
TRACEABILITY
WZU
123456
The incoming raw material
is registered to guarantee
the traceability both at the
end of the manufacturing
process and when the
verification, check and registration product is on the market
of the incoming raw material
2. Press feeder
The straightened coil
moves one station forward
ALL IN ONE at each press-blow
The automatic pressing line is designed to perform the various
manufacturing phases sequentially: punching, shearing and
forming are realized within a single cycle without need of further
treatments (e.g. welding).
3. Punching 4. Shearing 5. Forming

Drilling and pressing according Coil shearing by a hydraulic press Transformation of the plane
to the production technical design sheet in a three dimensional plate
176
9. Selling and traceability

With the batch number and
the selling order it is possible to track
all the manufacturing phases:
the customer can be sure to obtain
a certified quality product
8. Arrival at Rothoblaas
Acceptance of the incoming
15 goods and sampling by the
1 Rotho Blaas Quality Check Laboratory
2 ETA-11/0086
3 0769
4 DoP: www.rothoblaas.com
CE  ETA  DoP
The producer is responsible for the products in compliance
with the ETA. These products must be provided with CE
marking, normally put on the label, which ensures legal
validity and must show the following information:
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE PRODUCER
2. CODE OF ETA / EN STANDARD

package and 7. Packaging and labeling
3. CODE OF THE NOTIFIED INSTITUTE label check A mechanzed line
FOR INSPECTIONS AND CHECKS providing packaging
and labeling
4. DECLARATION OF PERFORMANCES DOP
6. Finished product
Three-dimensional plate complying
with technical specifications and
mechanical requirements. Quality
guaranteed by the Made in
Germany / EU
Quality check
Geometric check according to codified tolerance and calibration
in accordance with the Factory Production Control (FPC)
177
WVB
Standard angle brackets for buildings
Bright zinc plated carbon steel three-dimensional perforated plates
COMPLETE RANGE
Simple and effective system available in several
sizes, to satisfy any application need
CERTIFIED STRENGTH
FIELD OF USE Ideal for structural joints which require tensile,
Timber-to-timber and timber shear and rocking capacity
-to-concrete joints
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) TIMBER AND CONCRETE

framed structures Thanks to the many holes and their
(platform frame) disposition, it is suitable for being used both
wood-based panels on timber and concrete
solid timber VERSATILE FIXING
Fixing with screws, nails and anchors.
Timber)
Hole size and disposition designed for an
optimal application in any situation
178 WVB
WIDE RANGE
Available in several sizes, it offers
solutions to every design demand
SAFE
Suitability of use and safety are
guaranteed by the CE mark according
to the ETA. Values certified on the basis
of tests on the product
POINT-TO-POINT SOLUTION
The wide selection of sizes makes
it a perfect solution for point-to-point
applications, even for the most
unusual ones
WVB 179
WBR 70 - 90 -100 S250
GALV
With reinforcement
1 2 3
H
H
P P P B
B B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø11 [pcs] n Ø13 [pcs] pcs/box
1 PF900110 WBR070 55 70 70 2,0 14 2 - l l 100
2 PF900090 WBR090 65 90 90 2,5 20 2 - l l 100
3 PF900105 WBR100 90 100 100 3,0 28 4 2 l l 50
WBR THIN 70 - 90 -100 S350
GALV
Thin with reinforcement
1 2 3
H
H
H
P P B
P B B
1 WBR07015 WBR07015 55 70 70 1,5 16 2 - l l 100
2 WBR09015 WBR09015 65 90 90 1,5 20 2 - l l 100
3 WBR10020 WBR10020 90 100 100 2,0 24 4 - l l 50

180 WVB
WBO 70 - 90 -100 S250
GALV
Without reinforcement
1 2 3
H
H
H
P P B P B
B
1 PF900115 WBO070 55 70 70 2,0 16 2 - l l 100
2 PF900091 WBO090 65 90 90 2,5 20 5 - l l 100
3 PF900106 WBO100 90 100 100 3,0 28 6 2 l l 50
WVS 9050 + WBR 170 S250
GALV
With reinforcement
4
1 2 3
H
H
H
B B P B
P B P P
1 PF101050 WVS90050 50 50 90 3,0 10 - 3 l l 100
2 PF101055 WVS90080 80 50 90 3,0 16 - 5 l l 100
3 PF101060 WVS90110 110 50 90 3,0 21 - 6 l l 50
4 PF100125 WBR170 95 110 170 3,0 53 - 9 l l 25
WVB 181
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOTIMBER JOINT
WBR 70 - 90 - 100
MATERIAL AND DURABILITY
Z275 bright zinc plated S250 GD carbon steel.

To be used in Service class 1 and 2 (EN
1995:2008).
1 2 3
NUMBER OF FASTENERS SHEAR TENSION ROCKING SHEAR

2 BRACKETS PER JOINT
hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k R1,k R4/5,k Vadm
CODE TYPE WBR
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kg]
1 PF900110 WBR070 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 12 5,6 2,4 11,1 180
WBR THIN 70 - 90 - 100

To be used in Service class 1 and 2
(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3

CODE TYPE WBR
1 WBR07015 WBR07015 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 16 5,1 4,8 11,1 160
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008. Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: adopted for the design.
hypotheses listed in the table; for different boundary conditions (ex. minimum
edge distances) verifications shall be carried out.
182 WVB
WBO 70 - 90 - 100
Z 275 bright zinc plated S250 GD carbon steel.

(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3

CODE TYPE WBO
1 PF900115 WBO070 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 13 6,2 - - 190
WVS 9050 + WBR 170

(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3 4

NUMBER OF FASTENERS SHEAR TENSION SHEAR
hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k R1,k Vadm
CODE TYPE WVS
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kN] [kg]
1 PF101050 WVS90050 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 10 5,1 - 160
4 PF100125 WBR170 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 39 16,6 6,5 520
EXTERNAL LOADS
F1
F1 F1 = tensile force along the vertical axis
F2/3 = lateral shear force
F5 F4
F4/5 = lateral rocking force
F2 F3
WVB 183
STATIC VALUES  TIMBERTOCONCRETE JOINT
WBR 70 - 90 - 100

o be used in Service class 1 and 2
(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3
NUMBER OF FASTENERS SHEAR ROCKING SHEAR

hole fixing
hole fixing Ø5 R2/3,k Bolt2/3(1) R4/5,k timber R4/5,k steel Bolt4/5 (1) Vadm
CODE TYPE WBR Ø11
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] nH [pcs] [kN] kt⊥ [kN] [kN] kt⊥ kt// [kg]
1 PF900110 WBR070 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 5 1 3,2 1,00 6,8 4,4 0,73 0,19 90
WBR THIN 70 - 90 - 100

(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3

hole fixing
CODE TYPE WBR Ø11
1 WBR07015 WBR07015 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 6 1 1,3 1,00 8,5 4,4 0,73 0,19 40
(1) Fixings to concrete supports shall be verified according to anchor load

• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008.
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: which can be evaluated through the coefficients kt⊥ and kt//.
The load acting on the anchor can be obtained as follows:
where kt = coefficient of eccentricity
where Fd = design external load acting on the angle bracket
The anchor check is satisfied when the design tensile strength, obtained
considering the boundary effects, is greater than the design external load:
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard Rbolt,d ≥ Fbolt,d.
hypotheses listed in the table; for different boundary conditions (ex. minimum
edge distances) verifications shall be carried out.
184 WVB
WBO 70 - 90 - 100

(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3

hole fixing
CODE TYPE WBO Ø11
1 PF900115 WBO070 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 5 1 3,2 1,00 - - - - 90
WVS 9050 + WBR 170

(EN 1995:2008).
1 2 3 4

NUMBER OF FASTENERS SHEAR SHEAR
hole fixing Ø5 hole fixing Ø13 R2/3,k Vadm

CODE TYPE
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] nH [pcs] [kN] [kg]
1 PF101050 WVS90050 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 6 1 3,3 100
4 PF100125 WBR170 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 21 4 16,6 520
EXTERNAL LOADS
F1
F1 F1 = tensile force along the vertical axis
F2/3 = lateral shear force
F5 F4
F4/5 = lateral rocking force
F2 F3
WVB 185
WKR
Reinforced angle brackets for buildings
TWO THICKNESSES
Available in 3 different sizes, respectively
of 4 mm and 3 mm thicknesses, to cope with
any possible need
CERTIFIED STRENGTH
FIELD OF USE Simple and effective system, ideal for structural
joints requiring tensile strength
Timber-to-timber
or rocking capacity
and timber-to-concrete joints

GEOMETRY
framed structures
(platform frame) Thick and with a reinforced base to provide high
tensile strength and rocking capacity
wood-based panels
solid timber SLOTTED HOLE
Fastening to the ground through screws
Timber)
or anchors. The slotted hole on the base allows
to select different fixing solutions.
186 WKR
REINFORCEMENT
The particular shape of the “bracket
foot” ensures improved tensile strength
and rocking capacity. The angle bracket
has also a supporting function as it
contributes to maintain the wall in the
vertical position
THICKNESS
The reduced size of the 3 mm thick
version optimizes weight and price
of the angle bracket, providing good
strength values
TENSILE LOADS
Ideal for the most common joints and
for all applications that require “normal”
values of tensile strength
WKR 187
WKR 4 mm 3
GALV
S250
4 mm thickness
2 H
1
H
H
P B P P B
B
code type B P H s n Ø5 n Ø11 n Ø13,5 n Ø13,5 x 24,5 pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs] [pcs] [pcs]
1 PF101180 WKR095 65 88 95 4,0 11 1 - 1 l l 25
2 PF101185 WKR135 65 88 135 4,0 16 1 1 1 l l 25
3 PF101190 WKR285 65 88 285 4,0 30 1 3 1 l l 25
WKR 3 mm 3
GALV
S250
3 mm thickness
2 H
1
H
P P P B
B B
code type B P H s n Ø5 n Ø11 n Ø13,5 n Ø13,5 x 24,5 pcs/box

1 WKR09530 WKR09530 65 88 95 3,0 11 1 - 1 l l 25
2 WKR13530 WKR13530 65 88 135 3,0 16 1 1 1 l l 25
3 WKR28530 WKR28530 65 88 285 3,0 30 1 3 1 l l 25

VGS full threaded screw 11 337
SKR screwed anchor 10 296
188 WKR

(EN 1995:2008).
fixing on JOIST fixing on COLUMN
WKR 4 mm

BEAM CONNECTION COLUMN CONNECTION BEAM CONNECTION COLUMN CONNECTION
TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION
hole fixing Ø5
CODE TYPE WKR R1,k Bolt1(1) R1,k Bolt1 (1) Nadm Nadm
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] kt// nv [pcs] [kN] kt// [kg] [kg]
PF101180 WKR095 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 9 14,3 1,00 5 8,5 1,00 450 210
PF101185 WKR135 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 14 20,6 1,00 7 16,9 1,00 710 430
PF101190 WKR285 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 - - - 12 23,2 1,00 - 640
WKR 3 mm

BEAM CONNECTION COLUMN CONNECTION BEAM CONNECTION COLUMN CONNECTION
TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION
hole fixing Ø5
CODE TYPE WKR R1,k Bolt1(1) R1,k Bolt1 (1) Nadm Nadm
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] kt// nv [pcs] [kN] kt// [kg] [kg]
WKR09530 WKR09530 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 9 11,1 1,00 5 8,5 1,00 348 210
WKR13530 WKR13530 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 14 15,9 1,00 7 13,1 1,00 550 333
WKR28530 WKR28530 nails LBA Ø4,0 x 60 - - - 12 17,9 1,00 - 496
STRENGTH R4/5 - 2 ANGLE BRACKETS PER JOINT
The case with load direction F4/5 can be treated as the combination of two different loading conditions as shown in the following sketch:
B F1 F1
F4/5
F4/5
e
The verification of the fixing to the concrete must be carried out separately and satisfy both the tensile and shear loading conditions.
For notes and general principles please see p. 184.
WKR 189
WKF
Angle bracket for facades
CE MARKING
Ideal for realizing façade insulation on both
new and existing structures.
Values certified by CE mark according to ETA
SPECIAL STEEL
FIELD OF USE
S350 high strength steel provides high
Joints for secondary timber
flexural capacity
elements with function of
cladding support
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) GEOMETRY

framed structures Reinforcements designed to guarantee high
(platform frame) stiffness. Simple and quick installation
wood-based panels
solid timber SLOTTED HOLES
glulam (Glued Laminated Fastening through screws, nails or anchors.
Timber) Slotted holes on the base and on the vertical
flange for more discretion in the fixing
190 WKF
CLADDING
To fix the timber framing to the wall, while creating the space
to accommodate the thermal insulation and the waterproofing
membrane
WIDE PRODUCT RANGE

Available in several sizes, it allows the use of thermal insulation
with various thicknesses. Optimal for applications in protected and
ventilated outdoor environments
CODES AND DIMENSIONS S350
GALV
4 5
1 2 3
H
H
H H
H
P B P B P B P B P B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø8,5 [pcs] n Øv [pcs] n ØH [pcs] pcs/box
1 WKF120 WKF120 60 54 120 2,5 8 1 1 - Ø8,5 x 41,5 2 - Ø8,5 x 16,5 100
2 WKF140 WKF140 60 54 140 2,5 8 1 1 - Ø8,5 x 41,5 2 - Ø8,5 x 16,5 100
3 WKF160 WKF160 60 54 160 2,5 8 1 1 - Ø8,5 x 41,5 2 - Ø8,5 x 16,5 100
4 WKF180 WKF180 60 54 180 2,5 8 1 1 - Ø8,5 x 41,5 2 - Ø8,5 x 16,5 100
5 WKF200 WKF200 60 54 200 2,5 8 1 1 - Ø8,5 x 41,5 2 - Ø8,5 x 16,5 100

WKF 191
WINK
Angle brackets
CERTIFICATION
FIELD OF USE
Suitability of use
guaranteed by CE
-to-concrete joints
marking according MATERIALS
to ETA Available versions in
A2 stainless steel and
framed structures
(platform frame) galvanized with
color coating
wood-based panels
solid timber DIMENSIONS
glulam (Glued Laminated Shapes ideal for
Timber) any application
192 WINK
WBO 50/60/90 S250
GALV
1 2 3
H
H
H
P P
P B B B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø11 [pcs] pcs/box
1 PF101035 WBO5040 40 50 50 2,5 8 2 l l 150
2 PF101030 WBO6045 45 60 60 2,5 12 2 l l 50
3 PF101040 WBO9040 40 90 90 3,0 16 4 l l 100
WVS 60 S250
GALV
1 2 3
H
H H
P B P B P B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Øv [pcs] n ØH [pcs] pcs/box
1 PF100081 WVS08060 55 60 80 2,0 15 - - - l 100
2 PF100121 WVS12060 55 60 120 2,0 15 - - - l 100
3 PF101025 WVS9060B 60 60 90 2,5 9 1 - Ø5 x 30 1 - Ø10 x 30 - l 100
LOG S235
C GALV
1 2 H
C
P B P B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] C [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø8,5 [pcs] pcs/box
1 PF706010 LOG210 40 65 78 210 2,0 9 - - l 25
2 PF706065 LOG250 40 52 125 250 2,0 8 1 - l 25
WINK 193
WBO 135° S250
GALV
1 2
H
H
135°
135°
P P B
B
1 PF101005 WBO13509 65 90 90 2,5 20 5 - l l 100
2 PF101010 WBO13510 90 100 100 3,0 28 6 2 l l 40
WHO 40/40/60 S250
GALV
1 2 3
H
H
H
B P B P
P B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] pcs/box

1 PF101160 WHO4040 40 40 40 2,0 8 - l 200
2 PF101165 WHO4060 60 40 40 2,0 12 - l 150
3 PF101170 WHO6040 40 60 60 2,0 12 - l 150
WHO 40/60 S235
GALV
1 2
H H
P B P
B

1 PF101150 WHO4020 20 40 40 3,0 4 - l 200
2 PF101155 WHO6020 20 60 60 3,0 4 - l 200
194 WINK
WHO 120/200 S250
GALV
1 2
P P B
B

1 PF101070 WHO120 40 95 120 3,0 16 - l 100
2 PF101175 WHO200 100 100 200 2,5 75 - l 25
WHO 4 mm S250
GALV
1 2 3
H
H
H
P P B P B
B

1 PF101130 WHO060 60 80 160 4,0 15 - l 50
2 PF101135 WHO080 80 80 160 4,0 20 - l 25
3 PF101140 WHO100 100 80 160 4,0 23 - l 25
WINK 195
WZU 90/155 S250
GALV
1 2
H
H
P B P B
1 PF101080 WZU09035 40 35 90 3,0 11 1 l l 100
2 PF101090 WZU15550 40 50 155 3,0 14 3 l l 100
WZU 200/300/400 S250
GALV
1 2 3 4 5 6
H H
H H
H H 7
P B P B P B P B P B P B P B
1 PF101100 WZU2002 40 40 200 2,0 19 1 l l 100
2 PF101105 WZU3002 40 40 300 2,0 25 1 l l 50
3 PF101110 WZU4002 40 40 400 2,0 34 1 l l 50
4 PF101115 WZU2004 40 40 200 4,0 19 1 l l 50
5 PF101120 WZU3004 40 40 300 4,0 25 1 l l 50
6 PF101125 WZU4004 40 40 400 4,0 34 1 l l 25
7 PF700005 WZUBS43 40 43 10 - - 1 - - 50
196 WINK
WZU STRONG S250
GALV
1 2 3
H
H
P
P P B
B
B
code type B P H s n Ø5 n Ø13 n Ø18 n Ø22 washer* pcs/box

1 PF103010 WZU342 40 182 340 2,0 39 1 - - 160 x 50 x 15 Ø12,5 l l 10
2 PF103015 WZU422 60 222 420 2,0 79 - 1 - 200 x 60 x 20 Ø16,5 l l 10
3 PF103020 WZU482 60 123 480 2,5 72 - - 1 115 x 70 x 20 Ø20,5 l l 10
* washer included in the box
ASSEMBLING
2 3 4 5 6
Possibility of factory pre-assembling, to speed up the onsite installation of the pre-fabricated panels
WINK 197
WZU with washer
1 2 3
Different nailing patterns can be adopted

hole fixing Ø5 R1,k timber R1,k steel
TYPE configuration
type Ø x L [mm] nv [pcs] [kN] [kN] γsteel
Ø4,0 x 40 18,84
nails LBA 12
Ø4,0 x 60 23,16
1 WZU 342 angle bracket WZU with washer 11,60 γm0
Ø5,0 x 40 18,84
screws LBS 12
Ø5,0 x 50 23,16
Ø4,0 x 40 23,55
nails LBA 15
2
Ø4,0 x 60 28,95
WZU 422 angle bracket WZU with washer 17,30 γm0
Ø5,0 x 40 23,55
screws LBS 15
Ø5,0 x 50 28,95
Ø4,0 x 40 31,40
nails LBA 20
Ø4,0 x 60 38,60
3 WZU 482 angle bracket WZU with washer 21,70 γm0
Ø5,0 x 40 31,40
screws LBS 20
Ø5,0 x 50 38,60
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with ETA.
Coefficients γsteel , γm and kmod smust be taken according to the current Standard
• The fixing to the concrete must be checked separately.
hypotheses listed in the table; for different boundary conditions (e.g. minimum edge
distances) verifications shall be carried out.
198 WINK
WVB 70-90-100 A2 STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
A2
1 2 3 4 5
H H
H H
H
P B P P B P
P B B B
1 AI7055 AIWBO070 55 70 70 2,0 14 2 l l 100
2 AI9065 AIWBR090 65 90 90 2,5 16 2 l l 100
3 AI9065R AIWBO090 65 90 90 2,5 18 2 l l 100
4 AI10090 AIWBR100 90 105 105 2,5 26 4 l l 50
5 AI10090R AIWBO100 90 105 105 2,5 26 6 l l 50
WVB 70-90-100 BLACK GALVANIZED S235
GALV
1 2 3 4 5 6
H H
H H
H H
P P P P P B P B
B B B B
1 NO14702 NOWBR070 55 70 70 2,0 14 2 - l l 100
2 NO16705 NOWBO070 55 70 70 2,0 16 2 - l l 100
3 NO20902 NOWBR090 65 90 90 2,5 20 2 - l l 100
4 NO20905 NOWBO090 65 90 90 2,5 20 5 - l l 100
5 NO2842 NOWBR100 90 100 100 3,0 28 4 2 l l 50
6 NO2862 NOWBO100 90 100 100 3,0 28 6 2 l l 50
WVB 70-90-100 YELLOW GALVANIZED S235
GALV
1 2 3 H
H
H
P P B
P B B
code type B [mm] P [mm] H [mm] s [mm] nA [n. x mm] nB [n. x mm] nC [n. x mm] pcs/box
1 GI001015 GIWBR065 55 65 65 2,5 16 x Ø5 - 2 x Ø11 l l 50
2 GI001020 GIWBR085 65 85 85 2,5 16 x Ø5 12 x Ø8,5 2 x Ø13 l l 25
3 GI001025 GIWBR100 90 100 100 3,0 - 32 x Ø7 2 x Ø14 l l 20
WINK 199
METAL HANGERS
PRODUCT RANGE
BSAW BSAS BSAG BSAD BSIS BSIG
BSA - hangers with external wings BSI - hangers with internal wings
APPLICATIONS
Strength values depend on the onsite installation and support type. The hanger can be
The main configurations are: applied to horizontal or
inclined beams.
TIMBER / CONCRETE TIMBER / OSB The hanger can be
TIMBER / TIMBER
subjected to combined
BEAM / BEAM / BEAM / BEAM / BEAM / loading.
BEAM COLUMN BEAM COLUMN WALL
FV
F LAT
F UP
INSTALLATION - Minimum distances
nail screw
TIMBER - TIMBER a4,c a4,c LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
first connector -
a4,c [mm] ≥ 5d ≥ 20 ≥ 25
joist extrados
anchor VINYLPRO
hmin Ø8 Ø10 Ø12
TIMBER - CONCRETE hef a4,c minimum support

hmin [mm] hef + 30 mm ≥ 100
thickness
hole diameter
d0 [mm] 10 12 14
in concrete
tigthening torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40
200
INSTALLATION - Fasteners
TIMBER - TIMBER MAIN BEAM nH) SECONDARY BEAM nJ)
BSAW / BSAS BSIS PARTIAL NAILING
nH nails positioned on the nJ nails with alternate pattern

column closest to the lateral
wing of the hanger
TOTAL NAILING +
nH nails in all the holes nJ nails in all the holes
TIMBER - TIMBER - large size MAIN BEAM nH) SECONDARY BEAM nJ)
BSAG BSIG PARTIAL NAILING
nH nails positioned on the ( ) Nails nJ with alternate

column closest to the lateral pattern, avoiding the holes
wing of the hanger marked in red
TOTAL NAILING +
nH nails in all the holes ( ) Nails nJ with alternate

pattern, avoiding the holes
marked in red
TIMBER - CONCRETE MAIN BEAM nH) SECONDARY BEAM nJ)
BSAW / BSAS BSAG FIXING OF THE ANCHORS nbolt)
The nbolt anchors shall be nJ nails positioned according

placed symmetrically with to total nailing patterns as
respect to the vertical axis. shown above.
At least two anchors should be
positioned in the top holes.
INSTALLATION - Recommended dimensions
SECONDARY BEAM
bJ
nail LBA Ø4 screw LBS Ø5
secondary joist hJ MIN [mm] H + 12 mm H + 17 mm

hJ
H depth [mm] hJ MAX [mm] 1,5 H
B = hanger width / H = hanger height / bJ = secondary joist width / hJ = secondary joist depth
201
BSA
Metal hangers with external wings
EFFECTIVE
Standardized, certified, fast
and inexpensive system
MIXEDMODE BENDING
Suitable for fastening joists in
mixed-mode bending
FIELD OF USE
-to-concrete joints, both at vertical
and lateral bending
TIMBER AND CONCRETE
solid timber Suitable to be used both on timber and concrete
glulam timber
wood-based panels APPROVED
Certified for the use on OSB. The corrugated
version incorporates assembling staples
to facilitate the installation
202 BSA
PERFORMING
The nailing distribution on the
secondary beam maximizes the static
performance despite the small hanger
thickness. The result is a light and
inexpensive system
MIXED-MODE BENDING
The hanger wings allow to realize joints
with any inclination to the beam axis
APPROVED
Versions homologated for direct fixing
on OSB panels, for joining „I“ beams and
for timber-to-concrete joints
BSA 203
BSAW - WAVED
code type B [mm] H [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
PF201100 BSA40110W 40 110 1,5 l l 50
37 PF201105 BSA45108W 45 108 1,5 l l 50
37,5
PF201110 BSA51105W 51 105 1,5 l l 50
PF201115 BSA60100W 60 100 1,5 l l 50
H PF201120 BSA60130W 60 130 1,5 l l 50
PF201200 BSA60160W 60 160 1,5 l l 50
PF901365 BSA70125W 70 125 1,5 l l 50
PF201205 BSA70155W 70 155 1,5 l l 50
70 PF901370 BSA80120W 80 120 1,5 l l 50
B
PF201135 BSA80150W 80 150 1,5 l l 50
PF201210 BSA80180W 80 180 1,5 l l 50
PF901375 BSA90145W 90 145 1,5 l l 50
PF901380 BSA100140W 100 140 1,5 l l 50
PF201150 BSA100170W 100 170 1,5 l l 50
PF201155 BSA115163W 115 163 1,5 l l 50
PF901385 BSA120160W 120 160 1,5 l l 50
BSAS - SMOOTH
PF201249 BSA32114S 32 114 2,0 l - 50
39 PF201250 BSA40110S 40 110 2,0 l l 50
43
PF201254 BSA46117S 46 117 2,0 l l 50
PF201255 BSA46137S 46 137 2,0 l l 50
PF201256 BSA46207S 46 207 2,0 l - 25
H PF201253 BSA5070S 50 70 2,0 l - 50
PF201257 BSA51105S 51 105 2,0 l l 50
PF201260 BSA51135S 51 135 2,0 l l 50
PF201300 BSA60100S 60 100 2,0 l l 50
80 B
PF201263 BSA63158S 63 158 2,0 l l 50
PF201267 BSA6468S 64 68 2,0 l - 50
PF201270 BSA6498S 64 98 2,0 l l 50
PF201273 BSA64128S 64 128 2,0 l l 50
PF901390 BSA70125S 70 125 2,0 l l 50
PF201285 BSA70155S 70 155 2,0 l l 50
PF201280 BSA7690S 76 90 2,0 l - 50
PF201283 BSA76122S 76 122 2,0 l l 50
PF201287 BSA76152S 76 152 2,0 l l 50
PF901305 BSA80120S 80 120 2,0 l l 50
PF201310 BSA80140S 80 140 2,0 l l 50
PF202024 BSA80150S 80 150 2,0 l l 50
PF202028 BSA80180S 80 180 2,0 l l 40
PF201315 BSA80210S 80 210 2,0 l l 50
PF901395 BSA90145S 90 145 2,0 l l 50
PF201319 BSA92144S 92 144 2,0 l l 25
PF201320 BSA92184S 92 184 2,0 l - 25
PF201317 BSA10090S 100 90 2,0 l - 50
PF901320 BSA100140S 100 140 2,0 l l 50
PF201325 BSA100160S 100 160 2,0 l l 50
PF201326 BSA100170S 100 170 2,0 l l 25
PF201330 BSA100200S 100 200 2,0 l l 25
PF201335 BSA120120S 120 120 2,0 l l 25
PF901340 BSA120160S 120 160 2,0 l l 50
PF201345 BSA120190S 120 190 2,0 l l 25
PF201350 BSA140139S 140 139 2,0 l l 25
PF201355 BSA140160S 140 160 2,0 l l 25
PF901360 BSA140180S 140 180 2,0 l l 25
204 BSA
BSAG – LARGE SIZE

PF201400 BSA100240G 100 240 2,5 l l 20
41
61 PF201405 BSA100280G 100 280 2,5 l l 20
PF201410 BSA120240G 120 240 2,5 l l 20
PF201415 BSA120280G 120 280 2,5 l l 20
PF201420 BSA140240G 140 240 2,5 l l 20
PF201425 BSA140280G 140 280 2,5 l l 20
PF201430 BSA160160G 160 160 2,5 l l 15
H PF201435 BSA160200G 160 200 2,5 l l 15
PF201440 BSA160240G 160 240 2,5 l l 15
PF201445 BSA160280G 160 280 2,5 l l 15
PF201450 BSA160320G 160 320 2,5 l l 15
PF201455 BSA180220G 180 220 2,5 l l 10
PF201460 BSA180280G 180 280 2,5 l l 10
PF201465 BSA200200G 200 200 2,5 l l 10
B PF201470 BSA200240G 200 240 2,5 l l 10
BSAD - 2 PIECES
PF203005 BSD30100 25 100 2,0 l - 25
42 42 PF203010 BSD30140 25 140 2,0 l - 25
PF203015 BSD30180 25 180 2,0 l - 25
80
B
BSA: Z275 bright zinc plated S250GD carbon steel.

FV
F LAT
FIELD OF USE

Timber to OSB joints (BSAW, BSAS)
F UP Timber to concrete joints

LBA Anker nail 4 332
LBS screws for plates 5 332
AB1 mechanical anchor M8 - M10 - M12 302
VINYLPRO chemical anchor M8 - M10 - M12 314

EPOPLUS chemical anchor M8 - M10 - M12 322
BSA 205
PARTIAL / TOTAL NAILING (1)
FV FV
FLAT
H
PARTIAL NAILING TOTAL NAILING

NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC ADMISSIBLE
BSAW - WAVED OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
B H nails LBA nH (2) nJ (3) RV,k RLAT,k nH (2) nJ (3) RV,k RLAT,k Vadm
[mm] [mm] d x L [mm] [pcs] [pcs] [kN] [kN] [pcs] [pcs] [kN] [kN] [kg]
40 110 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,8 1,9 - - - - -
45 108 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,5 2,1 - - - - -
51 105 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,2 2,3 - - - - -
60 100 Ø4 x 40 8 4 7,7 2,5 14 8 13,2 5,0 571
60 130 Ø4 x 40 10 5 11,9 2,9 18 10 21,2 5,8 714
60 160 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,1 3,2 22 12 26,5 6,5 857
70 125 Ø4 x 40 10 5 11,4 3,2 18 10 20,2 6,3 714
70 155 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,1 3,6 22 12 26,5 7,1 857
80 120 Ø4 x 40 10 5 10,8 3,4 18 10 19,0 6,7 714
80 150 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,1 3,8 22 12 26,5 7,7 857
80 180 Ø4 x 40 14 7 17,0 4,2 26 14 30,2 8,4 1000
90 145 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,7 4,0 22 12 26,5 8,1 857
100 140 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 6,2 22 12 33,1 12,3 857
100 170 Ø4 x 60 14 7 21,3 6,8 26 14 37,8 13,6 1000
115 163 Ø4 x 60 14 7 21,3 7,3 26 14 37,8 14,6 1000
120 160 Ø4 x 60 14 7 21,3 7,5 26 14 37,8 15,0 1000

BSAS - SMOOTH OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
40 110 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,7 1,9 - - - - -
46 117 Ø4 x 40 8 4 9,0 2,1 - - - - -
46 137 Ø4 x 40 10 6 11,8 2,4 - - - - -
46 207 Ø4 x 40 14 8 16,9 2,9 - - - - -
50 70 Ø4 x 40 4 2 3,6 1,3 - - - - -
51 105 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,1 2,3 - - - - -
51 135 Ø4 x 40 10 6 11,5 2,6 - - - - -
60 100 Ø4 x 40 8 4 7,6 2,6 14 8 13,0 4,9 571
63 158 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,0 3,6 22 12 26,3 6,7 857
64 68 Ø4 x 40 4 2 3,4 1,5 8 4 5,6 2,9 286
64 98 Ø4 x 40 8 4 7,4 2,7 14 8 12,6 5,1 571
64 128 Ø4 x 40 10 6 10,9 3,6 18 10 19,2 5,9 714
70 125 Ø4 x 40 10 6 10,5 3,7 18 10 18,6 6,2 714
70 155 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,0 3,8 22 12 26,3 7,1 857
76 90 Ø4 x 40 6 4 5,9 2,9 12 6 10,4 4,4 429
76 122 Ø4 x 40 10 6 10,2 3,9 18 10 18,0 6,5 714
76 152 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,0 3,9 22 12 26,3 7,4 857
80 120 Ø4 x 40 10 6 9,9 4,0 18 10 17,5 6,6 714
80 140 Ø4 x 40 10 6 12,3 4,0 20 10 22,5 6,7 714
80 150 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,8 4,0 22 12 26,3 7,6 857
80 180 Ø4 x 40 14 8 18,8 4,8 26 14 30,0 8,4 1000
80 210 Ø4 x 40 16 8 18,8 4,8 30 16 33,8 9,1 1143
follows >
206 BSA

BSAS - SMOOTH OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
90 145 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,2 4,2 22 12 25,7 8,0 857
92 144 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,1 4,2 22 12 25,4 8,1 857
92 184 Ø4 x 40 14 8 18,8 5,2 26 14 30,0 9,0 1000
100 90 Ø4 x 60 6 4 8,7 4,8 12 6 15,2 7,2 429
100 140 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 6,5 22 12 33,1 12,3 857
100 160 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 6,5 24 12 33,1 12,3 857
100 170 Ø4 x 60 14 8 23,6 7,7 26 14 37,8 13,5 1000
100 200 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 7,7 30 16 42,5 14,6 1143
120 120 Ø4 x 60 10 6 15,3 7,0 18 10 27,1 11,7 714
120 160 Ø4 x 60 14 8 23,6 8,5 26 14 37,8 14,9 1000
120 190 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 8,5 30 16 42,5 16,2 1143
140 139 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 7,4 22 12 33,1 14,3 857
140 160 Ø4 x 60 14 8 23,6 9,1 26 14 37,8 16,0 1000
140 180 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 9,1 30 16 42,5 17,5 1143

BSAG – LARGE SIZE OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
100 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 10,7 46 30 75,6 19,9 2143
100 280 Ø4 x 60 28 18 47,3 10,8 54 34 85,1 20,3 2429
120 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 12,3 46 30 75,6 22,9 2143
120 280 Ø4 x 60 28 18 47,3 12,6 54 34 85,1 23,5 2429
140 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 13,7 46 30 75,6 25,6 2143
140 280 Ø4 x 60 28 18 47,3 14,1 54 34 85,1 26,4 2429
160 160 Ø4 x 60 16 10 21,2 11,1 30 18 41,6 19,9 1286
160 200 Ø4 x 60 20 12 30,7 12,3 38 22 56,7 22,4 1571
160 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 15,0 46 30 75,6 27,9 2143
160 280 Ø4 x 60 28 18 47,3 15,5 54 34 85,1 29,0 2429
160 320 Ø4 x 60 32 20 52,0 15,9 62 38 94,6 30,0 2714
180 220 Ø4 x 60 22 14 35,7 15,2 42 26 66,2 27,0 1857
180 280 Ø4 x 60 28 18 47,3 16,7 54 34 85,1 31,3 2429
200 200 Ø4 x 60 20 12 30,7 13,7 38 22 56,7 25,0 1571
200 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 16,9 46 30 75,6 31,3 2143
(1) For total or partial nailing patterns please refer to the guidelines reported
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: at p. 200.
(2) n = number of fasteners on the main beam
H
(3) n = number of fasteners on the secondary joist
J
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according the current Standard adopted
for the design.
• For calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 has been considered.
• In case of FV,k parallel to the grain, partial nailing is required.
• In case of combined loading the following verification shall be satisfied:
BSA 207
CHEMICAL ANCHOR (1)
FV FV
BSAW - WAVED FASTENERS CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES
anchors nails LBA TIMBER STEEL

B H VINYLPRO (2) RV1,k RV2,k Vadm
[mm] [mm] [nbolt - Ø x L] (3) [nJ- Ø x L] (4) [kN] [kN] [kg]
40 110 2 - M10 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 286
45 108 2 - M10 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 286
51 105 2 - M10 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 286
60 100 2 - M10 x 110 8 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 571
60 130 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 714
60 160 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 19,8 19,8 857
70 125 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 714
70 155 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 19,8 19,8 857
80 120 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 9,9 9,9 714
80 150 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 19,8 19,8 857
80 180 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 40 19,8 19,8 1000
90 145 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 19,8 19,8 857
100 140 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 60 19,8 19,8 857
100 170 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 19,8 19,8 1000
115 163 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 19,8 19,8 1000
120 160 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 19,8 19,8 1000
BSAS - SMOOTH FASTENERS CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES

[mm] [mm] [nbolt - Ø x L] (3) [nJ - Ø x L] (4) [kN] [kN] [kg]
40 110 2 - M8 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 11,3 10,6 286
46 117 2 - M10 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 11,3 13,2 286
46 137 2 - M10 x 110 6 - Ø4 x 40 15,0 13,2 429
51 105 2 - M8 x 110 4 - Ø4 x 40 11,3 10,6 286
51 135 2 - M10 x 110 6 - Ø4 x 40 15,0 13,2 429
60 100 2 - M8 x 110 8 - Ø4 x 40 18,8 10,6 571
63 158 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
64 98 2 - M8 x 110 8 - Ø4 x 40 18,8 10,6 571
64 128 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 22,5 13,2 714
70 125 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 22,5 13,2 714
70 155 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
76 122 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 22,5 13,2 714
76 152 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
80 120 4 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 22,5 26,4 714
80 140 2 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 40 22,5 13,2 714
80 150 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
80 180 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 40 30,0 26,4 1000
80 210 4 - M10 x 110 16 - Ø4 x 40 33,8 26,4 1143
90 145 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
92 144 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 40 26,3 26,4 857
100 140 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 60 33,1 26,4 857
100 160 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 60 33,1 26,4 857
follows >
208 BSA
BSAS - SMOOTH FASTENERS CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES

[mm] [mm] [nbolt - Ø x L] (3) [nJ- Ø x L] (4) [kN] [kN] [kg]
100 170 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 37,8 26,4 1000
100 200 4 - M10 x 110 16 - Ø4 x 60 42,6 26,4 1143
120 120 4 - M10 x 110 10 - Ø4 x 60 28,4 26,4 714
120 160 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 37,8 26,4 1000
120 190 4 - M10 x 110 16 - Ø4 x 60 42,6 26,4 1143
140 139 4 - M10 x 110 12 - Ø4 x 60 33,1 26,4 857
140 160 4 - M10 x 110 14 - Ø4 x 60 37,8 26,4 1000
140 180 4 - M10 x 110 16 - Ø4 x 60 42,6 26,4 1143
BSAG - LARGE SIZE FASTENERS CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSIBLE VALUES

[mm] [mm] [nbolt - Ø x L] (3) [nJ - Ø x L] (4) [kN] [kN] [kg]
100 240 6 - M12 x 130 30 - Ø4 x 60 75,6 59,4 2143
100 280 6 - M12 x 130 34 - Ø4 x 60 85,1 59,4 2429
120 240 6 - M12 x 130 30 - Ø4 x 60 75,6 59,4 2143
120 280 6 - M12 x 130 34 - Ø4 x 60 85,1 59,4 2429
140 240 6 - M12 x 130 30 - Ø4 x 60 75,6 59,4 2143
140 280 6 - M12 x 130 34 - Ø4 x 60 85,1 59,4 2429
160 160 4 - M12 x 130 18 - Ø4 x 60 47,3 39,6 1286
160 200 6 - M12 x 130 22 - Ø4 x 60 56,7 59,4 1571
160 240 6 - M12 x 130 30 - Ø4 x 60 75,6 59,4 2143
160 280 6 - M12 x 130 34 - Ø4 x 60 85,1 59,4 2429
160 320 6 - M12 x 130 38 - Ø4 x 60 94,6 59,4 2714
180 220 6 - M12 x 130 26 - Ø4 x 60 66,2 59,4 1857
180 280 6 - M12 x 130 34 - Ø4 x 60 85,1 59,4 2429
200 200 6 - M12 x 130 22 - Ø4 x 60 56,7 59,4 1571
200 240 6 - M12 x 130 30 - Ø4 x 60 75,6 59,4 2143
(1) For fixing on the concrete the two top holes must always be fixed and the
• The design strength of the connection is the minimum between the design anchors shall be positioned symmetrically with respect to the vertical axis of
strength of the timber part (R V1,d) and the design strength of the steel part (RV2,d). the hanger.
(2) Chemical anchor VINYLPRO with threaded rods (type INA) of at least 5.8 steel
grade with hef ≥ 8d.

(3) n
bolt = number of anchors on the concrete support
J
Coefficients γm and kmod smust be taken according to the current Standard

BSA 209
BSI
Metal hangers with internal wings
EFFECTIVE
Standardized, certified, fast and
inexpensive system
MIXED MODE BENDING

Suitable for fastening joists
FIELD OF USE in mixed-mode bending
-to-concrete joints, both for simple
and mixed-mode bending
CONCEALED
solid timber Thanks to the internal wings, the joint
glulam timber results as almost “hidden”
LVL
wood-based panels ASSESSED
Versions homologated for joints with „I“ beams
210 BSI
CONCEALED
Thanks to the internal wings, the
junction is almost entirely hidden.
The nailing distributed on the secondary
beam makes the system light, effective
and inexpensive
MIXED MODE BENDING

The hanger wings allow to realize joints
with any inclination to the beam axis
LARGE SIZE
Fast and inexpensive system,
that allows the fixing of large size
beams with hangers of small thickness
BSI 211
BSIS - SMOOTH
PF202000 BSI40110S 40 110 2,0 l 50
42 42
PF202006 BSI60100S 60 100 2,0 l 50
PF202010 BSI60160S 60 160 2,0 l 50
PF901400 BSI70125S 70 125 2,0 l 50
PF902020 BSI80120S 80 120 2,0 l 50
H
PF202025 BSI80150S 80 150 2,0 l 50
PF202030 BSI80180S 80 180 2,0 l 50
PF901405 BSI90145S 90 145 2,0 l 50
80 B
PF202027 BSI10090S 100 90 2,0 l 50
PF902030 BSI100140S 100 140 2,0 l 50
PF202035 BSI100170S 100 170 2,0 l 50
PF202040 BSI100200S 100 200 2,0 l 25
PF202045 BSI120120S 120 120 2,0 l 25
PF902050 BSI120160S 120 160 2,0 l 25
PF202055 BSI120190S 120 190 2,0 l 25
PF202060 BSI140140S 140 140 2,0 l 25
PF902065 BSI140180S 140 180 2,0 l 25
BSIG - LARGE SIZE

41
61 PF202410 BSI120240G 120 240 2,5 l 20
PF202420 BSI140240G 140 240 2,5 l 20
PF202430 BSI160160G 160 160 2,5 l 15
PF202435 BSI160200G 160 200 2,5 l 15
PF202455 BSI180220G 180 220 2,5 l 10
H PF202465 BSI200200G 200 200 2,5 l 10
PF202470 BSI200240G 200 240 2,5 l 10
BSI: Z275 bright zinc plated S250GD carbon steel.

FV
F LAT
FIELD OF USE

Timber to OSB joints (BSIS)
F UP

212 BSI
PARTIAL / TOTAL NAILING (1)

FV FV
FLAT
B
NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC ADADMISSIBLE
BSIS - SMOOTH OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
40 * 110 Ø4 x 40 8 4 8,7 1,9 - - - - -
60 * 100 Ø4 x 40 8 4 7,6 2,6 - - - - -
60 * 160 Ø4 x 40 12 6 15,0 3,4 - - - - -
70 * 125 Ø4 x 40 10 6 10,5 3,7 - - - - -
80 120 Ø4 x 40 10 6 10,4 4,0 18 10 18,3 6,7 714
80 150 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,8 4,0 22 12 26,3 7,6 857
80 180 Ø4 x 40 14 8 12,8 4,8 26 14 30,0 8,4 1000
90 145 Ø4 x 40 12 6 14,2 4,2 22 12 25,7 8,0 857
100 90 Ø4 x 60 6 4 8,7 4,8 12 6 16,8 7,2 429
100 140 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 6,5 22 12 33,1 12,3 857
100 170 Ø4 x 60 14 8 23,6 7,7 26 14 37,8 13,5 1000
100 200 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 7,7 30 16 42,5 14,6 1143
120 120 Ø4 x 60 10 6 15,6 7,0 18 10 27,5 11,7 714
120 160 Ø4 x 60 14 8 23,6 8,5 26 14 37,8 14,9 1000
120 190 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 8,5 30 16 42,5 16,2 1143
140 140 Ø4 x 60 12 6 18,9 7,4 22 12 33,1 14,3 857
140 180 Ø4 x 60 16 8 23,6 9,1 30 16 42,5 17,5 1143

NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC NUMBER CHARACTERISTIC ADADMISSIBLE
BSIG - LARGE SIZE OF FASTENERS VALUES OF FASTENERS VALUES VALUES
120 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 12,3 46 30 75,6 22,9 2143
140 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 13,3 46 30 75,6 25,6 2143
160 160 Ø4 x 60 16 10 21,2 11,1 30 18 41,6 19,9 1286
160 200 Ø4 x 60 20 12 30,7 12,3 38 22 56,7 22,4 1571
180 220 Ø4 x 60 22 14 35,7 15,2 42 26 66,2 27,0 1857
200 200 Ø4 x 60 20 12 30,7 13,7 38 22 56,7 25,0 1571
200 240 Ø4 x 60 24 16 40,7 16,9 46 30 75,6 31,6 2143
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with ETA. In case of combined loading the following verification shall be satisfies:
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard adopted
for the design. NOTES
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out separately. (1) For total or partial nailing patterns please refer to the guidelines reported
• In case of FV,k parallel to the grain, partial nailing is required. at p. 200.
(2) n = number of fasteners on the main joist
H
J
BSI 213
BS SPECIAL
Metal hangers made of special material
AISI 304
BSA A2 STAINLESS STEEL
A2

AI80120 BSA80120A2 80 120 2 50
AI100140 BSA100140A2 100 140 2 50
S235
BSA-BSI BLACK GALVANIZED
GALV
1
NO80120 BSA80120B 80 120 2 50
NO100140 BSA100140B 100 140 2 50
H 1
NO120120 BSA120120B 120 120 2 25
NO120160 BSA120160B 120 160 2 25
B NO60100I BSI60100B 60 100 2 50
NO80120I BSI80120B 80 120 2 50
2 NO100140I BSI100140B 100 140 2 50
2
NO120120I BSI120120B 120 120 2 25
NO120160I BSI120160B 120 160 2 25
H
S235
BSA-BSI YELLOW GALVANIZED
GALV

GI001030 BSA60100Y 60 100 2 10
1 GI001035 BSA80120Y 80 120 2 10
GI001040 BSA100140Y 100 140 2 10
GI001045 BSI60100Y 60 100 2 8
1
2 GI001050 BSI80120Y 80 120 2 8
GI001055 BSI100140Y 100 140 2 10
214 BS SPECIAL
215
SPN
Perforated anchors
SPU ANCHOR UNI
B
code type L [mm] B [mm] s [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] pcs/box
PF702010 SPU170 170 36 2 9 100
PF702015 SPU210 210 36 2 13 100
PF702020 SPU250 250 36 2 17 100
L
SPM ANCHOR H MAX
B
PF702025 SPM290 290 32,5 2 2 x 22 50 + 50
PF702030 SPM330 330 32,5 2 2 x 26 50 + 50
PF702035 SPM370 370 32,5 2 2 x 30 50 + 50
L
KHR WEDGE

PF102010 KHR090 90 45 2 4x4 40
L
PF102015 KHR130 130 75 2 4x5 40
PF102020 KHR170 170 85 2 4x6 40
PF102025 KHR210 210 95 2 4 x 10 40
L
B
HE HOOK
B code type L [mm] B [mm] s [mm] C [mm] D [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø13 [pcs] pcs/box
L PF700010 HE160 160 50 3 30 20 9 2 100
C
D
216 SPN
LBN
Mixed plates
LBN-D TOOTHED PLATE
code type size [mm] s [mm] pcs/box

FE010195 LBND100 25 x 102 1 100
FE010200 LBND130 38 x 127 1 100
LBN-P STAPLE FOR MATCHBOARDINGS
code type s fixable [mm] size [mm] pcs/box

FE010240 LBNP30 3 - 100
FE010245 LBNP20 2 - 250
FE010242* - - Ø1,6 x 25 250
* fixing nail for LBNP20 and LBNP30 (not included)
LBN-T
code type a x b x c [mm] s [mm] holes [n. x mm] pcs/box

c
PF701070 LBNT7050 70 x 50 x 16 2 6 x Ø3,8 50
b
LBN-I

PF705005 LBNI10035 100 x 35 2,5 - 50
1 1 PF705010 LBNI13555 135 x 55 2,5 - 50
PF705015 LBNI18040 180 x 40 3 - 50
GI001000 LBNI13055Y 130 x 55 2,5 yellow galvanized 50
2 GI001005 LBNI17065Y 170 x 65 2,5 yellow galvanized 25
2 GI001010 LBNI20090Y 200 x 90 3 yellow galvanized 20
LBN-U
Ø9
GI001060 LBNU70 70 x 70 3 yellow galvanized 20
GI001065 LBNU90 90 x 90 3 yellow galvanized 20
Ø13 Ø6,5
LBN 217
LBV
Perforated plates
Bright zinc plated carbon steel strap ties
TWO THICKNESSES
Simple and effective system, commercialized in
numerous versions 1,5 mm or 2,0 mm thick
READY FOR USE

The formats respond to all the most common
needs and minimize the installation time.
FIELD OF USE Optimal cost/performance ratio.
1,2 m LENGTH
solid timber Product range of 1200 mm long plates,
glulam timber ideal for multistorey timber buildings or for the
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) design in seismic or windy areas
LVL
wood-based panels CERTIFIED
Ideal for structural joints requiring tensile
strength. Geometry and material
guaranteed by CE marking
218 LBV
WIDE PRODUCT RANGE

Available in several versions, designed to
face any construction need, from simple
beam/joist joints to the most important
interstorey connections
TIMBER TO TIMBER
Ideal to solve particular situations
requiring the transfer of tensile forces
between timber elements such as
beams, structural panels and claddings
TENSION
Formats dimensioned for the most
common timber joints and for all those
applications requiring tensile capacity.
1200 mm long versions, ideal for
structural joints
LBV 219
LBV 1,5 mm code type B [mm] H [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box

PF703100 LBV60600 60 600 90 1,5 l 10
PF703105 LBV60800 60 800 120 1,5 l 10
PF703110 LBV80600 80 600 120 1,5 l 10
PF703115 LBV80800 80 800 160 1,5 l 10
H PF703120 LBV100800 100 800 200 1,5 l 10
PF703125 LBV1001000 100 1000 250 1,5 l 10
LBV 2,0 mm
code type B [mm] H [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
PF703000 LBV40120 40 120 12 2 l 200
PF703005 LBV40160 40 160 16 2 l 50
PF703010 LBV60140 60 140 21 2 l 50
PF703015 LBV60200 60 200 30 2 l 100
H
PF703020 LBV60240 60 240 36 2 l 100
B PF703025 LBV80200 80 200 40 2 l 50
PF703030 LBV80240 80 240 48 2 l 50
PF703035 LBV80300 80 300 60 2 l 50
PF703040 LBV100140 100 140 35 2 l 50
PF703045 LBV100200 100 200 50 2 l 50
PF703050 LBV100240 100 240 60 2 l 50
PF703055 LBV100300 100 300 75 2 l 50
PF703060 LBV100400 100 400 100 2 l 20
PF703065 LBV100500 100 500 125 2 l 20
PF703070 LBV120200 120 200 60 2 l 50
PF703075 LBV120240 120 240 72 2 l 50
PF703080 LBV120300 120 300 90 2 l 50
PF703085 LBV140400 140 400 140 2 l 15
PF703090 LBV160400 160 400 160 2 l 15
PF703095 LBV200300 200 300 150 2 l 15
LBV 2,0 mm x 1200 mm

code type B [mm] H [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
PF704010 LBV401200 40 1200 120 2 l 20
PF704015 LBV601200 60 1200 180 2 l 20
PF704020 LBV801200 80 1200 240 2 l 20
PF704025 LBV1001200 100 1200 300 2 l 10
PF704030 LBV1201200 120 1200 360 2 l 10
PF704035 LBV1401200 140 1200 420 2 l 10
H PF704040 LBV1601200 160 1200 480 2 l 10
PF704045 LBV1801200 180 1200 540 2 l 10
PF704050 LBV2001200 200 1200 600 2 l 5
PF704055 LBV2201200 220 1200 660 2 l 5
PF704060 LBV2401200 240 1200 720 2 l 5
B PF704065 LBV2601200 260 1200 780 2 l 5
PF704070 LBV2801200 280 1200 840 2 l 5
PF704075 LBV3001200 300 1200 900 2 l 5
PF704080 LBV4001200 400 1200 1200 2 l 5
220 LBV
MATERIAL AND DURABILITY FIELD OF USE
LBV: Z275 bright zinc plated S250GD carbon steel. Timber to timber joints
EXTERNAL LOADS
F1 F1
F2 F3 F2,3

GEOMETRY
10 10 10 10
10
20 B net area holes B net area holes B net area holes
20 [mm] [pcs] [mm] [pcs] [mm] [pcs]
20 40 2 140 7 240 12
20 60 3 160 8 260 13
H
80 4 180 9 280 14
Ø5 100 5 200 10 300 15
net section 120 6 220 11 400 20
INSTALLATION
TIMBER - MINIMUM DISTANCES
F
a4,c
anker nail screw

Angle of load to grain α = 0°
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
Lateral fastener-Unloaded edge a4,c [mm] ≥ 20 ≥ 25
Fastener-Loaded end a3,t [mm] ≥ 60 ≥ 75
a3,t
F anker nail screw

a4,t a4,c Angle of load to grain α = 90°
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
Lateral fastener-Loaded edge a4,t [mm] ≥ 28 ≥ 50
Lateral fastener-Unloaded edge a4,c [mm] ≥ 20 ≥ 25
a3,c Fastener-Loaded end a3,c [mm] ≥ 40 ≥ 50
LBV 221
STATIC VALUES  TENSILE JOINT  TIMBERTOTIMBER
STRENGTH OF THE SYSTEM

F1
The tensile strength of the system R1,d is the minimum between the plate tensile strength Rax,d
and the shear strength of the fasteners n · Rv,d .
In case of connectors placed in rows, the correction coefficient mef shall be applied.
PLATE - TENSILE STRENGTH

B s net area holes Rax,k Namm
TYPE
[mm] [mm] [pcs] [kN] [kg]
60 1,5 3 20,0 1023
LBV 1,5 mm 80 1,5 4 26,7 1364
100 1,5 5 33,4 1705
40 2,0 2 17,8 909
60 2,0 3 26,7 1364
80 2,0 4 35,6 1818
100 2,0 5 44,6 2273
120 2,0 6 53,5 2727
140 2,0 7 62,4 3182
160 2,0 8 71,3 3636
LBV 2,0 mm 180 2,0 9 80,2 4091
200 2,0 10 89,1 4545
220 2,0 11 98,0 5000
240 2,0 12 106,9 5455
260 2,0 13 115,8 5909
280 2,0 14 124,7 6364
300 2,0 15 133,7 6818
400 2,0 20 178,2 9091
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1993 and EN1995:2008. without predrilling; in case of nails / screws inserted in predrilled holes
• The plate design strength values can be obtained as follows: it is possible to obtain higher strength values.
• It is recommended to place the fasteners symmetrically with respect
to the load direction.
The fasteners design strength values can be obtained as follows:
NOTES
Coefficients γm2 , γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard
(1)
adopted for the design. The characteristic shear strength of LBA Ø4 nails is evaluated assuming plates
• For calculations, a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been considered. of thickness = SPLATE , always referring to the thick plate condition
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm) as suggested by ETA.
separately. (2) The characteristic shear strength of LBS Ø5 screws is evaluated assuming plates
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for nails/screws inserted of thickness = SPLATE , always referring to the thin plate condition (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1).
222 LBV
FASTENERS - SHEAR STRENGTH OF STEEL-TO-TIMBER JOINTS
FV SPLATE
L
b
d1 FV
LBA NAILS
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES (1) ADMISSIBLE VALUES
d1 L b RV,k [kN] Vadm
[mm] [mm] [mm] LBV 1,5 mm LBV 2,0 mm [kg]
40 30 2,02 2,01 71
50 40 2,32 2,32 71
4 60 50 2,48 2,48 71
75 60 2,64 2,64 71
100 80 2,96 2,96 71
FV SPLATE
L
b
d1 FV
LBS SCREWS
d1 L b RV,k [kN] Vadm
[mm] [mm] [mm] LBV 1,5 mm LBV 2,0 mm [kg]
40 36 1,48 1,46 53
50 46 1,86 1,85 53
5
60 56 2,05 2,05 53
70 66 2,20 2,20 53
CORRECTION COEFFICIENT mef
LOAD ANGLE TO THE GRAIN α = 0° LOAD ANGLE TO THE GRAIN α = 90°

number of mef number of mef
nailed rows nails LBA screws LBS nailed rows nails LBA screws LBS
≤2 1,00 1,00
≤4 0,90 0,84
≤6 0,85 0,76
≤8 0,81 0,71
≤ 10 0,79 0,67
≥1 1,00 1,00
≤ 12 0,76 0,64
≤ 14 0,75 0,61
≤ 16 0,73 0,59
≤ 18 0,72 0,58
≤ 20 0,71 0,56
C ALCULATION EXAMPLE  TIMBERTOTIMBER JOINTS
The joint can be realized either with perforated plate (LBV ) or perforated tape (LBB).
A calculation example is reported at p. 229.
B3
LBV 223
LBB
Perforated tape
Bright zinc plated carbon steel coiled straps
TWO THICKNESSES
Simple and effective system to realize
floor bracings; available in thicknesses
of 1,5 mm and 3,0 mm
METRIC MARKING
Presence of indentations along all the strap
length to facilitate dimensioning and cut
FIELD OF USE according to the design needs
SPECIAL STEEL
solid timber S350 GD high strength steel 1,5 mm
glulam timber thick to provide extreme resistance within
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) a small thickness
LVL
wood-based panels
CLIPSET
Set for securing the strap ends, to realize all
kind of floor and roof bracings effortlessly
224 LBB
BRACINGS
Ideal system to realize floor bracings
quickly, safely and effectively.
High quality steel; the reduced thickness
does not jeopardize the high tensile
strength. CE mark for suitability of use
TENSILE LOADS
Optimal to solve situations requiring
the transfer of tensile loads among
timber elements far from each other:
bracings, walls connections,
cantilevered joints
STABILITY
The end of the perforated strapin the 60
mm version, can be incorporated into
the CLIPSET to obtain a stable and safe
fixing on any structure of any size
LBB 225
LBB 1,5 mm code type B [mm] L [m] n Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box

PF900040 LBB4015 40 50 75 / m 1,5 l 1
PF900060 LBB6015 60 50 125 / m 1,5 l 1
PF400080 LBB8015 80 25 175 / m 1,5 l 1
LBB 3,0 mm
code type B [mm] L [m] n Ø5 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/box
PF400043 LBB4030 40 50 75 / m 3 l 1
CLIPSET
code LBB type LBB width pcs/box
CLIPSET60 perforated strap LBB6015 B = 60 mm 1
A
The set is comprised of: B [mm] H [mm] L [mm] n Ø5 [pcs] n Ø13 [pcs] s [mm] pcs/set
B A Terminal plate 254 181 43 9 + 14 2 3 4
B Tightener Clip-Fix 76 20 334 - 404 - - 2 2
C Terminal Clip-Fix 76 20 150 - - 2 2
C The set allows to realize two bracing diagonals.
F1 F1 LBB 1,5 mm: Z275 bright zinc plated S350GD carbon steel.
LBB 3,0 mm: Z275 bright zinc plated S250GD carbon steel
CLIPSET: Z275 bright zinc plated DX51D carbon steel.
FIELD OF USE

LBS screws for plates 5 332
The assembling of the system shall be performed by using the tools described in the chapter 1 of the catalogue “Tools for wooden construction, (p. 20)
226 LBB
GEOMETRY
LBB4015 / LBB4030 LBB6015 LBB8015
40 60 80
20 20 20
20 20 20
20 20 20
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
INSTALLATION
LBB ASSEMBLING
a4,c TIMBER - MINIMUM DISTANCES
anker nail screw

Angle of load to grain α = 0°
LBA Ø4 LBS Ø5
Lateral fastener-Unloaded edge a4,c [mm] ≥5d ≥ 20 ≥ 25
Fastener-Loaded end a3,t [mm] ≥ 15 d ≥ 60 ≥ 75
a3,t
CLIPSET ASSEMBLING
CLIPFIX TENSIONER
1 2 3 4
Open the Clip-Fix Insert the perforated strap Close the Clip-Fix Fix it to the plate
TERMINALE CLIPFIX
1 2 3 4
Open the Clip-Fix Insert the perforated strap Close the Clip-Fix Fix it to plate
ADJUSTING THE SYSTEM
A B
Use the tensioner to regulate the length of the bracing system
LBB 227
STATIC VALUES  TENSION JOINT  TIMBERTOTIMBER
STRENGTH OF THE SYSTEM

F1
The tensile strength of the system R1,d is the minimum between the strap tensile strength Rax,d
and the fasteners shear strength n · Rv,d .
In case of connectors placed in rows, the correction coefficient mef shall be applied.
STRAP -TENSILE STRENGTH

B s n. holes net area Rax,k Namm
TYPE
[mm] [mm] [pcs] [kN] [kg]
40 1,5 2 17,0 955
LBB 1,5 mm 60 1,5 3 25,5 1432
80 1,5 4 34,0 1909
LBB 3,0 mm 40 3,0 2 26,7 1364
FASTENERS – SHEAR STRENGTH OF STEEL TO TIMBER JOINTS
For the strength RV,k of the LBA anker nails and of the LBS screws see tables at p. 334.
For the correction coefficient mef see tables at p. 223.
Particular attention has to be paid to the “capacity design” E.g. LBA nail Ø4 x 60 mm: Rv,k = 1,93 kN according to EN1995 / Rv,k = 2,8 - 3,6 kN
applied at different scale levels: the global structure and from experimental tests (it varies depending on the timber properties).
the WHT connection system. The experimental ultimate Experimental data derive from tests carried out within the X-REV research project
strength of the LBA nails (and the LBS screws) is higher and are reported in the scientific report: “Sistemi di connessione per edifici in
than the characteristic strength evaluated according to legno: indagine sperimentale per la valutazione di rigidezza, resistenza e duttilità”
EN 1995. (DICAM – Department of Civil, Environmental and Mechanical Engineering -
UniTN).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1993 and EN 1995:2008. • For calculations, a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been considered.
• The strap design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Dimensioning and verification of timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• The characteristic shear strengths are evaluated for nails/screws inserted
without predrilling; in case of nails / screws inserted in predrilled holes
it is possible to obtain higher strength values.
The fasteners design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.
• It is recommended to place the fasteners symmetrically with respect to the load
direction.
Coefficients γm2 , γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard
228 LBB
CALCULATION EXAMPLE  TIMBERTOTIMBER TENSION JOINT

F1,d PROJECT DATA
• load F1,d = 20,3 kN • Glulam GL24h

B1 • service class = 2 • element 1: B1 = 120 mm
• load duration = short time • element 2: H2 = 100 mm
• element 3: B3 = 120 mm
The joint can be realized either with perforated straps (LBB) or perforated plates (LBV ).
LBB STRAP CHOICE LBV PLATE CHOICE
H2
Perforated strap LBB8015 Perforated plate LBV80600
B = 80 mm B = 80 mm
s = 1,5 mm s = 1,5 mm
H = 600 mm
CONNECTOR CHOICE (1) CONNECTOR CHOICE (1)
B3 anker nail LBA440 anker nail LBA440

d1 = 4,0 mm d1 = 4,0 mm
L = 40 mm L = 40 mm
EVALUATION OF THE SYSTEM STRENGTH (2)
STRAP / PLATE LBB8015 LBV80600

TENSILE STRENGTH
Rax,k = 34,0 kN Rax,k = 26,7 kN

γm2 = 1,25 γm2 = 1,25
Rax,d = 27,20 kN Rax,d = 21,36 kN
FASTENER LBA440 LBA440

SHEAR STRENGTH
RV,k = 2,02 kN RV,k = 2,02 kN

n = 25 pcs n = 20 pcs
number of nailed rows = 10 number of nailed rows = 10
mef = 0,79 mef = 0,79
kmod = 0,90 kmod = 0,90
γm = 1,30 γm = 1,30
RV,d = 1,40 kN RV,d = 1,40 kN
n . mef . RV,d = 27,62 kN n . mef . RV,d = 22,10 kN
SYSTEM STRENGTH
R1,d = 27,20 kN R1,d = 21,36 kN
VERIFICATION
R1,d ≥ F1,d 27,2 kN ≥ 20,3 kN OK 21,36 kN ≥ 20,3 kN OK
(1) In the calculation example LBA nails are used. The fixing may also be realized
To optimize the connection system, it is recommended to use a number
of fasteners which can provide a shear capacity comparable with the tensile through full-threaded LBS screws (p. 332).
(2) Coefficients γ
strength of the strap / plate. m2 , γm and kmod are in accordance with EN 1993 and EN 1995:2008.
It is recommended to place the fasteners symmetrically with respect to the load In case NTC2008 is adopted as reference standard, a coefficient γm = 1,5 shall be
direction. assumed.
LBB 229
230
4. JOINTS FOR OUTDOOR CONNECTORS
231
POST BASES
The wide selection of post bases allows to meet diversified design and aesthetic needs.
The combination of different geometrical features and coatings offer a complete range of solutions.
CONSTRUCTION DETAIL
Attention to details provides durability, aesthetics and stability to the timber structures.
DISTANCE FROM THE GROUND AESTHETICS

An adequate distance from The homogeneous
the ground eliminates the coa-ting and the attention
risk of wood deterioration to details (e.g. the closing
due to water splashes and sleeve in TYP R) create an
stagnation elegant and aesthetically
pleasing joint
STRENGTH
Strength values certified and calculated for all the product typologies (E TA-10/0422).
HINGE ENCASTRE
Transfer of compression, tension (N) and base shear (H) Transfer of bending moment (M), compression and tensin (N)
depending on the type of base base. and base shear (H) with the TYP X post base.
N N
N
H H
BRACINGS REQUIRED BRACINGS NOT REQUIRED
232
RANGE - GEOMETRY
TYP R
adjustable
R10 R20 R30 R40 R70 R90
TYP X
Cross shaped
X10S X10R
TYP F F70 F51 F12 F11 F10 F20 F50 S40

TYP M
fixed
M10 M20 M30 M51 M52 M50 M60 M70
TYP FD
Double - fixed
FD10 FD20 FD30 FD40 FD50 FD60
RANGE - GALVANISING TREATMENTS AND COATINGS
DAC COAT HOT DIP GALVANISING
Special high quality coating, for optimal An adequate galvanized-coating thickness ensures
aesthetics and higher resistance to impact. durability without need of maintenance.
DAC COAT
STAINLESS STEEL HOT DIP GALVANISING WITH THERMO DUST
Stainless steel provides a high corrosion resistance AISI 304

High durability surface treatment with special
also in remarkably aggressive environments. paint made of thermoset powder that can be
A2
colored according to the aesthetic needs.
Versions: brown corten / micaceous anthracite THERMO

DUST
CORROSION
Coating:
A good corrosion resistance is fundamental for the durability of outdoor elements
DAC COAT
(Service class 3). To monitor the behavior of the various coatings and compare
them, the products have been exposed to salt spray for many hours (ISO 9227).
Coating:
GALVANIZED COATING
233
TYP R
Adjustable post base
Galvanized carbon steel Dac Coat
ADJUSTABLE
Adustable height, also after the product has been
assembled. The regulation system is concealed by the
sleeve, for optimal aesthetics
RAISED
Outdistanced from the ground to avoid
water splash and stagnation and
guarantee high durability.
FIELD OF USE
Hidden fastening on the timber element
Outdoor joints.
Suitable for Service class 1, 2 and 3.
ATTENTION TO DETAILS
The base is characterized by an auxiliary hole
allowing to assemble the screws HBS+evo
(included in the box)
solid timber
Timber)
DAC COAT
Special high-quality coating, for optimal
aesthetic result and improved impact strength
234 TYP R
AESTHETICS
Elegant joint with concealed fixings
(not visible). It can be identified
by its opaque and rough surface
finishing, aesthetically pleasing
EFFICIENCY
Once the assembly is completed,
the adjustable height allows
to correct any possible unevenness
occurred during the installation
phase
STATICS
High compressive strength from
the bigger product-versions.
The versions with the pass-through
rod ensures high resistance to
tensile and compressive loading
TYP R 235

TYP R10
code type bottom plate bottom holes H screws pcs/box

[mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
FE500450 R10_1 120 x 120 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 130 - 165 HBS+ evo Ø6 x 90 4
TYP R20
code bottom plate bottom holes

type H bar Ø x L screws pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [mm]
FE500485 R20_1 120 x 120 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 130 - 165 16 x 80 HBS+ evo Ø6 x 90 4
TYP R30
code bottom plate bottom holes

type H bar Ø screws pcs/box
FE501700 R30_1 120 x 120 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 135-170 16 8 x screw DISC Ø6 x 60 4
FE501705 R30_2 160 x 160 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 165-210 20 16 x screw DISC Ø6 x 80 4
F1 F2 TYP R: S235 carbon steel with special coating Dac Coat.

To be used in Service class 1, 2 e 3 (EN 1995:2008).
FIELD OF USE
Timber posts
Timber joists

HBS+ evo screw for timber 6-8 included
DISC screw screw for TYP R30 6 included
XEPOX 235.4 epoxy adhesive - 84
AB1 metal anchor A1 10 302
SKR screwed anchor 10 296
236 TYP R
GEOMETRY AND INSTALLATION

bottom plate height range of top plate post bar predrill nut (1)
type A x B x S2 H adjustability a x b x s1 Bs, min threaded Ø b x Lb (SW)
bar
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 120 x 120 x 6 130 - 165 35 80 x 80 x 6 80 M 16 - 36
TYP R10 2 160 x 160 x 6 160 - 205 45 100 x 100 x 6 100 M 20 - 46
3 200 x 200 x 8 190 - 250 60 140 x 140 x 8 140 M 24 - 55
1 120 x 120 x 6 130 - 165 35 80 x 80 x 6 80 M 16 18 x 85 36
TYP R20 2 160 x 160 x 6 160 - 205 45 100 x 100 x 6 100 M 20 22 x 125 46
3 200 x 200 x 8 190 - 250 60 140 x 140 x 8 140 M 24 26 x 155 55
bottom plate height range of top plate post bar predrill nut (1)
type A x B x S2 H adjustability d x s1 Bs, min threaded Ø b x Lb (SW)
bar
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 120 x 120 x 6 135 - 170 35 Ø80 x 6 100 M 16 16 x 150 36
TYP R30
2 160 x 160 x 6 165 - 210 45 Ø120 x 10 140 M 20 20 x 200 46
(1) Nuts according to DIN 934 (EN ISO 4032)
TYP R10 TYP R20 TYP R30
Bs, min Bs, min Bs, min
screw HBS+ evo screw HBS+ evo screw DISC
s1 s1 s1
sleeve sleeve sleeve
H H H
S2 S2 S2
Ø11,5 Ø11,5 Ø11,5
Aa Ø9 / Ø11 Aa Ø9 / Ø11 A
d
b b B
B B
ASSEMBLING
1 2
3 4 5 6
TYP R 237
STATIC VALUES  COMPRESSIVE AND TENSILE STRENGTH
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
CHARACTERISTIC VALUES ADMISSABLE VALUES
external action TYP R fixing R1,k timber R1,k steel N1,adm

[kN] [kN] γsteel [kg]
F1 R10_1 71,20 48,30 2248
R10 R10_2 111,80 75,40 3827
R10_3 222,80 108,60 4439
R20_1 55,80 48,30 2248
R20 R20_2 90,40 75,40 γm1 3827
R20_3 189,00 108,60 4439
R30_1 - 48,30 2546
R30
R30_2 - 75,40 4012
TENSILE STRENGTH - POST


F2 R10_1 - - - -
R10 R10_2 - - - -
R10_3 - - - -
R20_1 16,08 (1) - - 407 (1)
R20 R20_2 30,16 (1) - - 746 (1)
R20_3 45,24 (1) - - 1103 (1)
R30_1 18,70 24,30 763
R30 γm0
R30_2 62,40 36,40 2444
TENSILE STRENGTH - BEAM


F2 R10_1 15,57 - - 660
R10 R10_2 19,60 - - 832
R10_3 19,60 - - 832
R20_1 16,08 (1) - - 543 (1)
R20 R20_2 30,16 (1) - - 995 (1)
R20_3 45,24 (1) - - 1470 (1)
R30_1 18,70 24,30 763
R30 γm0
R30_2 62,40 36,40 2444
GENERAL PRINCIPLES • Admissible values are obtained according to DIN 1052:1988.

• For the calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 has been considered.
• Characteristic values are consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with separately.
ETA-11/0422
NOTES
(1) The pull out strength has been obtained by considering only the strength of
the glued-in threaded rod (it is recommended to use the adhesive Xepox
235.4).
Coefficients kmod and γm smust be taken according to the current Standard The characteristic pull out strength has been calculated according to DIN
adopted for the design. 1052:2004.
The verification of the fastener-to-concrete connection must be carried out The admissable pull out strength values have been calculated by considering
separately. the admissable shear strength value of timber on the surface of the hole.
238 TYP R
239
R40 R
Adjustable post base with through bar and rectangular base
ETA 10/0422
S235
DAC COAT
Anchors easy to install thanks to

the rectangular base
High quality surface coating
(Dac Coat)
code type bottom plate bottom holes top plate top holes bar Ø x L pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
FE500280 R40_3 160 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11 20 x 150 1
FE500285 R40_4 160 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11 24 x 250 1
• admissible compressive strength: R40_3 - Nadm = 2660 kg; R40_4 - Nadm = 3219 kg
R40 Q
Adjustable post base with through bar and square base
ETA 10/0422
S235
DAC COAT
Versatility of use
and assembling
High quality surface coating
(Dac Coat)
FE500265 R40_1 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 70 x 70 x 6 2 x Ø6 16 x 99 1
FE500270 R40_2 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 80 x 80 x 6 4 x Ø11 20 x 99 1
• admissible compressive strength: R40_1 - Nadm = 1479 kg; R40_2 - Nadm = 2276 kg
240 TYP R
R70
Concrete embedded post base with adjustable plate
ETA 10/0422
S235
DAC COAT
Hidden joint with

adjustable height
High quality surface
coating (Dac Coat)
code type plate holes bar Ø x L pcs/box

[mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
FE500440 R70_1 100 x 100 x 8 4 x Ø11 20 x 350 1
FE500445 R70_2 140 x 140 x 8 4 x Ø11 24 x 450 1
R90
Adjustable post base with through screw
GALV
Adjustable height
Fast installation
code type bottom plate bottom holes top plate height screw Ø x L pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FE500335 R90_1 100 x 100 x 5 4 x Ø11,5 Ø80 x 6 130 - 170 16 x 90 1
TYP R 241
TYP X
Cross-shaped post base
Hot dip galvanized carbon steel
FIXEDEND
Moment-resisting joint
for fixed-end constraints
INNOVATIVE
Patent application filed
FIELD OF USE
Moment resisting joints for
outdoor use. Suitable for Service
class 1, 2 and 3. TWO VERSIONS
Without holes for use with self drilling dowels,
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) smooth dowels or bolts; with holes,
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) for use with epoxy resin
solid timber
Timber) VERSATILE
Different strength levels depending on the
fixing configuration selected
242 TYP X
MOMENT RESISTING JOINT

The cross shaped configuration
and the fastener disposition are
designed to guarantee a moment-
resisting capacity, creating
a semi-rigid constraint at the base
FREE STRUCTURES
The base constraint can absorbe
horizontal loads allowing to realize
pergolas or gazebos which do not
require bracings and are open
on all sides
INVISIBLE AND DURABLE

The internal knife plates, the upper
small plate and the base plate allow a
hidden joint and an adequate
distance from the ground, ensuring
more durability. Designed to
accomodate posts of all dimensions
TYP X 243
TYP XS10
code type bottom plate bottom holes height s blades cross pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [mm] shaped
TYPXS101212 XS10_1 220 x 220 x 10 4 x Ø13 300 6 smooth 1
TYP XR10
code type bottom plate bottom holes height s lame cross pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [mm] shaped
TYPXR101212 XR10_1 220 x 220 x 10 4 x Ø13 300 6 holes Ø8 1
TYP X: Bright zinc plated S235 carbon steel (thickness ≥ 40 μm).

To be used in Service class 1, 2 e 3 (EN 1995:2008).
N
FIELD OF USE
H H Fixed-end constraint for timber posts
MX MY

WS self drilling dowel 7 368
KOS bolt M12 54
XEPOX 226.4 / 26 / 235.4 epoxy adhesive - 116
AB1 A4 metal anchor 12 334
244 TYP X
GEOMETRY
TYP XS10 TYP XR10
120 120
57 6 57 57 6 57
15 57 6 57
Ø8
220 190
264 264
300 300
Ø13
15
6 6
30 15 190 15 30
10 10
220 220 220
INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLING

ESTIMATE OF THE REQUIRED AMOUNT OF XEPOX RESIN - TYP XR10
A
grooving thickness sf [mm] 10 12
EXAMPLES
A OF DIMENSIONS A horizontal grooving [mm] 140 140
OF THE GROOVING B horizontal grooving [mm] 280 280
sf V grooving [mm3] 784000 940800
V plate holes [mm3] 9651
V plate [mm3] 370509
B
∆V [mm3] 423142 579942
A sf
waste coefficient 1,4

amount of [mm3] 592399 811919
resin required [litri] 0,60 0,85
The evaluation of the right amount of resin is an approximate estimate
for the installer. Verify the variability of the data shown in the table
depending on the effective grooving thickness realized.
ASSEMBLING - XS10
1 2 3 4
ASSEMBLING - XR10
1 2 3 4
TYP X 245
STATIC VALUES
TYP XS10 CONFIGURATION SCHEMES
20 37 6 37 20 20 37 6 37 20 10 6 27 10 16 41 6 41 16
34 14 40 20 40 20 16
52
50 40
50 40 97
50 97 128
50 114 128
50 114
50 97
97
40
80 100 40 84 120
30 50 30 50
configuration S1 S2 S3 S4
min post size Bs,min [mm] 120 x 120 160 x 160 160 x 160 160 x 160
screw anchors SKR Ø12 x 120 [pcs] 4 4 4 4
self drilling anchors WS Ø7 x 113 [pcs] 16 16 20 -
smooth dowels STA Ø12 x 120 [pcs] - - - 8
TYP XR10 CONFIGURATIONS SCHEMES

220
220
160
16
0
220
220
160
120 120
configuration R1 R2
min post size Bs,min [mm] 160 x 160 160 x 160
screw anchors SKR Ø12 x 120 [pcs] 4 4
min. thickness grooving sf [pcs] 10 10
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Characteristic values according to EN 1995:2008.

Coefficients kmod and γm must be taken according to the current Standard

The verification of the fastener-to-concrete connection must be carried out
separately.
• For calculations, a timber density ρk = 350 kg/m3 has been considered
• Dimensioning and verificaiton of timber elements must be carried out
separately.
• The provided strength values are evaluated singularly; in case of combined
loading the verification must be carried out separately.
246 TYP X
COMPRESSION SHEAR MOMENT X MOMENT Y

post Bs,min Nk Hk MX,k MY,k
external loads type configuration
[mm] [kN] [kN] [kNm] [kNm]
S1 120 127,00 10,10 2,28 2,28
N
S2 160 127,00 13,80 4,39 4,39
TYP XS10
H H S3 160 127,00 13,80 5,53 5,53
S4 160 127,00 13,80 2,94 2,94
MX MY R1 160 105,00 11,70 4,19 4,19
Bs Bs TYP XR10
R2 160 105,00 11,70 4,19 4,19
ADMISSIBLE VALUES
COMPRESSION SHEAR MOMENT X MOMENT Y

post Bs,min Nadm Hadm MX,adm MY,adm
external loads type configuration
[mm] [kg] [kg] [kgm] [kgm]
S1 120 5140 360 123 123
N
S2 160 5140 500 178 178
TYP XS10
H H S3 160 5140 500 224 224
S4 160 5140 500 160 160
MX MY R1 160 4250 420 166 166
Bs Bs TYP XR10
R2 160 4250 420 166 166
TYP XR10 NUMERICAL MODELING

Investigation on the load bearing capacity and plastic deformation history
of TYP XR10 post base via finite element analysis.
JOINT LOAD BEARING CAPACITY - STEEL SIDE
vertical load N [kN] 50 25 0

horizontal load (1) FH,max [kN] 40,77 49,49 50,64
bending capacity Mmax [kNm] 6,12 7,42 7,60
Mises stress in the plate and the dowels
(1)
Load application point located at mid height of the post base
50
FH
40
M [kNm]
FH [kN]
30
20
10
M
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Yield stress in the plate and in the dowels Displacement [mm]
TYP X 247
TYP F  M
Standard post bases
CERTIFICATION
FIELD OF USE Suitability of use
guaranteed by ETA
Outdoor joints. Suitable
for Service class 1, 2 and 3. document
MATERIAL
Hot dip galvanization
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) for longer durability
solid timber
glulam (Glued Laminated ASSEMBLING
Timber) Shapes ideal for
a fast and simple
installation
248 TYP F - M
F10
Post base sleeve for square column
S235
Ideal for gazebos and pergolas

Sleeve with holes for the water downflow
code sleeve
type height thickness bottom plate bottom holes sleeve holes pcs/box
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [n. x mm]
FE500020 F10_1 71 x 71 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500022 F10_3* 81 x 81 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500025 F10_2 91 x 91 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
* not included in the ETA document
F20
S235
Post base sleeve for round column
Ideal for fences and paddocks

code type sleeve height thickness bottom plate bottom holes sleeve holes pcs/box
FE500030 F20_1 Ø81 150 2 160 x 160 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500035 F20_2 Ø101 150 2 160 x 160 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500040 F20_3 Ø121 150 2 180 x 180 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500045 F20_4 Ø141 150 2 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
F50
Post base sleeve for big size column
S235
Ideal for medium to large scale structures

FE500050 F50_1 101 x 101 150 2,5 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500055 F50_2 121 x 121 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500060 F50_3 141 x 141 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500065 F50_4 161 x 161 200 2,5 240 x 240 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500066 F50_5 181 x 181 200 2,5 280 x 280 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500070 F50_6 201 x 201 200 2,5 300 x 300 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYP F - M 249
F12
S235
Post base with rounded wings and hidden base
Simple design
for a classic aesthetics
Hidden base
and concealed dowelling
code type base height thickness base holes wing holes pcs/box
[mm] [mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [n. x mm]
TYPF120607 F12_1 60 x 72 100 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF120608 F12_2 60 x 82 100 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF120709 F12_3 70 x 92 120 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF120810 F12_4 80 x 102 120 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF121012 F12_5 100 x 122 140 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF121214 F12_6 120 x 142 160 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF121416 F12_7 140 x 162 180 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
code type width height thickness depth pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TYPF080606 STANDOFF 60 20 3 60 1
F11
Post base sleeve with hidden base
S235
It can be integrated with a

stand-off plate for a correct
protection from water
Hidden base
and concealed dowelling
code type sleeve height thickness bottom plate bottom holes pcs/box
TYPF110707 F11_1 71 x 71 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF110808 F11_2 81 x 81 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF110909 F11_3 91 x 91 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF111010 F11_4 101 x 101 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF111212 F11_5 121 x 121 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF111414 F11_6 141 x 141 200 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
TYPF111616 F11_7 161 x 161 200 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
code type width height thickness depth pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
TYPF080606 STANDOFF 60 20 3 60 1
250 TYP F - M
F70
T shaped post base with internal knife plate
S235
Hidden base joint

Versatility of use and assembling
code type bottom plate bottom holes knife plate thickness height pcs/box
TYPF700808 F70_1 80 x 80 x 6 4 x Ø8 4 150 1
TYPF701010 F70_2 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø8 6 200 1
TYPF701414 F70_3 140 x 140 x 8 4 x Ø11,5 8 300 1
F51
Post base with vertical flanges for square column
S235
Refined design for a pleasing

aesthetic appearance
Incorporated stand-off
for a water downflow
code type sleeve height thickness bottom plate bottom holes flange holes pcs/box
TYPF511212 F51_1 121 x 121 150 3 187 x 187 4 x Ø11,5 8 x Ø11 1
TYPF511414 F51_2 141 x 141 200 3 207 x 207 4 x Ø11,5 8 x Ø11 1
TYPF511616 F51_3 161 x 161 200 4 227 x 227 4 x Ø13,0 8 x Ø11 1
TYPF511818 F51_4 181 x 181 225 4 247 x 247 4 x Ø13,0 8 x Ø11 1
TYPF512020 F51_5 201 x 201 225 4 267 x 267 4 x Ø13,0 8 x Ø 11 1
TYP F - M 251
M51
Concrete embedded post base for round posts
S235
Raised stand to guarantee a

correct timber durability
Ideal for fences, also on inclined
supports
code type sleeve height thickness bottom holes wings holes bar Ø x L pcs/box
[mm] [mm] mm] [n. x mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
TYPM510100 M51_1 Ø100 150 3 2 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM510120 M51_2 Ø120 150 3 2 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM510140 M51_3 Ø140 150 3 2 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
M52
Concrete embedded post base with rounded wings
S235
Raised stand to guarantee

a correct timber durability
Ideal for fences,
also on inclined supports
code type base height thickness bottom holes wings holes bar Ø x L pcs/box
[mm] [mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
TYPM520607 M52_1 60 x 72 100 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM520608 M52_2 60 x 82 100 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM520709 M52_3 70 x 92 120 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM520810 M52_4 80 x 102 120 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
TYPM521012 M52_5 100 x 122 140 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
252 TYP F - M
M70 Q
Post base spike for square posts
ETA 10/0422
S235
Spike anchor to be driven

into the ground
Suitable for posts
with no foundation
Square sleeve
code type sleeve H sleeve thickness sleeve holes L tip pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
FE500000 M70_1 71 x 71 150 2 4 x Ø11 600 1
FE500005 M70_2 91 x 91 150 2 4 x Ø11 600 1
FE500006 M70_5 * 101 x 101 150 2 4 x Ø11 750 1
FE500007 M70_6 * 121 x 121 150 2 4 x Ø11 750 1
* not holding CE marking
M70 T
Post base spike for round posts
ETA 10/0422
S235
Spike anchor to be driven

into the ground
Suitable for posts
with no foundation
Round sleeve
code type sleeve H sleeve thickness sleeve holes L tip pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [mm]
FE500010 M70_3 Ø81 145 2 4 x Ø11 453 1
FE500015 M70_4 Ø101 145 2 4 x Ø11 453 1
TYP F - M 253
M10
Wall-mounted post base
S235
Ideal for gazebos and pergolas
code type sleeve height thickness width wall holes sleeve holes pcs/box
FE500140 M10_1 71 x 71 150 2 151 6 x Ø11 4 x Ø11 1
FE500145 M10_2 91 x 91 150 2 175 6 x Ø11 4 x Ø11 1
M20
U shaped post base
ETA 10/0422
S235
Effective stand-off for a correct ground clearance
code type base height thickness bottom holes post holes pcs/box
FE500180 M20_1 71 x 60 150 5 1 x Ø13 + 2 x Ø11,5 6 x Ø11 1
FE500185 M20_2 91 x 60 150 5 1 x Ø13 + 2 x Ø11,5 6 x Ø11 1
FE500190 M20_3 101 x 60 150 5 1 x Ø13 + 2 x Ø11,5 6 x Ø11 1
FE500195 M20_4 121 x 60 150 5 1 x Ø13 + 2 x Ø11,5 6 x Ø11 1
M30
Post base bracket
ETA 10/0422
S235
Fast and easy assembling
code type int. size height thickness bottom plate bottom holes post holes pcs/box
FE500220 M30_1 71 x 50 200 5 160 x 60 2 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500225 M30_2 81 x 50 200 5 170 x 60 2 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500230 M30_3 91 x 50 200 5 180 x 60 2 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500235 M30_4 101 x 50 200 5 190 x 60 2 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FE500240 M30_5* 121 x 50 200 5 210 x 60 2 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
* not holding CE marking
254 TYP F - M
M50
Concrete-embedded U-shaped post base
ETA 10/0422
S235
Ideal for fences and paddocks
code type base height thickness post holes bar Ø x L pcs/box

FE500200 M50_1 71 x 60 150 5 6 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
FE500205 M50_2 91 x 60 150 5 6 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
FE500210 M50_3 101 x 60 150 5 6 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
FE500215 M50_4 121 x 60 150 5 6 x Ø11 20 x 200 1
M60
S235
ETA 10/0422
Concrete-embedded post base with internal knife plate
Fasteners concealed by the timber element
code type base height thickness post holes bar Ø x L pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FE500217 M60_1 80 x 80 130 8 4 x Ø11 20 x 250 1
S40
Reclinable post base
S235
The inclination can be adjusted during the

assembling
code typeint. size height thickness bottom plate bottom holes post holes pcs/box
FE500360 S40_1 71 x 60 100 5 100 x 100 4 x Ø12 6 x Ø11 1
FE500365 S40_2 91 x 60 100 5 100 x 100 4 x Ø12 6 x Ø11 1
TYP F - M 255
FD10
Large size two-piece post base sleeve
S235
Suitable also for posts with rectangular cross sections
FE500095 FD10_1 121 x 56 200 2,5 200 x 95 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500100 FD10_2 141 x 66 200 2,5 220 x 105 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500105 FD10_3 161 x 76 200 2,5 240 x 115 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500110 FD10_4 181 x 86 200 2,5 260 x 125 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500115 FD10_5 201 x 96 200 2,5 280 x 135 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FD20
Two-piece post base sleeve 4mm thick
S235
Suitable also for posts with rectangular cross sections
FE500120 FD20_1 121 x 38 200 4 200 x 78 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500125 FD20_2 141 x 46 200 4 220 x 85 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500130 FD20_3 161 x 54 200 4 240 x 92 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500135 FD20_4 201 x 66 200 4 280 x 105 2 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FD30
Two-piece L-shaped lateral post base
ETA 10/0422
S235
Can be installed in different configurations
code type height thickness base bottom holes pilar holes pcs/box
FE500465 FD30_1 180 4 60 x 50 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FE500470 FD30_2 240 4 80 x 50 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
256 TYP F - M
FD40
Raised two-piece lateral post base
ETA 10/0422
S235
Raised, it can be installed in different configurations
code type height thickness base bottom plate pilar holes H standoff pcs/box
FE500475 FD40_1 180 4 60 x 50 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 20 1
FE500480 FD40_2 240 4 80 x 60 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 20 1
FD50
Two-piece corner post base with internal wings
ETA 10/0422
S235
Raised and with hidden fixing to the ground
code type height thickness bottom plate bottom holes pilar holes pcs/box
FE500420 FD50_1 185 4 46 x 46 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 1
FE500425 FD50_2 220 4 76 x 76 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 1
FD60
Two-piece corner post base with external wings
ETA 10/0422
S235
Suitable to be used in two-piece or four-piece configuration depending

on the post size
code type height thickness bottom plate bottom plate pilar holes wings pcs/box
FE500430 FD60_1 185 4 46 x 46 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 40 x 43 1
FE500435 FD60_2 220 4 76 x 76 1 x Ø 11,5 2 x Ø 11 50 x 73 1
TYP F - M 257
TYP SPECIAL
Post bases made of special material
Colored and stainless steel versions
COLORED
VERSION
Hot dip galvanization
FIELD OF USE with following paint
Outdoor joints. of thermosetting STAINLESS
Suitable for Service class 1, 2 and 3. powder STEEL VERSION
XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) AISI304/A2
LVL (Laminated Veneer Lumber) Stainless steel
Solid timber
glulam (Glued Laminated BLACK
Timber) VERSION
Black galvanized
carbon steel
258 TYP SPECIAL

FR20
Brown-Corten colored post base sleeve for round posts
S235 THERMO
DUST
Hot dip galvanization + additional treatment

with special thermosetting powder paint
Colored fasteners included: 4 screws HBS+ evo
Ø8 x 60 mm and 4 anchors SKR 10 x 120 mm
code typesleeve height thickness bottom plate bottom holes sleeve holes pcs/box
TYPFR200100 FR20_2 Ø101 150 2 160 x 160 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFR200120 FR20_3 Ø121 150 2 180 x 180 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FR50
Brown-Corten colored post base sleeve for rectangular posts
S235 THERMO
DUST

TYPFR501010 FR50_1 101 x 101 150 2,5 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFR501212 FR50_2 121 x 121 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FM50
Micaceous anthracite post base sleeve for rectangular posts
S235 THERMO
DUST

TYPFM501010 FM50_1 101 x 101 150 2,5 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFM501212 FM50_2 121 x 121 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFM501616 FM50_4 161 x 161 200 2,5 240 x 240 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFM502020 FM50_6 201 x 201 200 2,5 300 x 300 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
TYP SPECIAL 259

RI40
Stainless steel adjustable post base with through bar and rectangular base
ETA 10/0422
AISI 304
A2
AI500280 RI40_3 160 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11 20 x 150 1
AI500285 RI40_4 160 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11 24 x 250 1
FI10
Stainless steel post base sleeve for square post
ETA 10/0422
AISI 304
A2
AI500020 FI10_1 71 x 71 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
AI500021 FI10_2 91 x 91 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FI50
Big-size stainless steel post base sleeve for square post
ETA 10/0422
AISI 304
A2
AI500050 FI50_1 101 x 101 150 2,5 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
AI500055 FI50_2 121 x 121 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
AI500060 FI50_3 141 x 141 150 2,5 200 x 200 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
AI500065 FI50_4 161 x 161 200 2,5 240 x 240 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
AI500070 FI50_6 201 x 201 200 2,5 300 x 300 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FI11
Stainless steel post base sleeve with concealed base
AISI 304
A2
code type sleeve height thickness bottom plate sleeve holes pcs/box
TYPFI111010 FI11_1 101 x 101 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFI111212 FI11_2 121 x 121 150 2,5 4 x Ø8 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFI111414 FI11_3 141 x 141 200 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
TYPFI111616 FI11_4 161 x 161 200 3 4 x Ø13 4 x Ø11 1
260 TYP SPECIAL

RB20
Black-galvanized adjustable post base with through bar
S235
GALV
code bottom plate bottom holes top plate

type top holes height bar Ø x L pcs/box
[mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [n. x mm] [mm] [mm]
N0500485 RB20_1 120 x 120 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 80 x 80 x 6 4 x Ø9 130 - 165 16 x 80 4
N0500490 RB20_2 160 x 160 x 6 4 x Ø11,5 100 x 100 x 6 4 x Ø11 160 - 205 20 x 120 4
N0500495 RB20_3 200 x 200 x 8 4 x Ø11,5 140 x 140 x 8 4 x Ø11 190 - 250 24 x 150 4
Fixing screws (not included in the box): HBS+ evo BLACK (p. 337)
FB10
Black-galvanized post base sleeve for square column
S235
GALV
NO500020 FB10_1 71 x 71 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
NO500025 FB10_2 91 x 91 150 2 150 x 150 4 x Ø11,5 4 x Ø11 1
FDB50
Black-galvanized two-piece corner post base with internal wings
S235
GALV
code type height thickness bottom plate bottom holes pillar holes pcs/box
NO500420 FDB50_1 185 4 46 x 46 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
NO500425 FDB50_2 220 4 76 x 76 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 1
FDB60
Black-galvanized two-piece corner post base with external wings
S235
GALV
code height thickness bottom plate bottom plate pilar holes

type wings pcs/box
NO500430 FDB60_1 185 4 46 x 46 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 40 x 43 1
NO500435 FDB60_2 220 4 76 x 76 1 x Ø11,5 2 x Ø11 50 x 73 1
TYP SPECIAL 261

ROUND
Joints for round posts
S235
JOINTS FOR ROUND POSTS
code size [mm] Ø hole pcs/box

FE010265 70 x 200 x 2,5 Ø100 11 10

FE010270 70 x 117,5 x 2,5 Ø100 11 10

FE010275 70 x 180 x 2,5 Ø100 11 10

FE010280 70 x 107,5 x 2,5 Ø100 11 10

FE010285 40 x 121 x 2 Ø80 11 10

FE010290 40 x 60,5 x 2 Ø80 11 10

FE010295 70 x 107,5 x 25 Ø100 11 10
262 ROUND
S235
SUPPORT JOINTS FOR ROUND POSTS
B
code type H [mm] L [mm] B [mm] s [mm] pcs/box
H
1 FE010296 60 80 80 57 1,5 100
1 2 FE010297 80 123 123 74 1,5 100
L B Type 60 for round posts Ø60 - 120
H
Type 80 for round posts Ø80 - 140
Holes: Ø5
S235
U-SHAPED FIXING FOR FENCES
code A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] s [mm] Ø countersunk hole pcs/box

FE010250 80 345 40 3 6,5 1
FE010255 100 345 40 3 6,5 1
FE010260 120 345 40 3 6,5 1
Hole countersink from Ø9,5 mm to Ø6,5 mm. Hole spacing equal to 122 mm
B
C A
S235
POST CAPS
code size [mm] H [mm] pcs/box

1 FE010000 70 x 70 20 10
FE010005 90 x 90 20 10
1
FE010010 100 x 100 20 10
FE010015 120 x 120 20 10
FE010020 Ø80 20 10
2
2 FE010025 Ø100 20 10
ROUND 263
GATE
Gate hardware
S235
SLIDING LOCK
GALV
code b x a x d [mm] pcs/box

d b FE010238 44 x 100 x 16 10
FE010239 44 x 120 x 16 10
a FE010241 52 x 140 x 20 10
FE010242 56 x 160 x 22 5
GATE LATCH S235
GALV
code size [mm] weight [kg] pcs/box

FE010050 120 x 50 0,53 10
S235
CANE BOLT
code height [mm] pcs/box

FE010055 400 5
FE010060 500 5
S235
GATE PINTLE HINGE S235
GALV
code size [mm] galvanization Ø [mm] pcs/box

FE010065 100 x 35 x 4 13 10
FE010070 115 x 40 x 4,5 16 10
FE010075 167 x 60 x 6 20 4
FE010080 100 x 35 x 4 13 10
FE010085 115 x 40 x 4,5 16 10
FE010090 167 x 60 x 6 20 4
S235
SCREW-IN PINTLE
GALV
code total length [mm] galvanization Ø thread length [mm] pcs/box

FE010095 115 13 57 10
FE010100 165 16 57 10
264 GATE
STRAP S235 S235
GALV
code size [mm] galvanizing Ø [mm] Ø dowel [mm] pcs/box

FE010105 300 x 40 x 5 7 13 10
FE010110 500 x 40 x 5 7 13 10
1 1 FE010115 400 x 45 x 5 9 16 10
FE010120 700 x 45 x 5 9 16 10
FE010125 1200 x 60 x 8 9 20 1
FE010130 300 x 40 x 5 7 13 10
FE010135 500 x 40 x 5 7 13 10
2 2 FE010140 400 x 45 x 5 9 16 10
FE010145 700 x 45 x 5 9 16 10
FE010150 800 x 60 x 8 9 20 1
S235
HINGE
code a x b [mm] galvanizing s [mm] pcs/box

b
FE010165 140 x 35 2 20
FE010170 160 x 35 2 20
a FE010175 200 x 35 2 20
ANCHOR WITH SCREW
code a x b x c [mm] screw pcs/box

c FE010180 83 x 33 x 38 9 x 45 100
b
a
WASHER AND SCREW-CAP S235
GALV
code size [mm] pcs/box

NO001000 13 x 80 x 3 25
1
NO001005 17 x 80 x 3 25
1
NO001015 13 50
NO001020 16 50
2 NO001025 19 50
NO001030 22 50
2 NO001035 25 50
GATE 265
DECKS AND FACADES

THE DECK
A wood deck is one of those architectural

elements which can remarkably increase the
value of your house, your balcony or your
garden. The timber-touch, provides a pleasing 1
warmth under your feet that cannot be
matched by other materials.
The durability of a timber deck depends not

only on the correct choice of the raw material,
but also on the attention to construction 2
details. Direct contact with the ground, water
stagnation, use of fasteners that prevent the
3
natural timber movements must be avoided.
Our aim is to provide the right solution
for the optimal realization of a timber deck.
1 THE TOP-DECKING 2 THE SUB-FRAME
Usually, for the top decking, three different fixing A direct contact direct between the joists forming the subframe
modes are employed: and the base support may determine a quick deck degradation
due to moisture exchange. The use of adjustable supports
like the EPM (p. 286) or JFA (p. 284) systems allows a quick and
easy levelling of the support while avoiding a direct joist-to-
understructure contact. When the adjustable supports cannot be
Under-board
employed due to a limited gap, the use of LEVELING PADS (p.
hidden fastener
288) is recommended. Otherwise, if is no levelling is necessary, it
( TERRALOCK p. 268)
is suggested the use of ANTI-VIBRATION MATS (p. 288).
Channel-groove
hidden fasteners
(FLAT p. 278)
( TVM p. 282) supports JFA (p. 284) system EPM (p. 286)
3 THE UNDERSTRUCTURE
With our solutions for the understructure you can realize a timber
deck on any rigid support type.
Exposed fastener On soft bases we recommend to compact or to creation single
(check the catalogue bases (stone or cement) to solidly lay on top of them the deck. If
“Screws for wood”) the deck is realized on top of the soil we recommend to use the
TEXTURE (p. 288) to avoid the growth of unwanted vegetation.
266
Fasteners affects the global cost just marginally but significantly influence
the durability and quality of the product.
cladding
high cost
cladding
medium cost
cladding
low cost
timber
The price to realize a cladding, either on deck or facade, is linked to the timber species
installation
used, to the complexity of the installation and to the type of fasteners.
fixing
THE FACADE
Thanks to the ability to combine static resistance and thermal external thermal cladding, it should be shielded from UV rays by
performance, the use of timber for the construction breathable fabric in order to provide adequate water and air
of external claddings is becoming more and more common. tightness together with high vapor-permeability (TRASPIR UV
It is fundamental that the correct anchoring of the timber sub- 210 - see catalogue “Waterproofing” ).
structure to the load-bearing structure, either made of timber The board connection to the cladding sub-structure can be
(fixing with DGZ screws-see catalogue “Screws for wood” ), concealed by using VERTILOCK fasteners (p. 274), or exposed by
masonry or reinforced concrete (fixing with NDC dowel - p. 308 using outdoor screws (KKF, SCI, KKT - see catalogue “Screws for
or with WKF angle bracket - p. 190), is ensured. In case of an wood” ).
3
4
3
2 7 2
2
6 1 3 1 6
1 4 5 4
5 6 5
1 XLAM (Cross Laminated Timber) 1 Masonry or RC walls 1 Masonry

2 Insulation layer 2 NDC – screw-in nylon anchor 2 Insulation layer
3 DGZ – Double threaded screw 3 Insulation layer 3 WKF – Angle bracket for facades
4 TRASPIR UV 210  Wind barrier, 4 DGZ - Double threaded screw 4 TRASPIR UV 210  Wind barrier,
breathable, resisting UV rays 5 TRASPIR UV 210  Wind barrier, breathable, resisting UV rays
5 NAIL BAND – Nail point breathable, UV-resistant 5 NAIL BAND - Nail point
6 VERTILOCK  Hidden fastener 6 NAIL BAND - Nail point 6 VERTILOCK  Hidden fastener
7 VERTILOCK - Hidden fastener
267
TERRALOCK
Hidden fastener for wood decks
Perforated profile made either of plastic, metal or A2 stainless steel
TWO DIMENSIONS
Suitable for board widths from 65 to 200 mm
and from 100 and 145 mm.
Metal or plastic versions
STABLE
The high mechanical strength of the fastener
ensures excellent board stability
FIELD OF USE
Fixing of deck cladding to ARTICULATED GEOMETRY
timber or metal sub-structures
Possibility of assembling on sub-structures
with inclinations up to 45°
For outdoor use
(Service class 1-2-3)
INGENIOUS
Slotted holes, for the natural swelling and shrinkage
of wood. The steel version allows to replace
single boards
268 TERRALOCK
AESTHETICS
Hidden fastener for pleasing
aesthetics. The peculiar configu-
ration allows to realize even decks
with very complex shape. The black
version reduces the visual impact
DURABILITY
The micro-ventilation under the
boards prevents water stagnation,
ensuring a higher durability to the
wood cladding
PRACTICALITY
No crushing of the sub-structure,
thanks to a larger bearing surface.
Mounting sill for an accurate and
simple installation of the under-
board fastener
TERRALOCK 269
TERRALOCK
code material size [mm] pcs/box
TER60A2 ** AISI304 / A2 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180A2 ** AISI304 / A2 180 x 20 x 8 50
TER60ALU ** S250GD + AZ150 * 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180ALU ** S250GD + AZ150 * 180 x 20 x 8 50
TER60ALUN ** S250GD + AZ150 black * 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180ALUN ** S250GD + AZ150 black * 180 x 20 x 8 50
* zinc + aluminum passivation
** replaceable system
KKT – SCREW FOR OUTDOOR

code material / color d x L [mm] insert pcs/box
KKTX520A4 * S 5 x 20 TX20 100
d KKTX525A4 * S 5 x 25 TX20 250
KKTX530A4 * S 5 x 30 TX20 100
L KKTX540A4 * S 5 x 40 TX20 100
KKT550A4 S 5 x 50 TX20 200
KKT560A4 S 5 x 60 TX20 200
KKTG540 T 5 x 40 TX20 200
KKTG550 T 5 x 50 TX20 200
KKTG560 T 5 x 60 TX20 200
KKTN540 * T 5 x 40 TX20 100
KKTN550 T 5 x 50 TX20 100
KKTN560 T 5 x 60 TX20 100
S= A4 stainless steel T= galvanized and varnished carbon steel
* full threaded screw
TERRALOCK PP
code material / color size [mm] pcs/box
TER60PPM nylon RAL8017 60 x 20 x 8 100
TER180PPM nylon RAL8017 180 x 20 x 8 50
KKF - SCREW FOR OUTDOOR

code material / color size [mm] insert pcs/box
KKF4520 AISI410 4,5 x 20 TX20 100
d1 KKF4525 AISI410 4,5 x 25 TX20 100
KKF4530 AISI410 4,5 x 30 TX20 100
L
KKF4540 AISI410 4,5 x 40 TX20 250
KKF4550 AISI410 4,5 x 50 TX20 250
KKF4560 AISI410 4,5 x 60 TX20 200
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS
type description material size [mm] pcs/box
FUGN spacing-covering profile TPE 6-7 100 m
FUGM spacing-covering profile TPE 6-7 100 m
270 TERRALOCK
GEOMETRY AND INSTALLATION
TERRALOCK TERRALOCK PP
5 5
8 8
60 60
45 85 45 85
3 5 5
20 5 10 20 10 5 10
5 5
5 20 20 15 5 20 20 15
5 5
8 8
180 180
165 15 85 165 15 85
5 5
5 10 20 10 5 10
20
5 5
20 15 20 15
board L min = 100 mm board L min = 100 mm
20 board L max = 145 mm 20 board L max = 145 mm
TERRALOCK 60: FASTENER CHOICE TERRALOCK PP 60: FASTENER CHOICE
L L
Terralock fastener 60 A : 2 pieces Terralock fastener PP A : 2 pieces
B B
top screws B : 4 pieces top screws B : 4 pieces
bottom screws C : 1 piece bottom screws C : 1 piece
B B
A C A C
S S
C H C H
B B
top screw minimum bottom minimum top screw minimum bottom minimum
type B board thickness screw type C joist height type B board thickness screw type C joist height
KKTX 5 x 20 S > 21 mm KKT 5 x 40 H > 40 mm KKF 4,5 x 20 S > 19 mm KKF 4,5 x 40 H > 38 mm
TERRALOCK 180: FASTENER CHOICE TERRALOCK PP 180 PP: FASTENER CHOICE
Terralock fastener 180 A : 1 pieces L Terralock fastener PP 180 A :1 pieces L

top screws B : 2 pieces B top screws B : 2 pieces B
bottom screws C : 1 piece bottom screws C : 1 piece
B B
A C A C
S S
C H C H
top screw minimum bottom minimum top screw minimum bottom minimum
type B board thickness screw type C joist height type B board thickness screw type C joist height
TERRALOCK 271
ASSEMBLY
TERRALOCK 60 TERRALOCK 180
1 2 1 2
Position two Terralock 60 Turn the board over and slide For each board arrange one Turn the board over and slide
fasteners per each fixing node. it under the board previously fastener and fix it by means of it under the board previously
fastened onto the subframe. two KKTX screws. fastened onto the subframe.
3 4 3 4
Fix each fastener to the sub- It is recommended to use DIS Fix each fastener to the sub- It is recommended to use DIS
structure by inserting a KKT spacers inserted between the structure by inserting a KKT spacers inserted between the
screw in one of the two slotted boards screw in one of the two slotted boards.
holes. holes.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
TERRALOCK 60 TERRALOCK 180

f
L
joist spacing (i) = 0,60 m joist spacing (i) = 0,60 m
board width (L) = 140 mm board width (L) = 140 mm
gap width (f ) = 7 mm gap width (f ) = 7 mm
1m² / i / ( L + f ) x 2 = pcs. a m2 1m² / i / ( L + f ) = pcs. a m2
i
1m2/ 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) x 2 1m2/ 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m)
= 23 pcs. /m2 = 12 pcs. /m2
i = joists spacing
L = board width + 46 pcs. top screws type (B) / m2 + 24 pcs. top screws type (B) / m2
f = slot width + 12 pcs. bottom screws type (C) / m2 + 12 pcs. bottom screws type (C) / m2
DECKS WITH COMPLEX GEOMETRIES
Thanks to its special geometric configuration, the Terralock fastener allows to create decks with complex geometric layouts that will meet any
aesthetic requirement. The two slotted holes and the optimal positioning of the end stop allow for assembly on inclined subframes.
272 TERRALOCK
273
VERTILOCK
Hidden fastener for facades
Perforated profile made of metal or A2 stainless steel
INVISIBLE
Hidden fastener, for pleasing
aesthetics; available in stainless steel
and black coated metal
PRACTICAL SOLUTION
Assembly end stop for a fast and accurate
installation. The high mechanical strength
ensures remarkable stability to the boards.
AESTHETICS
Hidden fastener for facades aesthetically pleasing.
The two separate elements permit the natural
swelling and shrinkage of wood
DURABILITY
The micro-ventilation under the boards prevents
water stagnation, ensuring an improved durability
to the wood cladding.
274 VERTILOCK

VERTILOCK
VRT60A2 AISI304 / A2 60 x 20 x 8 100
VRT60ALU S250GD + AZ150 * 60 x 20 x 8 100
VRT60ALUN S250GD + AZ150 black * 60 x 20 x 8 100
* zinc + aluminum passivation
KKT - SCREW FOR OUTDOOR

code material / color size [mm] insert pcs/box
KKTX520A4 * S 5 x 20 TX20 100
d1 KKTX525A4 * S 5 x 25 TX20 250
KKTX530A4 * S 5 x 30 TX20 100
L KKTX540A4 * S 5 x 40 TX20 100
KKT550A4 S 5 x 50 TX20 200
KKT560A4 S 5 x 60 TX20 200
KKTG540 T 5 x 40 TX20 200
KKTG550 T 5 x 50 TX20 200
KKTG560 T 5 x 60 TX20 200
KKTN540 * T 5 x 40 TX20 100
KKTN550 T 5 x 50 TX20 100
KKTN560 T 5 x 60 TX20 100
S= A4 stainless steel T= galvanized and varnished carbon steel
* full-threaded screw
GEOMETRY
45 8 5
5
3 5
8
20 5 10
60 5
5 20 20 15
FIXING INDICATIONS  CONFIGURATION 1 FIXING INDICATIONS  CONFIGURATION 2

The bottom fastener is inserted In case a 7÷8 mm bottom-fastener/
B B
between the underlying board and underlying-board overlap cannot
the joist with no need be guaranteed, the bottom fastener
of screw-fastening to the subframe. must be fastened to the joist with
For this configuration, a bottom- an additional screw (shown in red).
fastener/ This configuration requires adequate
underlying-board overlap of 7÷8 spacing-width to allow for the additi-
L mm is recommended. L onal screw tightening.
Recommendations: Recommendations:
board width: L = 65-200 mm joist board width: L = 65-200 mm
width: B ≥ 60 mm joist width: B ≥ 60 mm
VERTILOCK 275
GEOMETRY AND STATICS
CONFIGURATION 1 CONFIGURATION 2
C C
H S H S
C C
B B
A B A
B
Fax Fax
D
≥ 60 D
Fv Fv ≥ 60
FASTENERS CHOICE FASTENERS CHOICE
top screw minimum board bottom screw minimum top screw minimum board bottom screw minimum
type B thickness type C joist height type B thickness type C / D joist height
KKTX 5 x 20 S > 21 mm KKT 5 x 30 H > 30 mm KKTX 5 x 20 S > 21 mm KKT 5 x 30 H > 30 mm
KKT 5 x 40 H > 40 mm KKT 5 x 40 H > 40 mm
KKTX 5 x 25 S > 26 mm KKTX 5 x 25 S > 26 mm
KKT 5 x 50 H > 50 mm KKT 5 x 50 H > 50 mm
KKTX 5 x 30 S > 31 mm KKT 5 x 60 H > 60 mm KKTX 5 x 30 S > 31 mm KKT 5 x 60 H > 60 mm
CALCULATION OF FACADE STRENGTH CALCULATION OF FACADE STRENGTH
SHEAR STRENGTH (1) SHEAR STRENGTH (1)

ADMISSIBLE VALUES RV,adm (2) ADMISSIBLE VALUES RV,adm (2)
Joist Screws Board Screws ( B )3 - 4 pcs Joist Screws Screws in the board ( B )3 - 4 pcs
C - 1 pcs Ø5 x 25 mm Ø5 x 30 mm C + D - 2 pcs Ø5 x 25 mm Ø5 x 30 mm
Ø5 x 30 0,26 0,26 Ø5 x 30 0,51 0,51
Ø5 x 40 0,39 0,39 Ø5 x 40 0,78 0,78
Ø5 x 50 0,52 0,52 Ø5 x 50 1,04 1,04
Ø5 x 60 0,53 0,53 Ø5 x 60 1,06 1,06
PULLOUT STRENGTH (1) PULLOUT STRENGTH (1)

ADMISSIBLE VALUES RAX,adm (2) ADMISSIBLE VALUES RAX,adm (2)
Screws in the joist Screws in the board ( B )3 - 4 pcs Screws in the joist Screws in the board ( B )3 - 4 pcs
C - 1 pcs Ø5 x 25 mm Ø5 x 30 mm C + D - 2 pcs Ø5 x 25 mm Ø5 x 30 mm
Ø5 x 30 0,48 0,48 Ø5 x 30 0,96 0,96
Ø5 x 40 0,73 0,73 Ø5 x 40 1,46 1,46
Ø5 x 50 0,98 0,98 Ø5 x 50 1,96 1,96
Ø5 x 60 1,23 1,23 Ø5 x 60 2,12 2,46
VERIFICATION FOR COMBINED LOADING
NOTES
FV [kN] admissible shear load for the fixing node (1) Minimum value between the screw strength when fixed to the board (B)
RV,adm [kN] admissible shear strength for the fixing node and the screw strength when fixed to the joist (C) / (D).
(2) Admissible values are according to DIN 1052:1988.
FAX [kN] admissible pullout load for the fixing node (3) The screw strength Ø5 x 20 mm is not reported as the minimum penetration
RAX,adm [kN] admissible pullout strength for the fixing node depth (4d = 20 mm) cannot be observed.
The strength values must be verified by the designer in charge.
276 VERTILOCK
ASSEMBLY
1 2 3
Mark the joist centerline on the back of the Fix both Vertilock fasteners with a KKTX Turn the board over and slide it under
boards. Place two fasteners at each fixing screw each. the previously fastened board fixed to
node with a suggested spacing of 10 mm. the sub-structure.
4a 4b
Fix the top fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a screw into the Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board
slotted hole. fixed to the sub-structure. Then fix each fastener by inserting a screw
into the slotted hole.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
CONFIGURATION 1 CONFIGURATION 2
i
CALCULATION OF VERTILOCK CALCULATION OF VERTILOCK

FASTENERS 60 A m 2
FASTENERS 60 A m2
L
1m² / joist spacing / board width 1m² / joist spacing / board width
with slot x 2 = pcs. a m2 with slot x 2 = pcs. a m2
joist spacing (i) = 0,60 m joist spacing (i) = 0,60 m
f board width (L) = 140 mm board width (L) = 140 mm
width (f ) = 7 mm width (f ) = 7 mm
1m² / i / ( L + f ) x 2 = pcs. a m2 1m² / i / ( L + f ) = pcs. a m2
1m2/ 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) x 2 1m2/ 0,6 m / (0,14 m + 0,007 m) x 2

i = joist spacing = 23 pcs. /m2 = 23 pcs. /m2
L = board width + 46 pcs. top screws type (B) / m2 + 46 pcs. top screws type (B) / m2
f = gap width + 12 pcs. bottom screws type (C) / m2 + 24 pcs. bottom screws type (C) + (D) / m2
VERTILOCK 277
FLAT
Hidden fastener for boards
Metal perforated profile
INVISIBLE
Completely hidden, it ensures
an aesthetically pleasing result
FAST INSTALLATION
Simple and fast assembly thanks to the
single-screw fixing-system and the integrated
spacer-tab for precise spacing
FIELD OF USE
Fixing of deck cladding to GEOMETRY
timber or metal sub-structures Installation independent from the position
of the groove cut. The ribbed surface provides
For outdoor use high mechanical strength.
(Service class 1-2-3)
DURABLE
When combined with the spacer profile under
the board, it contributes to the deck durability
278 FLAT
AESTHETICS
Hidden fastener, for pleasing
aesthetics. The spacer tab allows
precise spacing, stable over time.
The black colored version reduces
the visual impact of the connection
STRENGTH
The ribbed surface ensures
high mechanical strength
VERSATILITY
Suitable for boards with varying
thickness, it can be assembled
independently from the groove-cut
height
FLAT 279
FLAT
FLT6427N black alluminum 64 x 27 x 4 200
KKT N
KKTN540 * T 5 x 40 TX20 100
d KKTN550 T 5 x 50 TX20 100
KKTN560 T 5 x 60 TX20 100
L
T= Galvanized and varnished carbon steel
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS
code description material / color size [mm] pcs/box
FUGN spacing-covering profile TPE 6-7 100 m
FUGM spacing-covering profile TPE 6-7 100 m
FE010366 under-board spacer profile EPDM 8 x 8 x 10 m 50 m
GEOMETRY
TECHNICAL GUIDELINES GROOVING GEOMETRY
8,5
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
27 Minimum thickness F 4 mm
6,3 8,5 Minimum depth P 11 mm
7 P
6
F
27
2
54
4
27 PROFID
KKTN
6
45°
280 FLAT
ASSEMBLY
1 4
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: Tighten the two boards through the CRAB clamp until the board
fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific gap is 7 mm (see chapter 1 of the catalogue „Tools for wooden
accessories. constructions“, p. 26).
2 5
Insert the Flat fastener into the groove cut so that the spacer tab Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTN screw.
adheres to the board.
3 6
Position the next board by inserting it into the Flat fastener. Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board:
repeat step 1.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
1m² / joist spacing / board width with gap included = pcs. a m2

f
L
joist spacing (i) = 0.60 m
board width (L) = 140 mm
spacing width (f ) = 7 mm
i = joist spacing
L = board width
i
1m² / 0.6 m / (0.14 m+ 0.007 m) = 12 pcs. / m² f = spacing width
FLAT 281
TVM
Hidden clip for boards
A2 stainless steel perforated profile
TWO VERSIONS
Two sizes for applications on boards
with different thickness and gaps
of varying width. Ribbed surface
STAINLESS STEEL
Made of stainless steel it resists corrosion
effectively. Hidden fastener for pleasing
aesthetics
DURABILITY
The micro-ventilation between the boards
helps the durability of the wooden elements.
The stainless steel fastener ensures high
corrosion-resistance
PECULIARITY
Ideal for boards with asymmetrical
“female-female” groove cuts.
Stability ensured by the surface ribbing.
282 TVM

TVM
code type material size [mm] pcs/box
FE010405 TVM 1 AISI304 / A2 32 x 22 x 3 250
FE010400 TVM 2 AISI304 / A2 34 x 23 x 2,5 250
KKT X - SCREW FOR OUTDOOR

KKTX525A4 * S 5 x 25 TX20 250
d KKTX530A4 * S 5 x 30 TX20 100
L KKTX540A4 * S 5 x 40 TX20 100
S= A4 stainless steel
GEOMETRY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GROOVE-CUT GEOMETRY
TVM 1 TVM 2 SYMMETRICAL GROOVING

CONNECTOR TYPE TVM 1 TVM 2
Min thickness F 3 mm 3 mm
32 9,5 34 11 Min recommended height H 8 mm 10 mm
7
22,5 23
F
F
H
H
9 10,5
1,5 3 1,5 2,5
6,5 9,5 8,5
11
KKT X
13 15
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
1m² / joist spacing / board width with gap included = pcs. a m2

f
L
joist spacing (i) = 0.60 m
board width (L) = 140 mm
gap width (f ) = 7 mm
i = joist spacing
L = board width i
i
1m² / 0.6 m / (0.14 m+ 0.007 m) = 12 pcs. / m² f = gap width
TVM 283
JFA
Adjustable support for decks
Galvanized carbon steel and A2 stainless steel versions
DOUBLE REGULATION
Adjustable either from the bottom
by using a SW10 wrench, or from
the top by using a flat screwdriver
TPE SUPPORT FOOT

Support foot realized in TPE plastic material
for footstep noise reduction. Adjustable
ball-joint for uneven surfaces
STAINLESS STEEL
Available also in A2 stainless steel to
for particularly aggressive environments
LEVEL VARIATIONS
With adjustable height, the support
can easily adapt to variations in the
understructure level
284 JFA

TVM
code material screw (ø x length) pcs/box
JFA840 T 8 x 40 mm 100
JFA860 T 8 x 60 mm 100
JFA880 T 8 x 80 mm 100
JFA860A2 AISI304 / A2 8 x 60 mm 100
T = Galvanized carbon steel
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
19 16
H L
77
R
SW 10
57 57
14
20 40
25
Ø8 25 25 25 25
50
code JFA840 JFA860 JFA880 JFA860A2

material carbon steel carbon steel carbon steel carbon steel
screw Ø x L [mm] 8 x 40 8 x 60 8 x 80 8 x 60
assembly height R [mm] 25 ≤ R ≤ 40 25 ≤ R ≤ 57 25 ≤ R ≤ 77 25 ≤ R ≤ 57
angle +/- 5° +/- 5° +/- 5° +/- 5°
predrill for bush [mm] Ø10 Ø10 Ø10 Ø10
adjustment nut SW 10 SW 10 SW 10 SW 10
total height H [mm] 51 71 91 71
admissible capacity Fadm 0,8 kN 0,8 kN 0,8 kN 0,8 kN
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
The number of supports per m2 is to be assessed according to the load magnitude and the joist spacing.
- Load q [kN/m²] / Admissible capacity Fadm [kN] = pcs./m2
- 1/pcs. a m2 / joist spacing (i) = distance between supports along the joist (a)
CALCULATION EXAMPLE PCS. / m2
load: q = 4.8 kN/m²

admissible capacity Fadm = 0.8 kN
4.8 kN/m2 / 0.8 kN = 6 pcs. /m2
EXAMPLE CALCULATION FOR THE DISTANCE

BETWEEN SUPPORTS
a
joist spacing (i) = 0.5 m i = joist spacing i
pcs. a m2 = 6 pcs. a = distance between supports
1 / 6 pcs. / 0.5 m = 0.33 m (a)
JFA 285
EPM
Adjustable support for decks
Elements made of polypropylene and plastic material
MODULAR
With adjustable height, thanks to the
element modularity it allows to compensate
ground-level differences up to 965 mm
COMBINABLE
It can be completed with various kits
to support parallel joists, crossed joists
or prefabricated plates
RESISTANCE
Strong system suitable for heavy loads.
UV-resistant and suitable also for aggressive
environment conditions
LEVEL VARIATIONS
With adjustable height, the support can easily
adapt to large variations in the ground level
286 EPM
GEOMETRY AND STATICS

800
700
600
500
400
300
245 mm
200
145 mm 145 mm
90 mm 90 mm 100
42 mm 60 mm 60 mm
28 mm 42 mm
[mm]
code EPM2842S EPM4260S EPM6090S EPM90145S EPMVAR01S + EPMVAR03S

pcs/box 24 24 24 24 24
845 mm
800
725 mm
700
605 mm 620 mm
600
537 mm
485 mm 500
452 mm
367 mm 365 mm 400
285 mm 300
200
100
[mm]
code EPMVAR01S EPMVAR01S EPMVAR01S EPMVAR01S EPMVAR01S

+ EPMVAR02S + 2x EPMVAR02S + 3x EPMVAR02S + 4x EPMVAR02S + 5x EPMVAR02S
+ EPMVAR03S + EPMVAR03S + EPMVAR03S + EPMVAR03S + EPMVAR03S
pcs/box 24 24 24 24 24
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS
EPMKIT01 EPMKIT02 EPMKIT03 EPMREGOS
210
3
4
0
1
2 1
0
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
12
0-5%
3%
code EPMKIT01 EPMKIT02 EPMKIT03 EPMREGOS

material PP PP PP PP
slope - - - 0–5%
pcs/box 24 120 120 1
EPM 287
FABRIC
For understructure
Mat for covering the surface

under the deck
code size pcs/box

FE014565 5 x 1,6 m 1
ANTI-VIBRATION MAT
Made of rubber
density 750 - 800 kg/m³

material grainy rubber
tensile strength 0.6 N/mm²
compressive strength 0.8 N/mm²
Weather-resistant and rot-proof
working temperature - 40 °C / + 110 °C
code width length pcs/box

FE010355 1,25 m 10 m 1
FE010350 80 mm 6m 1
LEVELING PAD
Made of rubber
density 1.520 kg/m³
material SBR
tensile strength ≥ 3 N/mm²
Compensate ground elongation at failure ≥ 280 %
irregularities up to 30 mm working temperature - 20 °C / + 70 °C

NAG60602 SBR 60 x 60 x 2 50
NAG60603 SBR 60 x 60 x 3 30
NAG60605 SBR 60 x 60 x 5 20
NAG606010 SBR 60 x 60 x 10 10
288
289
290
5. ANCHORS FOR C ONCRETE
291
ANCHOR CHOICE
The different combination of mechanical characteristics and installation parameters of the anchors
allow to comply with many design needs. The use combined with our connection systems offers
a complete range of solutions.
type description p.
SKR Screw Anchor with hexagonal head 296
ANCHORS
SKR
SKS Screw Anchor with countersunk head 296
SCREW
SKR CE Screw Anchor with hexagonal head CE1 297

SKR CE
SKS CE Screw Anchor with countersunk head CE1 297
ABS Heavy-duty expansion anchor with clamp CE1 300

HEAVY-DUTY METAL
ABS
AB1 Heavy-duty expansion anchor CE1 302
ANCHORS
AB1
AB7 Heavy-duty expansion anchor CE7 304
AB7
ABU Heavy-duty expansion anchor 306
ABU
AHZ Medium to heavy-duty anchor 307
AHZ
AHS Heavy-duty anchor for non-through fastening 307
AHS
NDC Extra-long nylon anchor with screw CE 308

NCD
NDS Extra-long nylon anchor with screw 310
ANCHORS
NDB Extra-long nylon anchor with impact screw 310

NDS
LIGHT
NDB
NDK Nylon universal anchor 311
NDL Extra-long nylon universal anchor 311

NDL
MBS Self–tapping screw with cylindrical head for masonry 312
MBS
VINYLPRO Vinyl ester chemical anchor CE 1 – Seismic performance C1 314

vinyl
VINYLNORDIC Vinyl ester chemical anchor for low temperatures 318
CHEMICAL
ANCHORS
vinyl
EPOPLUS Epoxy chemical anchor CE 1 - Seismic performance C2 322
vinyl
POLYGREEN Polyester chemical anchor CE 7 326
vinyl
INA Threaded rod steel grade 5.8 for chemical anchors 329
INA
IHP - IHM Mesh bush for hollow materials 329
IHP
292
ANCHOR SUPPORTMATERIAL OF d tfix

CERTIFICATIONS INSTALLATION FUNCTIONING
MATERIAL CONCRETE MASONRY
[mm] [mm]
LEED ®
According to
LEED IEQ 4.1
®
galvanized steel (≥ 5 μm)
by friction (expandable)
max thickness tofasten
by shape (undercut)
VOC emission class
CE (ETA Approval)
LEED (IEQ 4.1)
non - through
stainless steel
by adhesion
uncracked
diameter
through
cracked
seismic
hollow
nylon
solid
fire
     7,5 ÷ 12 320        
     7,5 80        
    8 ÷ 16 130 CE1  R120     
    8 40 CE1  R120     
    10 ÷ 24 60 CE1 R120     
   M8 ÷ M16 80 CE1 R120     
     M10 ÷ M20 245 CE7       
     M8 ÷ M16 80        
     M8 ÷ M12 70       
     M12 ÷ M16 20        
  8 ÷ 10 170 CE  R90     
  10 125        
  6÷8 100        
  6 ÷ 14         
  12 ÷ 16 115        
  7,5 15        
 M8 ÷ M30 1500 CE1 C1 R120 A+  
 M8 ÷ M30 1500   
   M8 ÷ M30 1500 CE1 C2 R120 A+  
  M8 ÷ M24 1500 CE7   A+  
  M8 ÷ M27        
   M8 ÷ M16        
= coming soon
293
WORKING PRINCIPLES
FUNCTIONING
The loads acting on the anchor are transferred to the support via three different mechanisms depending on the anchor geometry.
1. BY FRICTION (EXPANSION) - (es. AB1) 2. BY SHAPE - (es. SKR) 3. BY ADHERENCE - (e.g. Chemical anchors)
The pullout capacity is provided by the The anchor geometry allows interlocking The tensile loads are transferred to the
friction force generated by the anchor with the support, ensuring a reliable support by the bond stress along the
expansion within the support fastening whole hole surface
MATERIAL OF THE SUPPORT

1. CONCRETE 2. MASONRY
1 UNCRACKED 1 SOLID BRICK The mechanical properties of

compression area masonry are highly influenced
(Option 7)
1 by the type of mortar and blocks.
2 CRACKED 2 HOLLOW BRICK
2 Hence the strength values expected
Tension area
(Option 1) for the various applications are
subjected to significant variability.
INSTALLATION
1. ANCHORS SPACING s 2. EDGE DISTANCE c
1 1 maximum-strength area: s ≥ scr 1 maximum-strength area: c ≥ ccr

2 2 reduced-strength area: smin ≤ s < scr 2 reduced-strength area: cmin ≤ c < ccr
3 no-fix area: s < smin 1 3 no-fix area: c < cmin
3 smin scr
2
ccr
3 cmin
For edge distance and spacing bigger than the critical values, there is no interaction between the failure mechanisms of the single
anchors. The failure cone can develop entirely providing the maximum strength possible. For edge distance and spacing smaller than
the critical values, a reduction of the anchor performance should be accounted for by adopting the coefficients listed in the product
certificate. It is not allowed to install anchors with edge distance and spacing smaller than the minimal values.
3. MINIMUM SUPPORT THICKNESS hmin 4. ANCHORAGE DEPTH hef
In order to avoid splitting phenomena and consequent The anchors have to be installed ensuring an anchorage
significant strength reduction, it is not allowed to install anchors depth hef not less than the prescribed one. Mechanical
in supports with thickness h < hmin and . anchors: generally a single penetration-depth is adopted for
each diameter selected. Chemical anchors: varying penetration
depths according to the boundary conditions in order to
optimize the performarce.
294
FAILURE MECHANISMS
1. TENSION
Steel Concrete
Steel failure Pull-out failure Concrete cone failure Splitting failure
In case chemical anchors are used, a mechanism with combined pull-out and concrete cone failure is possible.
2. SHEAR
Steel Concrete
Steel failure with or Pry-out failure Concrete edge failure

without lever arm
(eccentricity)
INSTALLATION
1. THROUGH 2. NON-THROUGH
The anchor is inserted into the The anchor is inserted into the hole
hole through the element to be before positioning the element to
fastened. Subsequently the anchor be fastened. The hole in the element
is expanded by applying the to be fastened can be smaller than
prescribed tightening torque. The the hole in the support material
hole in the element to be fastened depending on the tightening screw
is equal to or bigger than the hole in that is used (e.g. AHS).
the support material (e.g. AB1).
3. SPACED
The element to be fastened is anchored at a certain distance from

the support. To select the most suitable anchors, please see the
product certificates.
295
SKR  SKS
SKR - SKS: screw anchor for concrete
Suitable for uncracked

Thread suitable for Electrogalvanized
concrete
dry fastening carbon steel
Hexagonal head of
Trivalent chrome Cr3+ Through fastener
increased size
coating No fastener expansion
SKR d1 L tfix h1,min hnom d0 cls df timber df steel SW Tinst

code [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] pcs/box
hexagonal head
SKR7560 60 10 60 50 6 8 8 -10 13 15 50
SKR7580 7,5 80 30 60 50 6 8 8 -10 13 15 50
SKR75100 100 20 90 80 6 8 8 -10 13 15 50
SKR1080 80 30 65 50 8 10 10 -12 16 25 50
SKR10100 100 20 95 80 8 10 10 -12 16 25 25
SKR10120 10 120 40 95 80 8 10 10 -12 16 25 25
SKR10140 140 60 95 80 8 10 10 -12 16 25 25
SKR10160 160 80 95 80 8 10 10 -12 16 25 25
SKR12100 100 20 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12120 120 40 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12140 140 60 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12160 160 80 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12200 12 200 120 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12240 240 160 100 80 10 12 12-14 18 50 25
SKR12280 280 200 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12320 320 240 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKR12400 400 320 100 80 10 12 12 -14 18 50 25
SKS d1 L tfix h1,min hnom d0 cls df timber df steel TX Tinst

countersunk head
SKS7560 60 10 60 50 6 8 - TX40 - 50
SKS7580 80 30 60 50 6 8 - TX40 - 50
SKS75100 100 20 90 80 6 8 - TX40 - 50
7,5
SKS75120 120 40 90 80 6 8 - TX40 - 50
SKS75140 140 60 90 80 6 8 - TX40 - 50
SKS75160 160 80 90 80 6 8 - TX40 - 50
Tinst
SW
tfix df d1 = anchor diameter d0 = hole diameter in the concrete support
L = anchor length df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
L tfix = maximum fixing thickness SW = wrench size
h1 hnom h1 = minimum hole depth Tinst = tightening torque
hnom = nominal anchoring depth
d1
d0
296 SKR - SKS

SKR - SKS CE: screw anchor for concrete CE1
CE option 1
Certified use for cracked and Fire resistance R120 Electrogalvanized
uncracked concrete from C20/25 Self-locking knurled carbon steel
to C50/60 grading under-head (SKR CE) Through fastener
C2 seismic performance No fastener expansion
category (M8-M16)
SKR CE d1 L tfix h1,min hnom d0 cls df timber df steel SW Tinst

hexagonal head with mock washer
SKR8100CE 8 100 40 75 60 6 9 9 10 20 50
SKR1080CE 80 10 85 70 8 12 12 13 50 50
SKR10100CE 10 100 30 85 70 8 12 12 13 50 25
SKR10120CE 120 50 85 70 8 12 12 13 50 25
SKR12110CE 110 30 100 80 10 14 14 15 80 25
SKR12150CE 12 150 70 100 80 10 14 14 15 80 25
SKR12210CE 210 130 100 80 10 14 14 15 80 20
SKR16130CE 16 130 20 140 110 14 18 18 21 160 10
SKS CE d1 L tfix h1,min hnom d0 cls df timber df steel TX Tinst

countersunk flat head
SKS75100CE 8 100 40 75 60 6 9 - TX30 20 50
ASSEMBLY
Tinst
1 2 3 4 5
SKR - SKS 297

SKR - SKS: screw anchor for concrete
INSTALLATION
SKR SKS
Spacing and distances for tensile loads 7,5 10 12 7,5
Minimum spacing smin,N [mm] 50 60 65 50
Minimum edge distance cmin,N [mm] 50 60 65 50
Minimum thickness support on concrete hmin [mm] 100 110 130 100
s Critical spacing scr,N [mm] 100 150 180 100
Critical edge-distance ccr,N [mm] 50 70 80 50
c
Spacing and distances for shear loads 7,5 10 12 7,5

hmin
Minimum spacing smin,V [mm] 50 60 70 50
Minimum edge distance cmin,V [mm] 50 60 70 50
c s Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 100 110 130 100
Critical spacing scr,V [mm] 140 200 240 140
Critical edge-distance ccr,V [mm] 70 110 130 70
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, the strength values should be reduced depending on the installation
parameters.
STATIC VALUES
Valid for a single anchor in C20/25 grade concrete when spacing and edge-distance are not limiting parameters.
ADMISSIBLE VALUES (recommended)
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR (1) HEAD PENETRATION

N1,rec Vrec N2,rec
[kN] [kN] [kN]
7,5 2,13 2,50 1,19 (2)
SKR 10 6,64 6,65 1,86 (2)
12 8,40 8,18 2,83 (2)
SKS 7,5 2,13 2,50 0,72
(1)
• Shear and tensile admissible values (recommended) are according to the When evaluating the anchor global-strength, the shear strength on the
Certificate Nr. 2006/5205/1 released from Politecnico di Milano and obtained element to be fastened (e.g. timber, concrete, ..) must be considered separately
by considering a safety factor of 4 for the failure load. based on the material adopted.
(2) All values refer to SKR installed with DIN 9021 (ISO 9073) washer.
298 SKR - SKS

SKR - SKS CE: screw anchor for concrete CE1
INSTALLATION
SKR CE SKS CE
Spacing and minimum distances 8 10 12 16 8
smin [mm] 45 50 60 80 45
Minimum spacing
for c ≥ [mm] 45 50 60 80 45
cmin [mm] 45 50 60 80 45
s Minimum edge distance
for s ≥ [mm] 45 50 60 80 45
c Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 100 110 130 170 100
hmin Spacing and critical distances 8 10 12 16 8

scr,N (3) [mm] 144 168 192 255 144
c
Critical spacing
s scr,sp (4) [mm] 160 175 195 255 160
ccr,N (3) [mm] 72 84 96 128 72
Critical edge distance
ccr,sp (4) [mm] 80 85 95 130 80
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values will be reduced depending on the installation
parameters.
STATIC VALUES
UNCRACKED CONCRETE CRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION (1) SHEAR (2) TENSION (1) SHEAR (2)

NRk,p VRk,s NRk,p VRk,s
γMp γMs γMp γMs
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
8 16 2,1 9,4 8 4 2,1 9,4
10 20 1,8 20,1 10 7,5 1,8 20,1 Increment factor for NRk,p
SKR CE 1,5 SKR CE 1,5
12 25 2,1 32,4 12 9 2,1 32,4
16 40 2,1 56,9 16 16 2,1 56,9 C30/37 1,22
ψc C40/50 1,41
SKS CE 8 16 2,1 9,4 1,5 SKS CE 8 4 2,1 9,4 1,5 C50/60 1,55
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR

Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
8 5,4 4,5 8 1,4 4,5
10 7,9 9,6 10 3,0 9,6
SKR CE SKR CE
12 8,5 15,4 12 3,1 15,4
16 13,6 27,1 16 5,4 27,1
SKS CE 8 5,4 4,5 SKS CE 8 1,4 4,5
GENERAL PRINCIPLES partial factor for external actions γf = 1,4.

• For the calculation of anchors with reduced spacing, or too close to the edge,
please refer to ETA. Similarly, in case of fastening on concrete-supports with a
• Characteristic values according to ETA and in accordance with the design better-grade or limited thickness please see ETA.
method A (ETAG001).
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: NOTES
(1) Pull-out failure mode.

(2) Steel failure mode.
Coefficients γm are listed in the table and are in accordance with the product (3) Concrete cone failure mode.
certificates. (4) Splitting failure mode.
• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluated based on the characteristic
values by applying the material safety factors γm according to ETA and a further
SKR - SKS 299

ABS
Heavy-duty expansion anchor with clamp CE1
CE option 1
Suitable for dense materials Electrogalvanized
Certified use for cracked and carbon steel
Fire resistance R120
uncracked concrete from C20/25
8.8 grade screw with Through fastening
up to C50/60 grading
hexagonal head and washer Torque-controlled expansion
C1 seismic performance
category
ABS d0 Lt dscrew tfix h1,min hef df SW Tinst

code [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] pcs/box
FE210356 70 5 80 55 12 10 15 50
10 M6
FE210361 100 35 80 55 12 10 15 50
FE210366 100 30 90 60 14 13 30 50
12 M8
FE210371 120 50 90 60 14 13 30 25
FE210376 120 40 100 70 18 17 50 25
16 M10
FE210381 140 60 100 70 18 17 50 25
FE210386 120 20 120 90 20 19 100 10
18 M12
FE210391 150 50 120 90 20 19 100 10
FE210392 140 20 140 105 26 24 160 5
24 M16
FE210393 170 50 140 105 26 24 160 5
Tinst
SW
tfix df d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter h1 = minimum hole depth
in the concrete support hef = effective anchor depth
Lt
hef d = screw diameter df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
h1 Lt = anchor length SW = wrench size
tfix = maximum fixing thickness Tinst = tightening torque
d
d0
ASSEMBLING
Tinst
90°
1 2 3 4 5
300 ABS
INSTALLATION
Spacing and minimum distance 10 / M6 12 / M8 16 / M10 18 / M12 24 / M16

smin [mm] 55 110 80 135 130
Minimum spacing
for c ≥ [mm] 110 145 120 220 240
cmin [mm] 70 100 90 175 180
for s ≥ [mm] 110 160 175 255 290
c Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 110 120 140 180 210
hmin Spacing and critical distance 10 / M6 12 / M8 16 / M10 18 / M12 24 / M16

scr,N (4) [mm] 165 180 210 270 315
c
Critical spacing
s scr,sp (5) [mm] 220 320 240 370 390
ccr,N (4) [mm] 85 90 105 135 160
ccr,sp (5) [mm] 110 160 120 185 195
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values will be reduced depending on the installation parameters.
STATIC VALUES
TENSION (1) SHEAR (2) TENSION (1) SHEAR

NRk,p VRk,s NRk,p VRk,s / Rk,cp
γMp γMs γMp γMs,Mc
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
10 / M6 16,0 16,0 10 / M6 5 14,7 (3) 1,5
12 / M8 16,0 25,0 12 / M8 6 25,0 (2) 1,45 incremental factor for NRk,p
16 / M10 20,0 1,5 43,0 1,45 16 / M10 16 1,5 42,2 (3) 1,5 C30/37 1,22
18 / M12 35,0 58,0 18 / M12 25 58,0 (2) 1,45 ψc C40/50 1,41
24 / M16 45,0 107,0 24 / M16 35 77,5 (3) 1,5 C50/60 1,55

Nrec Vrec Nrec Vrec
[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
10 / M6 7,6 7,9 10 / M6 2,4 7,0
12 / M8 7,6 12,3 12 / M8 2,9 12,3
16 / M10 9,5 21,2 16 / M10 7,6 20,1
18 / M12 16,7 28,6 18 / M12 11,9 28,6
24 / M16 21,4 52,7 24 / M16 16,7 36,9

• Characteristic values according to ETA and in accordance with the design
(2) Steel failure mode (V
method A (ETAG001). Rk,s ).
(3) Pry-out failure mode (V
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: Rk,cp )
(4) Concrete cone failure mode.
(5) Splitting failure mode.
Coefficients γm are listed in the table in and are accordance with the product
certificates.
values applying the material safety factors γm according to ETA and a further
partial factor for actions γf = 1,4.
better-grade or limited thickness please see ETA.
ABS 301
AB1 COMING SOON
Heavy-duty expansion anchor CE1
CE option 1 Suitable for dense materials Electrogalvanized

carbon steel
Certified use for cracked and Fire resistance R120 and stainless steel
uncracked concrete from C20/25 Complete with nut
up to C50/60 grading Through fastening
and washer
Torque-controlled expansion
AB1 d = d0 Lt tfix f h1,min hef df SW Tinst

electrogalvanized carbon steel
FE210405 72 10 32 60 45 9 13 20 100
FE210410 M8 92 30 52 60 45 9 13 20 50
FE210415 112 50 72 60 45 12 13 20 50
FE210475 112 30 67 75 60 12 17 35 25
M10
FE210476 132 50 87 75 60 12 17 35 25
FE210440 103 5 53 90 70 14 19 50 25
FE210480 118 20 68 90 70 14 19 50 25
M12
FE210445 148 50 98 90 70 14 19 50 25
FE210490 178 80 115 90 70 14 19 50 25
FE210493 M16 138 20 80 110 85 18 24 120 10
AB1 d = d0 Lt tfix f h1,min hef df SW Tinst

A4 stainless steel
AI8095A4 92 30 52 60 45 9 13 20 50
M8
AI80112A4 112 50 72 60 45 9 13 20 50
AI1095A4 92 10 47 75 60 12 17 35 50
M10
AI10132A4 132 50 87 75 60 12 17 35 25
AI12110A4 118 20 68 90 70 14 19 70 20
M12
AI12163A4 163 65 113 90 70 14 19 70 20
AI16123A4 M16 123 5 65 110 85 18 24 120 10
Tinst d
SW d = screw diameter h1 = minimum hole depth

tfix df f d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter in hef = effective anchor depth
the concrete support df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
Lt
Lt = anchor length SW = wrench size
hef tfix = maximum fixing thickness Tinst = tightening torque
h1
f = thread length
d0
ASSEMBLY
Tinst
90°
1 2 3 4 5
302 AB1
INSTALLATION
Spacing and minimum distances M8 M10 M12 M16

smin [mm] 50 55 60 70
Minimum spacing
for c ≥ [mm] 50 80 90 120
cmin [mm] 50 50 55 85
for s ≥ [mm] 50 100 145 150
c Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170
hmin Spacing and critical distances M8 M10 M12 M16

scr,N (3) [mm] 135 180 210 255
c
Critical spacing
s scr,sp (4) [mm] 180 240 280 340
ccr,N (3) [mm] 68 90 105 128
ccr,sp (4) [mm] 90 120 140 170
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values will be reduced depending on the installation parameters.
STATIC VALUES
TENSION (1) SHEAR (2) TENSION (1) SHEAR (2)
VRk,s VRk,s
NRk,p NRk,p
γMp [kN] γMs γMp [kN] γMs
[kN] AB1 galvanized AB1 A4 [kN] AB1 galvanized AB1 A4 increment factor for NRk,p
M8 9 10 11 M8 5 10 11 C25/30 1,04
M10 16 1,8 18 17 M10 9 1,8 18 17 C30/37 1,10
1,5 1,5 ψc
M12 20 23 25 M12 12 23 25 C40/50 1,20
M16 35 1,5 44 47 M16 20 1,5 44 47 C50/60 1,28

Vrec Vrec
Nrec Nrec
[kN] [kN]
[kN] AB1 galvanized AB1 A4 [kN] AB1 galvanized AB1 A4
M8 3,6 4,8 5,2 M8 2,0 4,8 5,2
M10 6,3 8,6 8,1 M10 3,6 8,6 8,1
M12 7,9 11,0 11,9 M12 4,8 11,0 11,9
M16 16,7 21,0 22,4 M16 9,5 21,0 22,4

method A (ETAG001).
Coefficients γm are listed in the table in accordance with the product certificates.
partial factor for external actions γf = 1,4.
AB1 303
AB7
Heavy-duty expansion anchor CE7
CE option 7 Complete with nut Electrogalvanized

Certified use for cracked and and washer carbon steel
uncracked concrete from C20/25 Long thread Through fastening
up to C50/60 grading A2 stainless steel expansion nut Torque-controlled expansion
Suitable for dense materials (AB7 extra-long)
AB7 STANDARD d = d0 Lt tfix f h1,min hef df SW Tinst

FE210730 10 70 3 29 60 42 12 17 35 50
FE210735 100 23 48 70 50 14 19 60 50
12
FE210740 120 28 / 43* 68 85 / 70* 65 / 50* 14 19 60 20
FE210745 145 23 80 110 84 18 24 120 15
16
FE210750 220 98 155 110 84 18 24 120 10
FE210755 20 170 23 102 135 103 22 30 240 5
* Double insertion mode: standard / reduced depth
AB7 EXTRALONG d = d0 Lt tfix f h1,min hef df SW Tinst

FE210500 300 185 120 120 75,8 18 24 100 5
16
FE210495 400 245 120 120 75,8 18 24 100 5
Tinst d
SW d = screw diameter h1 = minimum hole depth

tfix df f d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter hef = effective anchor depth
in the concrete support df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
Lt
hef tfix = maximum fixing thickness Tinst = tightening torque
h1
f = thread length
d0
ASSEMBLING
Tinst
90°
1 2 3 4 5
304 AB7
INSTALLATION
AB7 STANDARD AB7 EXTRALONG
Spacing and minimum distances M10 M12x100 M12x120(3) M16 M20 M16
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 85 85 110 135 96
s Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70 85 85 110 135 128
c Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 100 100 130 / 100 168 206 200
hmin Spacing and minimum distances M10 M12x100 M12x120(3) M16 M20 M16
scr,N (4) [mm] 126 150 195 / 150 252 309 270
Critical spacing
c s scr,sp (5) [mm] 168 200 260 / 200 336 412 270
ccr,N (4) [mm] 63 75 98 / 75 126 155 135
ccr,sp (5) [mm] 84 100 130 / 100 168 206 135
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced depending on the installation parameters.
STATIC VALUES
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION (1) SHEAR (2)

NRk,p VRk,s / VRk,cp
γMp γMs,Mc
kN [kN]
M10 12,0 1,5 13,7 1,5
M12x100 16,0 1,5 17,8 1,5
AB7 STANDARD M12x120 (3) 25,0 / 16,0 1,8 / 1,5 20,6 / 17,8 1,25 / 1,5 increment factor for NRk,p
M16 35,0 1,8 38,3 1,25
M20 50,0 1,8 56,3 1,25 C30/37 1,22
ψc C40/50 1,41
AB7 EXTRALONG M16 25,0 1,8 13,5 1,25 C50/60 1,55
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR
Nrec Vrec
[kN] [kN]
M10 5,7 6,5
M12x100 7,6 8,5
AB7 STANDARD M12x120 (3) 9,9 / 7,6 11,8 / 8,5
M16 13,9 21,9
M20 19,8 32,2
AB7 EXTRALONG M16 9,9 7,7

(2) Variable failure mode (steel failure or pry-out failure)
method A (ETAG001).
(3) Values provided in the table refer to the two possible anchoring depths
(standard/reduced)
• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluateed based on the characteristic
partial factor for external actions γf = 1,4.
AB7 305
ABU
Heavy-duty expansion anchor
Complete with nut and washer Through fastening

Long thread Torque-controlled expansion
Electrogalvanized carbon steel Suitable for dense materials
code d = d0 Lt tfix f h1,min df SW Tinst pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm]
FE210505 95 40 55 40 9 13 20 50
8
FE210510 115 60 70 40 9 13 20 50
FE210515 90 30 50 50 12 17 30 50
FE210520 10 100 40 60 50 12 17 30 50
FE210525 120 60 70 50 12 17 30 25
FE210530 95 5 55 65 14 19 80 25
FE210535 12 110 30 70 65 14 19 80 25
FE210540 160 80 110 65 14 19 80 25
FE210541 14 130 30 80 90 16 22 100 15
FE210545 125 20 75 85 18 24 140 15
16
FE210550 145 40 95 85 18 24 140 15
Tinst d
SW
tfix df f
d = screw diameter f = thread length
Lt d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter h1 = minimum hole-depth
h1 in the concrete support df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
tfix = maximum fixing thickness Tinst = tightening torque
d0
306
AHZ
Medium to heavy-duty anchor
8.8 grade screw with hexagonal head Through fastening

DIN 9021 large size washer Torque-controlled expansion
code d0 Lt dscrew tfix h1,min df SW Tinst pcs/box

FE210170 8 60 M6 30 40 10 10 15 100
FE210180 80 M8 30 50 12 13 20 50
FE210175 10 100 M8 50 50 12 13 20 50
FE210178 120 M8 70 50 12 13 20 50
Tinst
FE210150 12 100 M10 40 60 14 17 35 25
SW
tfix df
d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter h1 = minimum hole depth
Lt in the concrete support df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
h1 d = screw diameter SW = wrench size
Lt = anchor length Tinst = tightening torque
tfix = maximum fixing thickness
d
d0
AHS
Heavy-duty anchor for non-through fastening
8.8 grade screw with hexagonal head Non-Through fastening

DIN 9021 large size washer Torque-controlled expansion
code d0 Lt dscrew tfix h1,min df SW Tinst pcs/box

FE210185 12 42 M6 5 55 7 10 13 50
FE210190 14 50 M8 8 65 9 13 25 50
FE210195 16 60 M10 20 85 12 17 50 25
Tinst
SW
tfix df
d0 = anchor diameter =hole diameter h1 = minimum hole depth
in the concrete support df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
h1 Lt
d = screw diameter SW = wrench size
Lt = anchor length Tinst = tightening torque
tfix = maximum fixing thickness
d
d0
307
NDC
Extra-long nylon anchor with screw CE
Certified use for cracked

Plastic anchor for non-structural Complete with 5.8 grade
and uncracked concrete, solid
applications in concrete galvanized-steel screw with
and hollow-brick masonry
and masonry countersunk head
(category of use a,b,c)
Through fastening
R90 fire resistance for Ø10 mm
NDC d0 Lt dv x Lv tfix h1,min hef df insert

code [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pcs/box
FE210600 80 5,5 x 85 10 80 70 8,5 TX30 50
FE210570 100 5,5 x 105 30 80 70 8,5 TX30 50
8
FE210575 120 5,5 x 125 50 80 70 8,5 TX30 50
FE210580 140 5,5 x 145 70 80 70 8,5 TX30 50
FE210705 100 7 x 105 30 80 70 10,5 TX40 50
FE210710 120 7 x 125 50 80 70 10,5 TX40 50
FE210715 140 7 x 145 70 80 70 10,5 TX40 50
10
FE210720 160 7 x 165 90 80 70 10,5 TX40 50
FE210725 200 7 x 205 130 80 70 10,5 TX40 25
FE240010 240 7 x 245 170 80 70 10,5 TX40 25
tfix df
d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter tfix = maximum fixing thickness
Lt in the concrete support h1 = minimum hole depth
h1 hef Lt = anchor length hef = effective anchor depth
dv x Lv = screw diameter x screw length df = maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
d0
ASSEMBLING
1 2 3 4 5
308 NDC
INSTALLATION
s1
s2
s s
c s1 s
hmin
Spacing and distances on concrete Ø8 Ø10

concrete C12/15 70 85
Minimum spacing smin [mm]
concrete ≥ C16/20 50 60
concrete C12/15 70 70
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm]
concrete ≥ C16/20 50 50
concrete C12/15 100 140
Critical edge distance ccr,N [mm]
concrete ≥ C16/20 70 100
Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] 100 100
For spacing and distances smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced depending on the installation parameters
Spacing and distances on concrete Ø8 Ø10

Minimum spacing for single anchor smin [mm] 250
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 100
Minimum perpendicular spacing in a group of anchors s1,min [mm] 200
Minimum parallel spacing in a group of anchors s2,min [mm] 400
solid brick EN 771-1 115
solid brick in calcareous sandstone EN 771-2 115
Minimum support thickness brick with vertical holes EN 771-1 (e.g. Dooble Uni) hmin [mm] 115
hollow brick EN 771-1 (560x200x274 mm) 200
lime-sandstone hollow brick DIN106 / EN 771-2 240
STATIC VALUES ON CONCRETE 1

Valid for a single anchor when spacing and edge-distance are not limiting parameters.
TENSION (2) SHEAR (3) TENSION SHEAR

NRk,p Nrec
[kN] VRk,s [kN] Vrec
γMc γMs
[kN] [kN]
C12/15 ≥ C 16/20 C12/15 ≥ C 16/20
Ø8 1,2 2,0 4,8 1,25 Ø8 0,5 0,8 2,7
1,8
Ø10 2,0 3,0 6,4 1,5 Ø10 0,8 1,2 3,0
(1) For the anchor calculation in masonry applications, see ETA.

• Characteristic values according to ETA and in accordance with ETAG 020 - Annex C.
(3) Steel failure mode (screw).
partial factor for actions γf = 1,4.
NDC 309
NDS
Extra-long anchor with screw
Plastic anchor for applications Complete with screw of class 5.8

on semi-hollow and hollow brick galvanized steel with countersunk
Through fastening head
Antirotational wings
code d0 Lt dv x Lv tfix h1,min insert pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FE210605 100 7 x 105 25 85 TX40 25
FE210585 120 7 x 125 45 85 TX40 25
FE210590 10 140 7 x 145 65 85 TX40 25
FE210595 160 7 x 165 85 85 TX40 25
FE210610 200 7 x 205 125 85 TX40 25
NDB
Extra-long anchor with impact screw
Plastic anchor with countersunk collar Complete with galvanized-steel

Through fastening impact-screw with countersunk head
code d0 Lt dv x Lv tfix h1,min hef dk insert pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FE210300 40 3,8 x 45 10 30 27 10,0 PZ 2 200
FE210305 6 55 3,8 x 60 25 30 27 10,0 PZ 2 100
FE210310 67 3,8 x 72 37 30 27 10,0 PZ 2 100
FE210315 60 4,8 x 65 25 40 35 12,2 PZ 3 100
FE210320 75 4,8 x 80 40 40 35 12,2 PZ 3 100
FE210325 8 100 4,8 x 105 65 40 35 12,2 PZ 3 50
FE210330 120 4,8 x 125 85 40 35 12,2 PZ 3 50
dk
FE210335 135 4,8 x 140 100 40 35 12,2 PZ 3 50
tfix
Lt d0 = anchor diameter = hole diameter tfix = maximum fixing thickness

hef LV in the concrete support h1 = minimum hole depth
h1
Lt = anchor length hef = effective anchor depth
dv x Lv = screw diameter x screw length dk = head diameter
dV
d0
ASSEMBLING
1 2 3 4 5
310
NDK
Nylon universal anchor
UNIVERSAL - with collar d0 Lt dscrew

code [mm] [mm] [mm] pcs/box
FE210200 6 35 4-5 100
FE210210 8 50 4,5 - 6 100
FE210215 10 60 6-8 50
GL - 4 sectors d0 Lt dscrew
code [mm] [mm] [mm] pcs/box
FE210219 8 40 4,5 - 6 100
FE210220 12 60 8 - 10 50
FE210225 14 70 10 - 12 25
NDL
Extra-long nylon universal anchor
code d0 Lt danchor bolt pcs/box

[mm] [mm] [mm]
FE210615 160 10 25
FE210616 12 200 10 25
FE210617 240 10 25
FE210618 100 12 50
FE210619 14 130 12 50
FE210620 160 12 25
FE210621 140 12 25
FE210622 160 12 20
16
FE210623 200 12 20
FE210624 240 12 20
311
MBS
Self-tapping screw for masonry with cylindrical head
Electrogalvanized Fastening of doors and windows Reduced expansion-stress

carbon steel (head diameter = 8 mm) in the support
Suitable for dense Quick installation Through fastening
and semi-hollow materials
MBS d L d0 df
code [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pcs/box
FE210086 72 6 6,2
FE210087 92 6 6,2
FE210088 7,5 112 6 6,2
TX30 100
FE210089 132 6 6,2
FE210090 152 6 6,2
FE210091 182 6 6,2
d Available also with countersunk flat head: suitable for of PVC and aluminum profile fastening
df
d = screw diameter
d0 = concrete/masonry predrill diameter
hnom df = hole diameter in the element to be fastened
hnom = nominal anchor depth
d0
STATIC VALUES
PULLOUT STRENGTH
Type of support hnom,min [mm] NRk [kN] Nrec [kN]

Concrete 30 3,2 0,76
Small concrete blocks 40 - -
40 1,2 0,29
Solid brick
80 7,5 1,79
40 0,2 0,05
Hollow brick
60 0,9 0,21
Light concrete 80 - -
Design values NRd can be obtained from characteristic values by applying a safety factor equal to 3
ASSEMBLING ON MASONRY
1 2 3 4
312 MBS
313
VINYLPRO
LEED ®
According to
LEED IEQ 4.1
®
Two-component vinyl ester chemical anchor without styrene

CE Option 1 - C1 seismic performance category
CE option 1 Fire resistance R120 Dry, wet and soaked

Certified use for cracked Comply with LEED ®, concrete hole
and uncracked concrete, IEQ Credit 4.1 Certified for use in contact
solid and hollow brick masonry A+ Class: emission of volatile with potable water
(category of use a,b,c)
organic compounds (VOC) No stress in the support
C1 seismic performance category in lived environments Without styrene - odorless
(M12-M30)
VINYLPRO
code format [ml] pcs/box
FE400055 410 1
FE400056 300 1
Expiry from date of manufacturing: 18 months for 410 ml / 12 months for 300 ml.
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
code description format [ml] pcs/box

MAM400 gun for cartridge 410 1
FLY401 gun for cartridge 300 1
STING nozzle - 12
PONY blowing pump - 1
ASSEMBLING
+20 °C Tinst
45 min
hef
1 2 3 4 5 6
314 VINYLPRO
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION GEOMETRY – THREADED RODS (TYPE INA O MGS)
s
c
hmin
c s
d [mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32
hef,min [mm] 64 80 96 128 160 192 216
hef,max [mm] 144 180 216 288 360 432 486
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30
Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135
Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] hef + 30 ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 d0
For spacing and distance smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced according to the installation parameters.
Tinst
tfix df
d = anchor diameter Tinst = tightening torque
L d0 = hole diameter in concrete L = anchor length
h1 hef support tfix = maximum fixing thickness
hmin hef = effective anchorage depth h1 = minimum hole depth
df = maximum hole diameter on the
element to fasten
d
d0
INSTALLATION TIME AND TEMPERATURE
curing time before loading

support temperature cartridge temperature workability time
dry support wet support
- 10 ÷ - 4 °C ≥ + 15 °C 90 min 24 h 48 h
- 5 ÷ - 1 °C ≥ + 5 °C 90 min 14 h 24 h
0 ÷ 4 °C ≥ + 5 °C 45 min 7h 14 h
5 ÷ 9 °C ≥ + 5 °C 25 min 2h 4h
10 ÷ 19 °C ≥ + 5 °C 15 min 80 min 160 min
20 ÷ 29 °C ≥ + 5 °C 6 min 45 min 90 min
30 ÷ 34 °C ≥ + 5 °C 4 min 25 min 50 min
35 ÷ 39 °C ≥ + 5 °C 2 min 20 min 40 min
40 °C ≥ + 5 °C 1,5 min 15 min 30 min
VINYLPRO 315
STATIC CHARACTERISTIC VALUES

Valid for a single threaded rod (type INA o MGS) in C20/25 grade concrete when spacing and edge-distance are not limiting parameters.
UNCRACKED CONCRETE (1)
TENSION
hef,min NRk,p (2) [kN] hef,max NRk,s / Rk,p (3) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp [mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γM
M8 64 13,7 1,5 13,7 1,5 144 18,0 29,0
M10 80 25,1 25,1 180 29,0 46,0 γMs = 1,5
M12 96 36,2 36,2 216 42,0 67,0
M16 128 64,3 64,3 288 78,0 1,5 144,8
1,8 1,8
M20 160 100,5 100,5 360 122,0 226,2
γMp = 1,8
M24 192 134,4 134,4 432 176,0 309,4
M27 216 155,7 155,7 486 230,0 350,4
SHEAR
hef VRk,s (4) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMs
M8 ≥ 64 9,0 15,0
M10 ≥ 80 15,0 23,0
M12 ≥ 96 21,0 34,0 increment factor for NRk,p (5)
M16 ≥ 128 39,0 1,25 63,0 1,25 C25/30 1,02
M20 ≥ 160 61,0 98,0 C30/37 1,04
ψc
M24 ≥ 192 88,0 141,0 C40/50 1,08
M27 ≥ 216 115,0 184,0 C50/60 1,10
CRACKED CONCRETE (1)
TENSION
hef,min NRk,p (2) [kN] hef,max NRk,p (2) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp [mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp
M12 96 16,3 16,3 216 36,6 36,6
M16 128 29,0 29,0 288 65,1 65,1
M20 160 45,2 1,8 45,2 1,8 360 101,8 1,8 101,8 1,8
M24 192 65,1 65,1 432 146,6 146,6
M27 216 91,6 91,6 486 206,1 206,1
SHEAR
hef,min VRk [kN] hef,max VRk,s (4) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMc [mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMs
M12 96 21,0 31,9 216 21,0 34,0
M16 128 39,0 57,9 288 39,0 63,0
M20 160 61,0 1,25 (4) 90,5 1,5 (6) 360 61,0 1,25 98,0 1,25
M24 192 88,0 130,3 432 88,0 141,0
M27 216 115,0 183,2 486 115,0 184,0
316 VINYLPRO
STATIC ADMISSIBLE VALUES
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION
hef,min Nrec [kN] hef,max Nrec [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8 [mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8
M8 64 6,5 6,5 144 8,6 13,8
M10 80 10,0 10,0 180 13,8 21,9
M12 96 14,4 14,4 216 20,0 31,9
M16 128 25,5 25,5 288 37,1 57,5
M20 160 39,9 39,9 360 58,1 89,8
M24 192 53,3 53,3 432 83,8 122,8
M27 216 61,8 61,8 486 109,5 139,0
SHEAR
hef,min Vrec [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8
M8 ≥ 64 5,1 8,6
M10 ≥ 80 8,6 13,1
M12 ≥ 96 12,0 19,4
M16 ≥ 128 22,3 36,0
M20 ≥ 160 34,9 56,0
M24 ≥ 192 50,3 80,6
M27 ≥ 216 65,7 105,1
(1) For the calculation of anchors in masonry or in case of high bond bars, please
method contained in TR029 o CEN/TS 1992-4:2009. see ETA document.
(2) Pull-out and concrete cone failure.
(3) Steel failure for 5.8 grade rods and variable failure mode (steel failure / pull-out)
for 8.8 grade rods

(4) Steel failure.
(5) Tensile-strength increment factor (excluding steel failure) for both cracked and
• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluated from the characteristic values uncracked concrete.
by applying the material safety factors γm according to ETA and a further partial
factor for external actions γf = 1,4.
• For the design of anchors subjected to seismic loading refer to ETA
and to ETAG 001 (Annex E and TR045).
VINYLPRO 317
VINYLNORDIC LEED ®
Vinyl ester chemical anchor for low temperatures According to

LEED IEQ 4.1
®
Workability at extremely low temperatures (- 20 °C)
Uncracked concrete, dense Comply with LEED ®, No stress in the support, suitable
and hollow supports IEQ Credit 4.1 for applications close to the
Workability at extremely Without styrene - odorless edge
low temperatures (- 20 °C)
VINYLNORDIC
FE400065 400 1
Expiry from date of manufacturing: 18 months
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS-ACCESSORIES

STING nozzle - 12
ASSEMBLY
+10 °C Tinst
1h
hef
1 2 3 4 5 6
318 VINYLNORDIC
INSTALLATION
s
c
hmin
c s
d [mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32
hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 250
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30
Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150 200
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Minimum thickness of the concrete support hmin [mm] hef + 30 ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 d0
Tinst
tfix df
L d0 = hole diameter on the concrete L = anchor length
hmin hef = effective anchor depth h1 = minimum hole depth
df = maximum hole diameter on the
element to fasten
d
d0

support temperature workability time
dry support dry support
- 20 ÷ - 16 °C 90 min 24 h 48 h
- 15 ÷ - 11 °C 75 min 16 h 32 h
- 10 ÷ - 6 °C 60 min 10 h 20 h
- 5 ÷ - 1 °C 50 min 5h 10 h
0 ÷ 4 °C 25 min 150 min 300 min
5 ÷ 9 °C 10 min 80 min 160 min
10 ÷ 14 °C 6 min 60 min 120 min
15 ÷ 19 °C 3 min 45 min 90 min
+ 20 °C 1,5 min 35 min 70 min
Cartridge storage temperature - 20 ÷ + 25 °C
VINYLNORDIC 319

UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR
hef NRk,p (1) [kN] hef VRk,s (2) [kN]

bar bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp [mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMs
M8 80 15,9 15,9 M8 ≥ 80 9,0 15,0
M10 90 25,0 25,0 M10 ≥ 90 15,0 23,0
M12 110 34,9 34,9 M12 ≥ 110 21,0 34,0
M16 125 49,9 1,8 49,9 1,8 M16 ≥ 125 39,0 1,25 63,0 1,25
M20 170 96,3 96,3 M20 ≥ 170 61,0 98,0
M24 210 110,0 110,0 M24 ≥ 210 88,0 141,0
M27 250 132,0 132,0 M27 ≥ 250 115,0 184,0
increment factor for NRk,p

C25/30 1,05
C30/37 1,12
ψc
C40/50 1,22
C50/60 1,30
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR
hef Nrec [kN] hef Vrec [kN]

bar bar
M8 80 6,3 6,3 M8 ≥ 80 5,1 8,6
M10 90 9,9 9,9 M10 ≥ 90 8,6 13,1
M12 110 13,8 13,8 M12 ≥ 110 12,0 19,4
M16 125 19,8 19,8 M16 ≥ 125 22,3 36,0
M20 170 38,2 38,2 M20 ≥ 170 34,9 56,0
M24 210 43,7 43,7 M24 ≥ 210 50,3 80,6
M27 250 52,4 52,4 M27 ≥ 250 65,7 105,1

• Characteristic values obtained from laboratory testing according to international
guidelines.
Coefficients γm are listed in the table.

• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluated from the characteristic values
factor for actions γf = 1,4.
320 VINYLNORDIC
321
EPOPLUS
LEED ®
According to
LEED IEQ 4.1
®
High-performance epoxy chemical anchor

CE Option 1 - C2 Seismic performance category
CE option 1 Fire resistance R120 Dry, wet and soaked

Certified use for cracked Comply with LEED ®, concrete hole
and uncracked concrete IEQ Credit 4.1 Anchoring in cored holes
C2 Seismic performance category A+ Class: emission of volatile Certified for use in contact
(M12-M16) organic compounds (VOC) with potable water
C1 Seismic performance category in lived environments Dielectric fastening
(M12-M30)
EPOPLUS
FE400070 385 1

MAMDB gun for double cartridge 385 1
STING nozzle - 12
ASSEMBLY
+20 °C Tinst
10 h
hef
1 2 3 4 5 6
322 EPOPLUS
INSTALLATION
s
c
hmin
c s
d [mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32
hef,min [mm] 64 80 96 128 160 192 216
hef,max [mm] 96 120 144 192 240 288 324
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30
Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Minimum thickness of concrete support hmin [mm] hef + 30 ≥ 100 mm hef + 2 d0
Tinst
tfix df
L d0 = hole diameter in the concrete L = anchor length
df = maximum hole diameter in the
element to be fastened
d
d0

support temperature workability time
dry support wet support
5 ÷ 9 °C 120 min 50 h 100 h
10 ÷ 19 °C 90 min 30 h 60 h
20 ÷ 29 °C 30 min 10 h 20 h
35 ÷ 39 °C 20 min 6h 12 h
40 °C 12 min 4h 8h
Cartridge storage temperature + 5 ÷ + 25 °C
EPOPLUS 323

TENSION
hef,min NRk,p (2) [kN] hef,max NRk,s / Rk,p (3) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp [mm] steel 5.8 γM steel 8.8 γMp
M8 64 20,9 20,9 96 18,0 31,4
M10 80 32,7 32,7 1,8 120 29,0 49,0
1,8 γMs = 1,5 1,8
M12 96 43,4 43,4 144 42,0 65,1
M16 128 73,1 73,1 1,8 192 78,0 115,8
M20 160 102,2 102,2 240 165,9 165,9
M24 192 134,4 2,1 134,4 2,1 288 217,1 γMp = 2,1 217,1 2,1
M27 216 160,3 160,3 324 274,8 274,8
SHEAR
hef VRk,s (4) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMs
M8 ≥ 64 9,0 15,0
M10 ≥ 80 15,0 23,0
M12 ≥ 96 21,0 34,0 increment factor for NRk,p (5)
M16 ≥ 128 39,0 1,25 63,0 1,25 C25/30 1,02
M20 ≥ 160 61,0 98,0 C30/37 1,04
ψc
M24 ≥ 192 88,0 141,0 C40/50 1,08
M27 ≥ 216 115,0 184,0 C50/60 1,10
CRACKED CONCRETE (1)
TENSION
hef,min NRk,p (2) [kN] hef,max NRk,p (2) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp [mm] steel 5.8 γMp steel 8.8 γMp
M12 96 23,5 23,5 144 35,3 35,3
1,8 1,8 1,8 1,8
M16 128 35,4 35,4 192 53,1 53,1
M20 160 50,3 50,3 240 75,4 75,4
M24 192 65,1 2,1 65,1 2,1 288 97,7 2,1 97,7 2,1
M27 216 82,4 82,4 324 123,7 123,7
SHEAR
hef,min VRk [kN] hef,max VRk,s (4) [kN]

bar
[mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γM [mm] steel 5.8 γMs steel 8.8 γMs
M12 96 21,0 34,0 γMs = 1,25 (4) 144 21,0 34,0
M16 128 39,0 70,8 192 39,0 63,0
M20 160 61,0 1,25 (4) 100,5 240 61,0 1,25 98,0 1,25
γMs = 1,5 (6)
M24 192 88,0 130,3 288 88,0 141,0
M27 216 115,0 164,9 324 115,0 184,0
324 EPOPLUS
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR
hef,min Nrec [kN] hef,max Nrec [kN] hef,min Vrec [kN]

bar bar
[mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8 [mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8 [mm] steel 5.8 steel 8.8
M8 64 8,3 8,3 96 8,6 12,4 M8 ≥ 64 5,1 8,6
M10 80 13,0 13,0 120 13,8 19,4 M10 ≥ 80 8,6 13,1
M12 96 17,2 17,2 144 20,0 25,9 M12 ≥ 96 12,0 19,4
M16 128 29,0 29,0 192 37,1 46,0 M16 ≥ 128 22,3 36,0
M20 160 34,8 34,8 240 56,4 56,4 M20 ≥ 160 34,9 56,0
M24 192 45,7 45,7 288 73,9 73,9 M24 ≥ 192 50,3 80,6
M27 216 54,5 54,5 324 93,5 93,5 M27 ≥ 216 65,7 105,1
CRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION
hef,min Nrec [kN] hef,max Nrec [kN]

bar
M12 96 9,3 9,3 144 14,0 14,0
M16 128 14,0 14,0 192 21,1 21,1
M20 160 17,1 17,1 240 25,6 25,6
M24 192 22,2 22,2 288 33,2 33,2
M27 216 28,0 28,0 324 42,1 42,1
SHEAR
hef,min Vrec [kN] hef,max Vrec [kN]

bar
M12 96 12,0 19,4 144 12,0 19,4
M16 128 22,3 33,7 192 22,3 36,0
M20 160 34,9 47,9 240 34,9 56,0
M24 192 50,3 62,0 288 50,3 80,6
M27 216 65,7 78,5 324 65,7 105,1
(1) For the calculation of anchors in masonry or in case of high bond bars,
method contained in TR029 o CEN/TS 1992-4:2009. please refer to ETA document.
(3) Steel failure for 5.8 grade rods while variable failure mode
(steel failure / pull-out) for 8.8 grade rods.

(4) Steel failure.
(5) Increment factor for tensile strength (excluding steel failure) valid both
• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluated from the characteristic values for cracked and uncracked concrete.
(6) Pry-out failure mode.
factor for actions γf = 1,4.
EPOPLUS 325
POLYGREEN
LEED ®
According to
LEED IEQ 4.1
®
Polyester chemical anchor without styrene

CE Option 7
CE option 7
Comply with LEED ®, A+ Class: emission of volatile
Certified use for cracked and IEQ Credit 4.1 organic compounds (VOC)
uncracked concrete, solid and in lived environments
hollow brick masonry
Without styrene - odorless
(category of use b, c, w/w)
POLYGREEN
FE400060 410 1

STING nozzle - 12
ASSEMBLY
+20 °C Tinst
45 min
hef
1 2 3 4 5 6
326 POLYGREEN
INSTALLATION
s
c
hmin
c s
d [mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28
hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 60 120 150
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120
Minimum thickness of concrete support hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 215 260
For spacing and distance smaller than the critical ones, strength values have to be reduced depending on the installation parameters.
Tinst
tfix df
L d0 = hole diameter in the concrete L = anchor length
df = maximum hole diameter in the
element to be fastened
d
d0
support temperature workability time curing time before loading

- 5 ÷ 0 °C 90 min 6h
0 ÷ 5 °C 45 min 3h
5 ÷ 10 °C 25 min 2h
10 ÷ 20 °C 15 min 80 min
20 ÷ 30 °C 6 min 45 min
30 ÷ 35 °C 4 min 25 min
+ 35 °C 2 min 20 min
Cartridge storage temperature + 5 ÷ + 25 °C
POLYGREEN 327

TENSION (2) SHEAR (3)
NRk,p VRk,s
bar γMp bar γMs
[kN] [kN]
M8 16,0 M8 9,0
M10 34,7 M10 15,0
M12 35,0 M12 21,0 increment factor for NRk,p
1,8 1,25
M16 50,0 M16 39,0 C30/37 1,08
M20 75,0 M20 61,0 ψc C40/50 1,15
M24 95,0 M24 88,0 C50/60 1,19
UNCRACKED CONCRETE
TENSION SHEAR
Nrec Vrec
bar bar
[kN] [kN]
M8 6,3 M8 5,1
M10 13,8 M10 8,6
M12 13,9 M12 12,0
M16 19,8 M16 22,3
M20 29,8 M20 34,9
M24 37,7 M24 50,3
(1) For the calculation of anchors in masonry, please refer to ETA document.
method contained in TR029 o CEN/TS 1992-4:2009.
• Admissible values (recommended) are evaluated from the characteristic values
by applying the material safety factors γm according to ETA and applying a
further partial factor for actions γf = 1,4.
328 POLYGREEN
INA
5.8 steel-grade threaded-rod for chemical anchors
Complete with nut (ISO4032) and washer
(ISO7089)
5.8 grade galvanized steel
INA d Lt d0 df
FE210100 M8 110 10 ≤9 10
FE210105 110 12 ≤ 12 10
M10
FE210110 130 12 ≤ 13 10
FE210115 130 14 ≤ 14 10
M12
FE210119 180 14 ≤ 15 10
FE210116 160 18 ≤ 18 10
FE210118 M16 190 18 ≤ 18 10
FE210121 230 18 ≤ 18 10
FE210117 M20 240 24 ≤ 22 10
FE210122 M24 270 28 ≤ 26 10
FE210123 M27 400 32 ≤ 30 10
d0 = hole diameter in the support / df = hole diameter in the element to be fastened
ASSEMBLY
Tinst
hef
1 2 3 4 5 6
IHP - IHM
Mesh bush for hollow materials
IHP - PLASTIC MESH d0 L bar d0

FE210120 16 85 M10 (M8) 16 10
FE210125 16 130 M10 (M8) 16 10
FE210130 20 85 M12 / M16 20 10
IHM - METALLIC MESH d0 L bar d0

FE210230 12 1000 M8 12 10
FE210235 16 1000 M8 / M10 16 10
FE210240 22 1000 M12 / M16 22 5
ASSEMBLY
Tinst
1 2 3 4 5 6
329
330
FASTENERS FOR WOOD
331
FASTENERS FOR WOOD
LBA  LBS
Threaded nail - Screw with cylindrical head for plates
White galvanized carbon steel
LBA  ANKER NAIL

Threaded annular ring nail for
improved pullout strength
LBS  SCREW FOR PLATES

Screw with cylindrical underhead
ideal for fastening of standard
metal elements
CERTIFICATION
CE marking according to ETA to guarantee correct
parameters for designing structural plates in
accordance with the standard (Eurocode or other
standards)
METAL PLATES
Geometry appositely designed for fastening metal
plates and angle brackets. The underhead provides
a fixed-end constraint that improves the joint static
performance
332 LBA - LBS

FASTENERS FOR WOOD
LBA - ANKER NAIL

code type d1 [mm] L [mm] b [mm] pcs/box
PF601440 LBA440 40 30 250
d1
PF601450 LBA450 50 40 250
PF601460 LBA460 4 60 50 250
b
PF601475 LBA475 75 60 250
L PF601410 LBA4100 100 80 250
PF601660 LBA660 60 50 250
PF601680 LBA680 6 80 70 250
PF601610 LBA6100 100 80 250
LBS - SCREW FOR PLATES

PF603525 LBS525 25 21 500
d1 PF603540 LBS540 5 40 36 500
PF603550 LBS550 TX20 50 46 200
b
PF603560 LBS560 60 56 200
L
PF603570 LBS570 70 66 200
AISI 316
A4
LBAI - STAINLESS STEEL ANKER NAIL

AI4050 LBAI450 4 50 40 250
d1
AI6060 LBAI660 6 60 50 250
b
L
MATERIAL AND DURABILITY FIELD OF USE
LBA: galvanized carbon steel. Steel to timber joints

LBS: galvanized carbon steel. Timber to timber joints
To be used in Service class 1 and 2 (EN 1995:2008). OSB to timber joints
LBAI: A4 stainless steel ( V4A).

To be used in Service class 1, 2 and 3 (EN 1995:2008).
EXTERNAL LOADS
LBA LBS
FV FV FAX FAX FV FV FAX FAX
FV FV FV FV
LBA - LBS 333

FASTENERS FOR WOOD
LBA LBS LBA LBS

Nominal diameter d1 [mm] 4 6 5
Head diameter dK [mm] 8,00 12,00 7,80
dk dk Core diameter d2 [mm] - - 3,00
t1
Underhead diameter dUK [mm] - - 4,90
t1 duk
d1 External diameter de [mm] 4,40 6,50 -
Head thickness t1 [mm] 1,40 2,00 2,40
Predrill diameter dv [mm] 3,0 4,5 3,0
L b L b
Characteristic moment of yield My,k [Nmm] 6500,0 19000,0 5417,2
Characteristic value of extraction strength fax,k [N/mm2] 7,5 7,5 11,7
Characteristic head penetration strength fhead,k [N/mm2] - - 10,5
de d2 Characteristic tensile strength ftens,k [kN] 6,9 11,4 7,9
d1
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR NAILS / SCREWS UNDER SHEAR LOADING (STEEL-TO-TIMBER)
SCREWS / NAILS INSERTED WITHOUT PREDRILL

LBA LBS LBA LBA LBS LBA
4 5 6 4 5 6
a1 [mm] 28 42 50 14 18 21
a2 [mm] 14 18 21 14 18 21
a3,t [mm] 60 75 90 40 50 60
a3,c [mm] 40 50 60 40 50 60
a4,t [mm] 20 25 30 28 50 60
a4,c [mm] 20 25 30 20 25 30
SCREWS / NAILS INSERTED WITH PREDRILL

LBA LBS LBA LBA LBS LBA
4 5 6 4 5 6
a1 [mm] 14 18 21 11 14 17
a2 [mm] 8 11 13 11 14 17
a3,t [mm] 48 60 72 28 35 42
a3,c [mm] 28 35 42 28 35 42
a4,t [mm] 12 15 18 20 35 42
a4,c [mm] 12 15 18 12 15 18
loaded unloaded loaded Unloaded

grain connection end end edge edge
direction element -90° < α < 90° 90° < α < 270° 0° < α < 180° 180° < α < 360°
a2 a2
a2 a2 a4,t a4,c
a1 a1 a1 a1 a3,t a3,c
NOTES
• Minimum distances consistent with EN 1995:2008 and in accordance with ETA,

• assuming a timber density ρk ≤ 420 kg/m3.
• For timber-to-timber joints, the minimum spacing (a1, a2) have to be multiplied
by a coefficient equal to 1,5.
334 LBA - LBS

FASTENERS FOR WOOD
STATIC VALUES
LBA
FV
Fax Fax
SPLATE
L b
FV
d1

SHEAR STEEL-TO-TIMBER RV,k [kN] TENSION SHEAR TENSION
d1 L b
SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE Rax,k Vadm Nadm
[mm] [mm] [mm]
1,5 mm 2 mm 2,5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm [kN] [kg] [kg]
40 30 2,02 2,01 2,00 1,98 1,95 1,93 1,90 0,96 71 38
50 40 2,32 2,32 2,32 2,32 2,32 2,32 2,32 1,28 71 51
4 60 50 2,48 2,48 2,48 2,48 2,48 2,48 2,48 1,60 71 64
75 60 2,64 2,64 2,64 2,64 2,64 2,64 2,64 1,92 71 77
100 80 2,96 2,96 2,96 2,96 2,96 2,96 2,96 2,56 71 102
60 50 2,56 2,53 3,39 4,24 4,20 4,16 4,13 2,40 141 96
6 80 70 3,43 3,41 4,19 5,00 5,00 5,00 5,00 3,36 141 134
100 80 4,27 4,27 4,75 5,24 5,24 5,24 5,24 3,84 141 154
LBS
FV
Fax Fax
SPLATE
L b
FV
d1

SHEAR STEEL-TO-TIMBER RV,k [kN] TENSION SHEAR TENSION
d1 L b
SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE SPLATE Rax,k Vadm Nadm
[mm] [mm] [mm]
1,5 mm 2 mm 2,5 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm [kN] [kg] [kg]
25 21 0,90 0,88 0,87 0,98 1,23 1,47 1,43 1,31 53 53
40 36 1,48 1,46 1,44 1,58 1,88 2,15 2,11 2,25 53 90
5 50 46 1,86 1,85 1,83 1,92 2,12 2,35 2,35 2,87 53 115
60 56 2,05 2,05 2,05 2,15 2,34 2,52 2,50 3,50 53 140
70 66 2,20 2,20 2,20 2,30 2,50 2,68 2,66 4,12 53 165
(1) The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø4 nails has been evaluated
• Design values can be obtained from characteristic values as follows: assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , always considering the case of thick plate
according to ETA (SPLATE ≥ 1,5 mm).
The characteristic shear-strength value for LBA Ø6 screws has been evaluated
assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , and considering the thin
Coefficients γm and kmod must be taken according to the current Standard adopted (SPLATE ≤ 2,0 mm), and thick-plate case scenarios (2,0 < SPLATE < 3,0 mm)
for the design. according to ETA (SPLATE ≥ 3,0 mm).
(2) The characteristic shear-strength value for LBS Ø5 screws has been evaluated
For calculations, a timber density ρk = 380 kg/m3 has been considered.
• Dimensioning and verification of timber elements and metal plates must be carried assuming a plate thickness = SPLATE , and considering the thin (SPLATE ≤ 0,5 d1),
out separately. intermediate (0,5 d1 < SPLATE < d1) and thick-plate case scenarios (SPLATE ≥ d1).
(3) The pullout strength of the threaded part has been determined by considering
• Characteristic values of shear strength are evaluated for nails/screws inserted without
predrill; in case of nails/screws inserted with predrill it is possible to obtain higher an fastener angle to the grain of 90° and a penetration length equal to b.
strength values.
LBA - LBS 335

FASTENERS FOR WOOD
FASTENERS FOR WOOD

HBS+ evo
Flat screw with cone-shaped
under-head for outdoor use code d [mm] L [mm] TX pcs/box
HBSP550C 5 50 TX25 200
HBSP560C 5 60 TX25 200
HBSP570C 5 70 TX25 100
HBSP680C 6 80 TX30 100
HBSP690C 6 90 TX30 100
HBSP6100C 6 100 TX30 100
HBSP840C 8 40 TX40 100
HBSP860C 8 60 TX40 100
HBSP880C 8 80 TX40 100
WS
Self-drilling dowel
code d [mm] L [mm] TX pcs/box
CS100165 7 73 TX40 100
CS100160 7 93 TX40 100
CS100240 7 113 TX40 100
CS100245 7 133 TX40 100
CS100215 7 153 TX40 100
CS100220 7 173 TX40 100
CS100225 7 193 TX40 100
CS100250 7 213 TX40 100
CS100255 7 233 TX40 100
SBS
Self-tapping screw for wood/metal
SBS4845 4,8 45 TX25 200
SBS5550 5,5 50 TX30 200
SBS6360 6,3 60 TX30 200
SBS6370 6,3 70 TX30 200
SBS6385 6,3 85 TX30 200
SPP
Self-tapping screw for wood/metal
SPP63125 6,3 125 TX30 100
SPP63145 6,3 145 TX30 100
SPP63165 6,3 165 TX30 100
336
FASTENERS FOR WOOD
VGS
Full threaded fastener
with countersunk head code d [mm] L [mm] TX pcs/box
VGS11100 11 100 TX50 25
VGS11150 11 150 TX50 25
VGS11200 11 200 TX50 25
TBS
Large head screw
TBS840 8 40 TX40 50
TBS860 8 60 TX40 50
TBS880 8 80 TX40 50
HBS+ evo BLACK

Black screw with cone-shaped under-head
NOHBSP840 8 40 TX40 100
NOHBSP860 8 60 TX40 100
Complete list of codes and more fasteners are available in the „Screws for wood“ catalogue (www.rothoblaas.com)
337
FASTENERS FOR WOOD
COLLATED FASTENERS FOR WOOD

CLIPPED-HEAD ANKER NAILS - K25°
code d x L [mm] HH3522 pcs/box

HH10401443 4,0 x 40 galvanized l 1000
L HH10401445 4,0 x 50 galvanized l 1000
HH10401446 4,0 x 60 galvanized l 1000
d 20° HH10401444 4,0 x 50 A2 l 1000
3522 ANKER NAILER 25°
code Ø nail [mm] clip (coil) trigger weight [kg]

HH3522 4 plastic single 4,1
CLIPPED-HEAD ANKER NAILS - K34°
code d x L [mm] ATEU0116 pcs/box

HH20006080 4,0 x 40 galvanized l 2000
L HH20006085 4,0 x 50 galvanized l 2000
HH20006090 4,0 x 60 galvanized l 2000
d 34°
0116 ANKER RIVETER 34°

ATEU0116 4 plastic single 2,36
3731 PALMAR RIVETER

HH3731 10 loose nails LBA single 2,5
HH14511068 large guide sleeve for nails up to Ø22 mm
338
FASTENERS FOR WOOD
CLIP-HEAD ANKER NAILS - P34°
code d x L [mm] clip (coil) HH3822 pcs/box

HH10401741 4,0 x 40 galvanized paper l 1250
L
d 34°
CLIP-HEAD ANKER NAILS - P34°
code d x L [mm] clip (coil) HH3822 pcs/box

HH10401447 4,0 x 40 galvanized plastic l 1000
L
d 34°
3822 ANKER NAILER

HH3822 4 paper / plastic single 3,6
code description content [g/ml] pcs/box weight [kg]

HH10900546 gas cartridge 40 / 80 10 0,1
SMOOTH-DOWEL TIP
code Ø tip [mm] total length [mm] useful length [mm] pcs/box
AT4000 8 300 220 1
AT4005 10 300 220 1
AT4010 12 300 220 1
AT4015 16 340 270 1
AT4020 20 340 270 1
Further machinery, fasteners and tools are available on the „Tools for wooden constructions“ catalogue (www.rothoblaas.com)
339
340
LIST OF PRODUCTS
CODES
STA16120B KOS16280B EKS2480
CAP. 1 BEAMS STA16130B KOS16300B EKS2485
STA16140B KOS16320B AI60110100
ALUMINI pag. 28 STA16150B KOS16340B AI60110120
concealed beam hanger without holes STA16160B KOS16360B AI60110140
STA16170B KOS16380B AI60110160
ALUMINI65 STA16180B KOS16400B AI60110180
STA16280B KOS16520B AI60112180
ALUMIDI pag. 34 STA16300B KOS16540B AI60112200
concealed beam hanger with and without holes STA16320B KOS16560B AI60112220
STA16340B KOS16580B AI60112240
ALUMIDI80 STA16360B KOS16600B AI60112260
ALUMIDI120L STA16480B KOS20220B AI60116200
STA20180B KOS20360B AI603860
ALUMAXI pag. 44
STA20190B KOS20380B AI603870
concealed beam hanger with and without holes STA20200B KOS20400B AI603880
STA20220B KOS20420B AI603890
ALUMAXI384L
STA20240B KOS20440B AI6038100
ALUMAXI512L
STA20260B KOS20460B AI6038120
ALUMAXI640L
STA20280B KOS20480B AI6038140
ALUMAXI768L
STA20300B KOS20500B AI6031070
ALUMAXI2176L
STA20320B KOS20520B AI6031080
ALUMAXI2176
STA20340B KOS20540B AI6031090
STA pag. 50 STA20360B KOS20560B AI60310100
STA20380B KOS20580B AI60310110
smooth dowel STA20400B KOS20600B AI60310120
STA860B STA20420B KOT850 AI60310130
STA870B STA20440B KOT860 AI60310140
STA880B STA20460B KOT870 AI60310150
STA890B STA20480B KOT880 AI60310160
STA8100B STA20500B KOT890 AI60310180
STA8110B STA201000B KOT8100 AI60310200
STA8120B KOT8120 AI60310220
STA8140B KOS - KOT pag. 54 KOT8140 AI60312140
STA1260B hexagonal / round head bolt KOT10100 AI60312160
STA1270B KOT10120 AI60312180
KOS12100B KOT10130 AI60312200
STA1280B
KOS12120B KOT10140 AI60312220
STA1290B
KOS12140B KOT10150 AI60312240
STA12100B
KOS12160B KOT10160 AI60312280
STA12110B
KOS12180B KOT10180 AI60312300
STA12120B
KOS12200B KOT10200
STA12130B
STA12140B
KOS12220B KOT10220 MET pag. 60
KOS12240B KOT12200 threaded rods, nuts and washers
STA12150B
KOS12260B KOT12220
STA12160B
KOS12280B KOT12240 MGS10008
STA12170B
KOS12300B KOT12260 MGS100010
STA12180B
KOS12320B KOT12280 MGS100012
STA12200B
KOS12340B KOT12300 MGS100014
STA12220B
KOS12360B EKS2040 MGS100016
STA12240B
KOS12380B EKS2050 MGS100018
STA12260B
KOS12400B EKS2060 MGS100020
STA12280B
KOS16120B EKS2070 MGS100022
STA12320B
KOS16140B EKS2080 MGS100024
STA12340B
KOS16150B EKS20100 MGS100027
STA12360B
KOS16160B EKS2440 MGS100030
STA12400B
KOS16180B EKS2450 MGS10888
STA121000B
KOS16200B EKS2460 MGS11088
STA1680B
KOS16220B EKS2465 MGS11288
STA16100B
KOS16240B EKS2470 MGS11488
STA16110B
KOS16260B MGS11688
341
LIST OF PRODUCTS
CODES
MGS11888 AI902112 FE004030 TITAN N pag. 122
MGS12088 AI902116 FE004035 angle bracket for shear loads in solid walls
MGS12488 AI902120 FE004040
MGS12788 FE004045 TCN200
MGS220012 VGU pag. 66 TCN240
MGS220016 45° washer for VGS ZVB pag. 90 TTN240
MGS220020 hooks for bracings
FE010335 HUS945 TITAN F pag. 130
FE013340 HUS1145 FE110110 angle bracket for shear loads in framed walls
ULS8242 FE110115
ULS10302 DISC pag. 70 FE110120 TCF200
ULS13373 hidden fastener FE110125 TTF200
ULS15443 FE110130
ULS17503 DISC55 FE110135 TITAN WASHER pag. 138
ULS20564 DISC80 FE110140 TITAN washer for tensile loads
ULS22604 DISC120 FE110145
FE110150 TCW200
ULS11343
UV pag. 76 FE110155 TCN200
ULS13444
coupling hidden fastener FE110170 TCW240
ULS17565
FE110175 TCN240
ULS22726 PF601113
ULS26856 FE110205
PF606010 FE110210
TITAN SILENT pag. 144
ULS14586 PF606012
ULS18686 FE110215 angle bracket for shear loads with sound
PF606014 FE110220 insulating profile
ULS22808 PF606016
ULS25928 FE110225 TTF200
PF606020 FE110235
ULS271058 PF603540 D82361
ULS81616 SSS12125 D82113
PF603550 SSS16170
ULS10202 PF603560 D82123
ULS13242 SSS20200
PF603570 SSS24255
ULS17303 TITAN PLATE pag. 150
ULS21373 SSS27255
XEPOX pag. 84 plate for shear loads
ULS25444 SSS30255
ULS28504 two-component epoxy adhesive TCP200
ULS31564 NEO pag. 94
XP400150
MUT9348 XP400100 neoprene supporting plates X-RAD pag. 156
MUT93410 XP400120 X-RAD connection system
MUT93412 NEO101280
XP400050 NEO101680
MUT93414 XP400060
MUT93416 NEO10PAL
MAMDB NEO202080
MUT93418 STING
MUT93420 NEO202480 CAP. 3 PERFORATED PLATES
XP400080 NEO20PAL
MUT93422 XP400160
MUT93424 NEO101680CE WVB pag. 178
XP400165 NEO102080CE
MUT93427 standard angle brackets for buildings
NEO202080CE
MUT93430 DBB pag. 88
MUT933410 NEO202480CE PF900110
surface fasteners DIN 1052 PF900090
MUT933412
MUT933416 FE005000 PF900105
MUT933420 FE005005 CAP. 2 WALLS WBR07015
MUT15878S FE005010 WBR09015
MUT158710S FE005015 WBR10020
MUT158712S FE005020 WHT pag. 102 PF900115
MUT158714S FE005025 angle bracket for tensile loads PF900091
MUT158716S FE005030 PF900106
MUT158718S WHT340 PF101050
FE005035
MUT158720S WHT440 PF101055
FE005040
MUT158722S WHT540 PF101060
FE005045
MUT158724S ULS505610 PF100125
FE005050
MUT98510 ULS505610L
FE005055
MUT98512 WHT620 WKR pag. 186
FE005060
ULS707720
MUT98516 FE003000 reinforced angle brackets for houses
AI97510 ULS707720L
FE003005
AI97512 FE003010 PF101180
WHT XXL pag. 110 PF101185
AI97516 FE003015
AI97520 FE003020 angle bracket for high tensile loads PF101190
AI9348 FE003035 WKR09530
WHT740 WKR13530
AI93410 FE003040 ULS1307740
AI93412 FE003045 WKR28530
AI93416 FE003050 WHT PLATE pag. 116
AI93420 FE003055
WKF pag. 190
AI158710
plate for tensile loads angle bracket for facades
FE004000
AI158712 FE004005 WHTPLATE440 WKF120
AI158716 FE004010 WHTPLATE540 WKF140
AI158720 FE004015 WKF160
AI90218 FE004020 WKF180
AI902110 FE004025 WKF200
342
LIST OF PRODUCTS
WINK pag. 192 PF201300 BS SPECIAL pag. 214 PF703095

angle brackets PF201263 metal hangers made of special material PF704010
PF201270 PF704015
PF101035 PF201273 AI80120 PF704020
PF101030 PF901390 AI100140 PF704025
PF101040 PF201285 NO80120 PF704030
PF100081 PF201280 NO100140 PF704035
PF100121 PF201283 NO120120 PF704040
PF101025 PF201287 NO120160 PF704045
PF706010 PF901305 NO60100I PF704050
PF706065 PF201310 NO80120I PF704055
PF101005 PF202024 NO100140I PF704060
PF101010 PF202024 NO120120I PF704065
PF101160 PF202028 NO120160I PF704070
PF101165 PF201315 GI001030 PF704075
PF101170 PF901395 GI001035 PF704080
PF101150 PF201319 GI001040
PF101155 PF201320 GI001030 LBB pag. 224
PF101070 PF201317 GI001035 perforated tape
PF101175 PF901320 GI001040
PF101130 PF201325 PF900040
PF101135 PF201326 SPN - LBN pag. 216 PF900060
PF101140 PF201330 perforated anchors and mixed plates PF400080
PF101080 PF201335 PF400043
PF101090 PF901340 PF702010 CLIPSET60
PF101100 PF201345 PF702015
PF101105 PF201350 PF702020
PF101110 PF201355 PF702025
PF101115 PF901360 PF702030 CAP. 4 JOINTS FOR OUTDOOR
PF101120 PF201400 PF702035
PF101125 PF201405 PF102010 TYP R pag. 234
PF700005 PF201410 PF102015 adjustable post base
PF103010 PF201415 PF102020
PF103015 PF201420 PF102025 FE500450
PF103020 PF201425 PF700010 FE500455
AI7055 PF201430 PF701070 FE500460
AI9065 PF201435 PF705005 FE500485
AI9065R PF201440 PF705010 FE500490
AI10090 PF201445 PF705015 FE500495
AI10090R PF201450 GI001000 FE501700
NO14702 PF201455 GI001005 FE501705
NO16705 PF201460 GI001010 FE500280
NO20902 PF201465 GI001060 FE500285
NO20905 PF201470 GI001065 FE500265
NO2842 PF203005 FE010195 FE500270
NO2862 PF203010 FE010240 FE500440
GI001015 PF203015 FE010245 FE500445
GI001020 FE010242 FE500335
GI001025 BSI pag. 210
LBV pag. 218 TYP X pag. 242
metal hangers with internal wings
BSA pag. 202 perforated plates cross-shaped post base
metal hangers with external wings PF202000
PF202006 PF703100 TYPXS101212
PF201100 PF202010 PF703105 TYPXR101212
PF201105 PF901400 PF703110
PF201110 PF902020 PF703115 TYP F - M pag. 248
PF210115 PF202025 PF703120 standard post bases
PF201120 PF202030 PF703125
PF201200 PF901405 PF703000 TYPF700808
PF901365 PF202027 PF703005 TYPF701010
PF201205 PF902030 PF703010 TYPF701414
PF901370 PF202035 PF703015 TYPF511212
PF201135 PF202040 PF703020 TYPF511414
PF201210 PF202045 PF703025 TYPF511616
PF901375 PF902050 PF703030 TYPF511818
PF901380 PF202055 PF703035 TYPF512020
PF201150 PF202060 PF703040 TYPF120607
PF201155 PF902065 PF703045 TYPF120608
PF901385 PF202410 PF703050 TYPF120709
PF201249 PF202420 PF703055 TYPF120810
PF201250 PF202430 PF703060 TYPF121012
PF201254 PF202435 PF703065 TYPF121214
PF201255 PF202455 PF703070 TYPF121416
PF201256 PF202465 PF703075 TYPF080606
PF201253 PF202470 PF703080 TYPF110707
PF201257 PF703085 TYPF110808
PF201260 PF703090 TYPF110909
343
LIST OF PRODUCTS
CODES
TYPF111010 TYPFM501616 NO001000
TYPF111212 TYPFM502020 NO001005 CAP. 5 ANCHORS
TYPF111414 AI500280 NO001015
TYPF111616 AI500285 NO001020 SKR - SKS pag. 296
TYPF080606 TYPFI111010 NO001025 screw anchor for concrete
FE500020 TYPFI111212 NO001030
FE500022 TYPFI111414 NO001035 SKR7560
FE500025 TYPFI111616 SKR7580
FE500030 AI500020 TERRALOCK pag. 268 SKR75100
FE500035 AI500021 hidden fastener for wood decks SKR1080
FE500040 AI500050 SKR10100
FE500045 AI500055 TER60ALU SKR10120
FE500050 AI500060 TER180ALU SKR10140
FE500055 AI500065 TER60ALUN SKR10160
FE500060 AI500070 TER180ALUN SKR12100
FE500065 N0500485 TER60A2 SKR12120
FE500066 N0500490 TER180A2 SKR12140
FE500070 N0500495 TER60PPM SKR12160
FE500140 NO500020 TER180PPM SKR12200
FE500145 NO500025 FUGN SKR12240
FE500180 NO500420 FUGM SKR12280
FE500185 NO500425 SKR12320
FE500190 NO500430 VERTILOCK pag. 274 SKR12400
FE500195 NO500435 hidden fastener for facades SKS7560
FE500220 SKS7580
FE500225 ROUND pag. 262 VRT60A2 SKS75100
FE500230 VRT60ALU SKS75120
joints for round posts VRT60ALUN
FE500235 SKS75140
FE500240 FE010265 SKS75160
FE010270 FLAT pag. 278
SKR8100CE
FE500360
FE500365 FE010275 hidden fastener for boards SKR1080CE
TYPM510100 FE010280 SKR10100CE
FE010285 FLT6427N SKR10120CE
TYPM510120 FE010360
TYPM510140 FE010296 SKR12110CE
FE010297 FE010365 SKR12150CE
TYPM520607
TYPM520608 FE010250 SKR12210CE
TVM pag. 282
TYPM520709 FE010255 SKR16130CE
TYPM520810 FE010260 hidden clip for boards SKS75100CE
TYPM521012 FE010000
FE010405
FE500200 FE010005 ABS pag. 300
FE010400
FE500205 FE010010 heavy-duty expansion anchor with clamp
FE500210 FE010015 JFA pag. 284
FE500215 FE010020 FE210356
FE010025 adjustable support for decks FE210361
FE500217
FE500000 JFA840 FE210366
FE500005 GATE pag. 264
JFA860 FE210371
FE500006 gate hardware JFA880 FE210376
FE500007 JFA860A2 FE210381
FE500010 FE010238 FE210386
FE500015 FE010239 EPM pag. 286 FE210391
FE500095 FE010241 FE210392
FE010242 adjustable support for decks FE210393
FE500100
FE500105 FE010050 EPM2842S
FE500110 FE010055 EPM4260S AB1 pag. 302
FE500115 FE010060 EPM6090S heavy-duty expansion anchor
FE500120 FE010065 EPM90145S
FE500125 FE010070 EPMVAR01S FE210405
FE500130 FE010075 EPMVAR02S FE210410
FE500135 FE010080 EPMVAR03S FE210415
FE500465 FE010085 EPMKIT01 FE210475
FE500470 FE010090 EPMKIT02 FE210476
FE500475 FE010095 EPMKIT03 FE210440
FE500480 FE010100 EPMREGOS FE210480
FE500420 FE010105 FE014565 FE210445
FE500425 FE010110 FE010355 FE210490
FE500430 FE010115 FE010350 FE210493
FE500435 FE010120 NAG60602 AI8095A4
FE010125 NAG60603 AI80112A4
TYP SPECIAL pag. 258 FE010130 NAG60605 AI1095A4
FE010135 NAG606010 AI10132A4
post base made of special material FE010140 AI12110A4
TYPFR200100 FE010145 AI12163A4
TYPFR200120 FE010150 AI16123A4
TYPFR501010 FE010165
TYPFR501212 FE010170
TYPFM501010 FE010175
TYPFM501212 FE010180
344
LIST OF PRODUCTS
AB7 pag. 304 NDK pag. 311 FE210125

heavy-duty expansion anchor nylon universal anchor FE210130
FE210230
FE210730 FE210200 FE210235
FE210735 FE210210 FE210240
FE210740 FE210215
FE210745 FE210219
FE210750 FE210220
FE210755 FE210225 CAP. 6 FIASTENERS FOR WOOD
FE210500
FE210495 NDL pag. 311
extra-long nylon universal anchor LBA - LBS pag. 332
ABU pag. 306
FE210615 high bond nail – screw with cylindrical head for plates
heavy-duty expansion anchor
FE210616 PF601440
FE210505 FE210617 PF601450
FE210510 FE210618
PF601460
FE210515 FE210619
PF601475
FE210520 FE210620
PF601410
FE210525 FE210621
FE210530 FE210622 PF601660
FE210535 FE210623 PF601680
FE210540 FE210624 PF601610
FE210541 PF603525
FE210545 MBS pag. 312 PF603540
FE210550 self threaded screw with cylindrical PF603550
head for masonry PF603560
AHZ pag. 307 FE210086 PF603570
medium to heavy-duty anchor FE210087 AI4050
FE210088 AI6060
FE210170 FE210089
FE210180 FE210090
FE210175 FE210091
FE210178
FE210150 VINYLPRO pag. 314
two component vinyl ester chemical anchor
AHS pag. 307
without styrenethout styrene
heavy-duty anchor for non-through fastening FE400055
FE210185 FE400056
FE210190 MAM400
FE210195 STING
PONY
NDC pag. 308
VINYLNORDIC pag. 318
extra-long nylon anchor with screw
Vinyl ester chemical anchor for low temperatures
FE210600
FE210570 FE400065
FE210575
FE210580
EPOPLUS pag. 322
FE210705 high performance epoxy chemical anchor
FE210710
FE400070
FE210715
FE210720 POLYGREEN pag. 326
FE210725
FE240010 polyester chemical anchor without styrene
FE400060
NDS pag. 310
extra-long anchor with screw INA pag. 329
FE210605 bar for chemical anchor
FE210585 FE210100
FE210590 FE210105
FE210595 FE210110
FE210610 FE210115
FE210119
NDB pag. 310
FE210116
extra-long anchor with impact screw FE210118
FE210121
FE210300 FE210117
FE210305 FE210122
FE210310 FE210123
FE210315
FE210320 IHP - IHM pag. 329
FE210325
FE210330 mesh bush for hollow materials
FE210335 FE210120
345
LIST OF PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS
Wood connectors and timber plates
name type description p.
ALUMAXI concealed beam hanger with and without holes aluminum alloy three dimensional perforated bracket 44
ALUMIDI concealed beam hanger with and without holes aluminum alloy tridimensional perforated plate 34
ALUMINI concealed beam hanger without holes aluminum alloy tridimensional perforated plate 28
BS SPECIAL metal hangers made of special material A2 stainless steel galvanized three dimensional perforated plate 214
BSA metal hangers with external wings galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 202
BSI metal hangers with internal wings galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 210
DBB Appel, Geka, Bulldog surface connectors DIN 1052 88
DISC hidden fastener galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 70
EPM adjustable supports for terraces elements in polypropilene and plastic material 286
FLAT hidden fastener for boards metallic perforated profile 278
GATE tools for gates hooks and metal straps 264
JFA adjustable supports for terraces galvanized carbon steel and A2 stainless steel 284
KOS - KOT hexagonal / round head bolt galvanized carbon steel and A2 stainless steel 54
LBB perforated belt galvanized carbon steel perforated belt 224
LBV perforated plate galvanized carbon steel perforated plate 218
MET threaded bars, nuts and washers galvanized carbon steel and A2 stainless steel 60
NEO neoprene supporting plates natural and styrenated gum sheets 94
ROUND joints for round posts bright zinc plated carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 262
SPN - LBN perforated anchors and mixed plates carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 216
STA smooth dowel galvanized carbon steel 50
TERRALOCK hidden profile for terraces perforated profile made of plastic, metal or A2 stainless steel 268
TITAN F angle bracket for shear loads in framed walls galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 130
TITAN N angle bracket for shear loads in solid walls galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 122
TITAN PLATE plate for shear loads galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 150
TITAN SILENT angle brackets for shear loads with soundproofing profile carbon steel perforated plate profile with polymeric resilient profile 144
TITAN WASHER Titan washer for tensile loads galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate anica 138
TVM hidden clip for boards A2 stainless steel perforated profile 282
TYP F - M standard post base bright zinc plated carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 248
TYP R adjustable post base carbon steel with dac coat zinc coating 234
TYP SPECIAL post bases made of special material colored and stainless steel models 258
TYP X cross-shaped post base bright zinc plated carbon steel 242
UV coupling hidden fastener aluminum alloy three dimensional perforated plate 76
VERTILOCK hidden fastener for facades perforated profile made of plastic, metal or A2 stainless steel 274
VGU 45° VGS washer galvanized carbon steel 66
WHT angle brackets for tensile loads white galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 102
WHT PLATE plates for tensile loads white galvanized carbon steel bi dimensional perforated plate 116
WHT XXL angle brackets for high tensile loads white galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 110
WINK various angle brackets white galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 192
WKF angle brackets for facades galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 190
WKR reinforced angle brackets for houses carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 186
WVB standard angle brackets for houses galvanized carbon steel three dimensional perforated plate 178
X-RAD XRAD connection system combinable carbon steel perforated plates 156
XEPOX two components epoxy adhesive polymeric epoxy synthetic binder 84
ZVB hooks for bracings iron and galvanized carbon steel 90
346
LIST OF PRODUCTS
Anchors for concrete

AB1 heavy duty metal anchor heavy duty expandable metal anchor CE1 302
AB7 heavy duty metal anchor heavy duty expandable metal anchor CE7 304
ABS heavy duty metal anchor heavy duty expandable metal anchor with stripe CE1 300
ABU heavy duty metal anchor heavy duty expandable metal anchor 306
AHS heavy duty metal anchor non-through heavy duty metal anchor 307
AHZ heavy duty metal anchor medium to heavy duty metal anchor 307
EPOPLUS chemical anchor epoxy chemical anchor CE option 1 - C2 category of seismic performance 322
IHP - IHM mesh bush for hollow materials plastic mesh and metal mesh 329
INA bar for chemical anchor 5.8 steel class threaded bar for chemical anchor 329
MBS light anchor self tapping screw with cylindrical head for masonry 312
NDB light anchor prolonged nylon dowel with nailed screw 310
NDC light anchor prolonged nylon dowel CE with screw 308
NDK light anchor universal nylon dowel 311
NDL light anchor universal prolonged nylon dowel 311
NDS light anchor prolonged nylon dowel with screw 310
POLYGREEN chemical anchor polyester chemical anchor CE option 7 326
SKR - SKS screw anchor screw anchor with hexagonal and countersunk head for concrete 296
VINYLNORDIC chemical anchor vinyl ester chemical anchor for low temperatures 318
VINYLPRO chemical anchor vinyl ester chemical anchor CE option 1 - C2 category of seismic performance 314
Fasteners for woods

LBA high bond nail white galvanized carbon steel 332
LBS round head screw for plates white galvanized carbon steel 332
WS self-drilling dowel white galvanized carbon steel 336
OTHER SCREWS fixing screws see catalogue: “screws for wood” 336
OTHER NAILS collated nails see catalogue: “tools for wooden constructions” 338
347
NOTES
348
NOTES
349
1 CONCEALED BEAM CONNECTORS
ALU BRACKETS METRIC HOOK CONNECTORS XEPOX ADHESIVE
BRACINGS NEOPRENE
2 PANELS AND BUILDING CONNECTORS
ANGLE BRACKETS AND PLATES FOR TENSILE LOADS WHT ANGLE BRACKETS AND PLATES FOR SHEAR
LOADS TITAN XRAD SYSTEM
3 ANGLE BRACKETS, HANGERS AND PERFORATED PLATES
STANDARD ANGLE BRACKETS METAL HANGERS ANCHORS, PLATES AND PERFORATED BELTS
4 OUTDOOR CONNECTORS
POST BASES ACCESSORIES FOR GARDEN TERRACES FACADES
5 ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE
SCREW ANCHORS MECHANICAL ANCHORS NYLON DOWELS CHEMICAL ANCHORS
6 FASTENERS FOR WOOD

LBA NAILS AND LBS SCREWS FOR PLATES RELATED FASTENERS
350
LEGEND
CERTIFICATES
CE marking
ETA technical document
fire resistance certificate
seismic safety certificate
LEED ®
According to
LEED IEQ 4.1
®
compliace with LEED® requirements
Volatile Organic Compound emission class ( VOC)
MATERIALS AND COATINGS
AISI 304
A2 stainless steel
A2
AISI 316
A4 stainless steel
A4
carbon steel bright zinc plated

GALV
S250
S350 S250GD or S350GD carbon steel with Z275 zinc coating
GALV
S235
S235 carbon steel bright zinc plated
GALV
S235
S235 carbon steel black zinc plated
GALV
S235
S235 carbon steel yellow zinc plated
GALV
S235
S235 carbon steel with hot-dip galvanization
S235
S235 carbon steel with Dac Coat galvanization
DAC COAT
THERMO
DUST thermoset powder coating
APPLICATIONS
timber
concrete
steel
OSB
masonry
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
myProject software available at www.rothoblaas.com
videos available at www.rothoblaas.com

Rotho Blaas srl - I-39040 Cortaccia (BZ) - Via Dell‘Adige 2/1
01PIAS1EN
1500518_03 04/15
Tel. +39 0471 81 84 00 - Fax +39 0471 81 84 84

info@rothoblaas.com - www.rothoblaas.com COD

Wood Connectors Timber Plates

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Wood Connectors Timber Plates

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

WOOD CONNECTORS AND TIMBER PLATES

All rights reserved.

Rotho Blaas SRL

Rothoblaas is an Italian multinational from the alpine region, a

Rotho Blaas srl

Rotho Blaas France SARL

Rotho Blaas GMBH

Rotho Blaas Iberica SL

Rotho Blaas Baltic SIA

Rotho Blaas Argentina SRL

Rotho Blaas Brasil LTDA

Rotho Blaas Colombia SAS

Rotho Blaas Chile SPA

Rotho Blaas Australia PTY LTD

Rotho Blaas Canada

Rotho Blaas Canada

Rotho Blaas Rotho Blaas

Rotho Blaas Baltic SIA

Rotho Blaas GMBH

Rotho Blaas srl

Rotho Blaas Iberica SL

More than 15 highly specialised technicians work at

120 SEMINARS all over the world

analysis and solutions positioning of safety lines

specific design technical assistance for

Design tools are available on our

and NTC 2008 (DM

a4c a2 Step-by-step instructions

immediate checks on the

Dedicated window for graphical

Generates a personal report, ready to use,

PANELS AND BUILDING CONNECTORS 2

WHT XXL 110

WHT PLATE 116

TITAN WASHER 138

TITAN SILENT 144

TITAN PLATE 150

ANGLE BRACKETS, HANGERS AND PERFORATED PLATES 3 ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE 5

WKR 186 SKS 296

WKF 190 SKR CE 297

WINK 192 SKS CE 297

BSA 202 ABS 300

BSI 210 AB1 302

BS SPECIAL 214 AB7 304

SPN - LBN 216 ABU 306

ROUND 262 VINYLNORDIC 318

GATE 264 EPOPLUS 322

The main-to-secondary joist connection in timber structures can be schematized

ENCASTRE (FIXED END)

HIDDEN JOINT VISIBLE JOINT

The fasteners are placed The metal fasteners are

TIMBER METAL (IRON/STEEL)

SECONDARY JOIST B [mm] SECONDARY JOIST DEPTH H [mm]

Choice of the connection system according to

FIELD OF USE CHARACTERISTIC SHEAR STRENGTH Rk [kN]

TIMBER -TIMBER TIMBER-CONCRETE kN 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

JOINTS WITH ALU BRACKETS

AluMINI AluMIDI AluMAXI

PERPENDICULAR JOINT INCLINED JOINTS SINGLE BRACKET DOUBLE BRACKET

TIMBER / TIMBER TIMBER / CONCRETE STEEL / TIMBER

INSTALLATION – Minimum dimensions for timber elements in hidden bracket joints

self-drilling dowel WS smooth dowel STA

INSTALLATION – Fixing types and positioning